Pandemic Darlings The pandemic economy, in original documents
Home Source documents Restoring Hope for Mental Health and Well-Being Act of 2022

Restoring Hope for Mental Health and Well-Being Act of 2022

Summary

Part 1 of Report 117-364 of the 117th Congress, 2d Session, from the Committee on Energy and Commerce on H.R. 7666, the Restoring Hope for Mental Health and Well-Being Act of 2022, dated June 13, 2022 and submitted by Mr. Pallone. The text shown reproduces the bill with its changes marked, including a provision authorizing $29,605,000 for each of fiscal years 2023 through 2027, replacing 2018 through 2022. A section on an Evidence-Based Prescription Opioid and Heroin Treatment and Interventions Demonstration lets the Secretary award grants, contracts or cooperative agreements to State substance use disorder agencies, local governments, nonprofit organizations and Indian Tribes and Tribal organizations.

Summary drafted by a model from the document's text below and checked by script against that text before publication. It is a navigation aid, not a reading of what the document proves. Where AI is used

Issuer
Congressional materials
Document type
Crpt Crpt 117Hrpt364 Crpt 117Hrpt364 Pt1
Case
Crpt Crpt 117Hrpt364 Crpt 117Hrpt364 Pt1

Cite this document

“Restoring Hope for Mental Health and Well-Being Act of 2022.” Original at www.govinfo.gov. Archived at Pandemic Darlings, https://pandemicdarlings.com/source-documents/crpt-crpt-117hrpt364-crpt-117hrpt364-pt1/, SHA-256 00ff5ca24f76fb24f066da1adc8bff8b3e80003185971b84dde62a4d7807d425.

Full text

                                                                                                                                                                      1




                                                                               117TH CONGRESS                                                                REPT. 117–364
                                                                                              "              HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES                    !
                                                                                  2d Session                                                                    Part 1




                                                                                       RESTORING HOPE FOR MENTAL HEALTH
                                                                                           AND WELL-BEING ACT OF 2022



                                                                                                                       R E P O R T
                                                                                                                            OF THE


                                                                                     COMMITTEE ON ENERGY AND COMMERCE
                                                                                                                 TO ACCOMPANY H.R. 7666




                                                                                      JUNE 13, 2022.—Committed to the Committee of the Whole House on
                                                                                               the State of the Union and ordered to be printed




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING

                                                                                                                                                                               E:\Seals\Congress.#13
                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00001   Fmt 6012   Sfmt 6012   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                                        RESTORING HOPE FOR MENTAL HEALTH AND WELL-BEING ACT OF




                                                                                                                                                                                 2022




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING



                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00002   Fmt 6019   Sfmt 6019   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX                                               HR364P1
                                                                                                                                                                      1




                                                                               117TH CONGRESS                                                                REPT. 117–364
                                                                                              "              HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES                    !
                                                                                  2d Session                                                                    Part 1




                                                                                       RESTORING HOPE FOR MENTAL HEALTH
                                                                                           AND WELL-BEING ACT OF 2022



                                                                                                                       R E P O R T
                                                                                                                            OF THE



                                                                                     COMMITTEE ON ENERGY AND COMMERCE
                                                                                                                 TO ACCOMPANY H.R. 7666




                                                                                      JUNE 13, 2022.—Committed to the Committee of the Whole House on
                                                                                               the State of the Union and ordered to be printed




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                           U.S. GOVERNMENT PUBLISHING OFFICE
                                                                                   47–779                              WASHINGTON : 2022




                                                                                                                                                                               E:\Seals\Congress.#13
                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00003   Fmt 4012   Sfmt 4012   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING



                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00004   Fmt 4012   Sfmt 4012   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                              117TH CONGRESS                                                                                 REPT. 117–364
                                                                                             " HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES                                                  !
                                                                                 2d Session                                                                                     Part 1




                                                                                    RESTORING HOPE FOR MENTAL HEALTH AND WELL-
                                                                                                 BEING ACT OF 2022


                                                                                   JUNE 13, 2022.—Committed to the Committee of the Whole House on the State of
                                                                                                      the Union and ordered to be printed



                                                                                     Mr. PALLONE, from the Committee on Energy and Commerce,
                                                                                                      submitted the following


                                                                                                                          R E P O R T
                                                                                                                       [To accompany H.R. 7666]

                                                                                The Committee on Energy and Commerce, to whom was referred
                                                                              the bill (H.R. 7666) to amend the Public Health Service Act to re-
                                                                              authorize certain programs relating to mental health and sub-
                                                                              stance use disorders, and for other purposes, having considered the
                                                                              same, reports favorably thereon with an amendment and rec-
                                                                              ommends that the bill as amended do pass.
                                                                                                                                 CONTENTS
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Page
                                                                                   I. Purpose and Summary ...............................................................................         42
                                                                                  II. Background and Need for the Legislation ................................................                    43
                                                                                 III. Committee Hearings ...................................................................................      49
                                                                                 IV. Committee Consideration ...........................................................................          49
                                                                                  V. Committee Votes .........................................................................................    50
                                                                                 VI. Oversight Findings ......................................................................................    56
                                                                                VII. New Budget Authority, Entitlement Authority, and Tax Expenditures                                            56
                                                                               VIII. Federal Mandates Statement .....................................................................             56
                                                                                 IX. Statement of General Performance Goals and Objectives .......................                                56
                                                                                  X. Duplication of Federal Programs ...............................................................              56
                                                                                 XI. Committee Cost Estimate ...........................................................................          56
                                                                                XII. Earmarks, Limited Tax Benefits, and Limited Tariff Benefits ...............                                  56
                                                                               XIII. Advisory Committee Statement .................................................................               57
                                                                                XIV. Applicability to Legislative Branch ...........................................................              57
                                                                                 XV. Section-by-Section Analysis of the Legislation .........................................                     57
                                                                                XVI. Changes in Existing Law Made by the Bill, as Reported ........................                               66
                                                                               XVII. Communications from Other Committees .................................................                      456
                                                                                    The amendment is as follows:
                                                                                    Strike all after the enacting clause and insert the following:
                                                                              SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE; TABLE OF CONTENTS.
                                                                               (a) SHORT TITLE.—This Act may be cited as the ‘‘Restoring Hope for Mental
                                                                              Health and Well-Being Act of 2022’’.




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING



                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:30 Jun 20, 2022    Jkt 047779   PO 00000     Frm 00005      Fmt 6659     Sfmt 6621     E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX           HR364P1
                                                                                                                                       2
                                                                                   (b) TABLE OF CONTENTS.—The table of contents for this Act is as follows:
                                                                              Sec. 1. Short title; table of contents.
                                                                                                          TITLE I—MENTAL HEALTH AND CRISIS CARE NEEDS
                                                                                                          Subtitle A—Crisis Care Services and 9–8–8 Implementation
                                                                              Sec. 101. Behavioral Health Crisis Coordinating Office.
                                                                              Sec. 102. Crisis response continuum of care.
                                                                                            Subtitle B—Into the Light for Maternal Mental Health and Substance Use Disorders
                                                                              Sec. 111. Screening and treatment for maternal mental health and substance use disorders.
                                                                              Sec. 112. Maternal mental health hotline.
                                                                              Sec. 113. Task force on maternal mental health.
                                                                                                    Subtitle C—Reaching Improved Mental Health Outcomes for Patients
                                                                              Sec. 121. Innovation for mental health.
                                                                              Sec. 122. Crisis care coordination.
                                                                              Sec. 123. Treatment of serious mental illness.
                                                                                                                        Subtitle D—Anna Westin Legacy
                                                                              Sec. 131. Maintaining education and training on eating disorders.
                                                                                                 Subtitle E—Community Mental Health Services Block Grant Reauthorization
                                                                              Sec. 141. Reauthorization of block grants for community mental health services.
                                                                                                              Subtitle F—Peer-Supported Mental Health Services
                                                                              Sec. 151. Peer-supported mental health services.
                                                                                   TITLE II—SUBSTANCE USE DISORDER PREVENTION, TREATMENT, AND RECOVERY SERVICES
                                                                                                          Subtitle A—Native Behavioral Health Access Improvement
                                                                              Sec. 201. Behavioral health and substance use disorder services for Native Americans.
                                                                                                      Subtitle B—Summer Barrow Prevention, Treatment, and Recovery
                                                                              Sec. 211. Grants for the benefit of homeless individuals.
                                                                              Sec. 212. Priority substance abuse treatment needs of regional and national significance.
                                                                              Sec. 213. Evidence-based prescription opioid and heroin treatment and interventions demonstration.
                                                                              Sec. 214. Priority substance use disorder prevention needs of regional and national significance.
                                                                              Sec. 215. Sober Truth on Preventing (STOP) Underage Drinking Reauthorization.
                                                                              Sec. 216. Grants for jail diversion programs.
                                                                              Sec. 217. Formula grants to States.
                                                                              Sec. 218. Projects for Assistance in Transition From Homelessness.
                                                                              Sec. 219. Grants for reducing overdose deaths.
                                                                              Sec. 220. Opioid overdose reversal medication access and education grant programs.
                                                                              Sec. 221. State demonstration grants for comprehensive opioid abuse response.
                                                                              Sec. 222. Emergency department alternatives to opioids.
                                                                                                                  Subtitle C—Excellence in Recovery Housing
                                                                              Sec. 231. Clarifying the role of SAMHSA in promoting the availability of high-quality recovery housing.
                                                                              Sec. 232. Developing guidelines for States to promote the availability of high-quality recovery housing.
                                                                              Sec. 233. Coordination of Federal activities to promote the availability of recovery housing.
                                                                              Sec. 234. NAS study and report.
                                                                              Sec. 235. Grants for States to promote the availability of recovery housing and services.
                                                                              Sec. 236. Funding.
                                                                              Sec. 237. Technical correction.
                                                                                           Subtitle D—Substance Use Prevention, Treatment, and Recovery Services Block Grant
                                                                              Sec. 241. Eliminating stigmatizing language relating to substance use.
                                                                              Sec. 242. Authorized activities.
                                                                              Sec. 243. Requirements relating to certain infectious diseases and human immunodeficiency virus.
                                                                              Sec. 244. State plan requirements.
                                                                              Sec. 245. Updating certain language relating to Tribes.
                                                                              Sec. 246. Block grants for substance use prevention, treatment, and recovery services.
                                                                              Sec. 247. Requirement of reports and audits by States.
                                                                              Sec. 248. Study on assessment for use in distribution of limited State resources.
                                                                                                            Subtitle E—Timely Treatment for Opioid Use Disorder
                                                                              Sec. 251. Study on exemptions for treatment of opioid use disorder through opioid treatment programs during
                                                                                        the COVID–19 public health emergency.
                                                                              Sec. 252. Changes to Federal opioid treatment standards.
                                                                                                      Subtitle F—Additional Provisions Relating to Addiction Treatment
                                                                              Sec. 261. Prohibition.
                                                                              Sec. 262. Eliminating additional requirements for dispensing narcotic drugs in schedule III, IV, and V for main-
                                                                                        tenance or detoxification treatment.
                                                                              Sec. 263. Requiring prescribers of controlled substances to complete training.
                                                                                                    TITLE III—ACCESS TO MENTAL HEALTH CARE AND COVERAGE
                                                                                                         Subtitle A—Collaborate in an Orderly and Cohesive Manner
                                                                              Sec. 301. Increasing uptake of the collaborative care model.




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                           Subtitle B—Helping Enable Access to Lifesaving Services
                                                                              Sec. 311. Reauthorization and provision of certain programs to strengthen the health care workforce.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022    Jkt 047779   PO 00000     Frm 00006     Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6631   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX        HR364P1
                                                                                                                                     3
                                                                                                Subtitle C—Eliminating the Opt-Out for Nonfederal Governmental Health Plans
                                                                              Sec. 321. Eliminating the opt-out for nonfederal governmental health plans.

                                                                                                Subtitle D—Mental Health and Substance Use Disorder Parity Implementation
                                                                              Sec. 331. Grants to support mental health and substance use disorder parity implementation.

                                                                                                                   TITLE IV—CHILDREN AND YOUTH

                                                                                                        Subtitle A—Supporting Children’s Mental Health Care Access
                                                                              Sec. 401. Pediatric mental health care access grants.
                                                                              Sec. 402. Infant and early childhood mental health promotion, intervention, and treatment.

                                                                                                            Subtitle B—Continuing Systems of Care for Children
                                                                              Sec. 411. Comprehensive Community Mental Health Services for Children with Serious Emotional Disturb-
                                                                                        ances.
                                                                              Sec. 412. Substance Use Disorder Treatment and Early Intervention Services for Children and Adolescents.

                                                                                                          Subtitle C—Garrett Lee Smith Memorial Reauthorization
                                                                              Sec. 421. Suicide prevention technical assistance center.
                                                                              Sec. 422. Youth suicide early intervention and prevention strategies.
                                                                              Sec. 423. Mental health and substance use disorder services for students in higher education.
                                                                              Sec. 424. Mental and behavioral health outreach and education at institutions of higher education.


                                                                                   TITLE I—MENTAL HEALTH AND CRISIS CARE
                                                                                                   NEEDS
                                                                                       Subtitle A—Crisis Care Services and 9–8–8
                                                                                                   Implementation
                                                                              SEC. 101. BEHAVIORAL HEALTH CRISIS COORDINATING OFFICE.
                                                                               Part A of title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290aa et seq.) is
                                                                              amended by adding at the end the following:
                                                                              ‘‘SEC. 506B. BEHAVIORAL HEALTH CRISIS COORDINATING OFFICE.
                                                                                ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall establish, within the Substance Abuse and
                                                                              Mental Health Services Administration, an office to coordinate work relating to be-
                                                                              havioral health crisis care across the operating divisions and agencies of the Depart-
                                                                              ment of Health and Human Services, including the Substance Abuse and Mental
                                                                              Health Services Administration, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, and
                                                                              the Health Resources and Services Administration, and external stakeholders.
                                                                                ‘‘(b) DUTY.—The office established under subsection (a) shall—
                                                                                      ‘‘(1) convene Federal, State, Tribal, local, and private partners;
                                                                                      ‘‘(2) launch and manage Federal workgroups charged with making rec-
                                                                                    ommendations regarding behavioral health crisis issues, including with respect
                                                                                    to health care best practices, workforce development, mental health disparities,
                                                                                    data collection, technology, program oversight, public awareness, and engage-
                                                                                    ment; and
                                                                                      ‘‘(3) support technical assistance, data analysis, and evaluation functions in
                                                                                    order to assist States, localities, Territories, Tribes, and Tribal communities to
                                                                                    develop crisis care systems and establish nationwide best practices with the ob-
                                                                                    jective of expanding the capacity of, and access to, local crisis call centers, mo-
                                                                                    bile crisis care, crisis stabilization, psychiatric emergency services, and rapid
                                                                                    post-crisis follow-up care provided by—
                                                                                            ‘‘(A) the National Suicide Prevention and Mental Health Crisis Hotline
                                                                                         and Response System;
                                                                                            ‘‘(B) community mental health centers (as defined in section 1861(ff)(3)(B)
                                                                                         of the Social Security Act);
                                                                                            ‘‘(C) certified community behavioral health clinics, as described in section
                                                                                         223 of the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014; and
                                                                                            ‘‘(D) other community mental health and substance use disorder pro-
                                                                                         viders.
                                                                                ‘‘(c) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized to be appropriated
                                                                              to carry out this section $5,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2023 through 2027.’’.
                                                                              SEC. 102. CRISIS RESPONSE CONTINUUM OF CARE.




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                Subpart 3 of part B of title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb–
                                                                              31 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779    PO 00000    Frm 00007    Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621    E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX        HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  4
                                                                              ‘‘SEC. 520N. CRISIS RESPONSE CONTINUUM OF CARE.
                                                                                ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall publish best practices for a crisis response
                                                                              continuum of care for use by health care providers, crisis services administrators,
                                                                              and crisis services providers in responding to individuals (including children and
                                                                              adolescents) experiencing mental health crises, substance-related crises, and crises
                                                                              arising from co-occurring disorders.
                                                                                ‘‘(b) BEST PRACTICES.—
                                                                                      ‘‘(1) SCOPE OF BEST PRACTICES.—The best practices published under sub-
                                                                                   section (a) shall define—
                                                                                            ‘‘(A) a minimum set of core crisis response services, as determined by the
                                                                                         Secretary, for each entity that furnishes such services, that—
                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) do not require prior authorization from an insurance provider or
                                                                                               group health plan nor a referral from a health care provider prior to
                                                                                               the delivery of services;
                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) provide for serving all individuals regardless of age or ability to
                                                                                               pay;
                                                                                                  ‘‘(iii) provide for operating 24 hours a day, 7 days a week; and
                                                                                                  ‘‘(iv) provide for care and support through resources described in
                                                                                               paragraph (2)(A) until the individual has been stabilized or transferred
                                                                                               to the next level of crisis care; and
                                                                                            ‘‘(B) psychiatric stabilization, including the point at which a case may be
                                                                                         closed for—
                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) individuals screened over the phone; and
                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) individuals stabilized on the scene by mobile teams.
                                                                                      ‘‘(2) IDENTIFICATION OF ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS.—The best practices published
                                                                                   under subsection (a) shall identify the essential functions of each service in the
                                                                                   crisis response continuum, which shall include at least the following:
                                                                                            ‘‘(A) Identification of resources for referral and enrollment in continuing
                                                                                         mental health, substance use, or other human services relevant for the indi-
                                                                                         vidual in crisis where necessary.
                                                                                            ‘‘(B) Delineation of access and entry points to services within the crisis
                                                                                         response continuum.
                                                                                            ‘‘(C) Development of protocols and agreements for the transfer and receipt
                                                                                         of individuals to and from other segments of the crisis response continuum
                                                                                         segments as needed, and from outside referrals including health care pro-
                                                                                         viders, first responders including law enforcement, paramedics, and fire-
                                                                                         fighters, education institutions, and community-based organizations.
                                                                                            ‘‘(D) Description of the qualifications of crisis services staff, including
                                                                                         roles for physicians, licensed clinicians, case managers, and peers (in ac-
                                                                                         cordance with State licensing requirements or requirements applicable to
                                                                                         Tribal health professionals).
                                                                                            ‘‘(E) The convening of collaborative meetings of crisis response service
                                                                                         providers, first responders including law enforcement, paramedics, and fire-
                                                                                         fighters, and community partners (including National Suicide Prevention
                                                                                         Lifeline or 9–8–8 call centers, 9–1–1 public service answering points, and
                                                                                         local mental health and substance use disorder treatment providers) oper-
                                                                                         ating in a common region for the discussion of case management, best prac-
                                                                                         tices, and general performance improvement.
                                                                                      ‘‘(3) SERVICE CAPACITY AND QUALITY BEST PRACTICES.—The best practices
                                                                                   under subsection (a) shall include recommendations on—
                                                                                            ‘‘(A) adequate volume of services to meet population need;
                                                                                            ‘‘(B) appropriate timely response; and
                                                                                            ‘‘(C) capacity to meet the needs of different patient populations that may
                                                                                         experience a mental health or substance use crisis, including children, fami-
                                                                                         lies, and all age groups, cultural and linguistic minorities, individuals with
                                                                                         co-occurring mental health and substance use disorders, individuals with
                                                                                         cognitive disabilities, individuals with developmental delays, and individ-
                                                                                         uals with chronic medical conditions and physical disabilities.
                                                                                      ‘‘(4) IMPLEMENTATION TIMEFRAME.—The Secretary shall—
                                                                                            ‘‘(A) not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this section, pub-
                                                                                         lish and maintain the best practices required by subsection (a); and
                                                                                            ‘‘(B) every two years thereafter, publish updates.
                                                                                      ‘‘(5) DATA COLLECTION AND EVALUATIONS.—The Secretary, directly or through
                                                                                   grants, contracts, or interagency agreements, shall collect data and conduct
                                                                                   evaluations with respect to the provision of services and programs offered on
                                                                                   the crisis response continuum for purposes of assessing the extent to which the




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                   provision of such services and programs meet certain objectives and outcomes
                                                                                   measures as determined by the Secretary. Such objectives shall include—




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00008   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  5
                                                                                           ‘‘(A) a reduction in reliance on law enforcement response, as appropriate,
                                                                                         to individuals in crisis who would be more appropriately served by a mobile
                                                                                         crisis team capable of responding to mental health and substance-related
                                                                                         crises;
                                                                                           ‘‘(B) a reduction in boarding or extended holding of patients in emergency
                                                                                         room facilities who require further psychiatric care, including care for sub-
                                                                                         stance use disorders;
                                                                                           ‘‘(C) evidence of adequate access to crisis care centers and crisis bed serv-
                                                                                         ices; and
                                                                                           ‘‘(D) evidence of adequate linkage to appropriate post-crisis care and lon-
                                                                                         gitudinal treatment for mental health or substance use disorder when rel-
                                                                                         evant.’’.

                                                                                   Subtitle B—Into the Light for Maternal Mental
                                                                                        Health and Substance Use Disorders
                                                                              SEC. 111. SCREENING AND TREATMENT FOR MATERNAL MENTAL HEALTH AND SUBSTANCE
                                                                                         USE DISORDERS.
                                                                                (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 317L–1 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                              247b–13a) is amended—
                                                                                      (1) in the section heading, by striking ‘‘MATERNAL DEPRESSION’’ and inserting
                                                                                   ‘‘MATERNAL MENTAL HEALTH AND SUBSTANCE USE DISORDERS’’; and
                                                                                      (2) in subsection (a)—
                                                                                            (A) by inserting ‘‘, Indian Tribes and Tribal organizations (as such terms
                                                                                         are defined in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education As-
                                                                                         sistance Act), and Urban Indian organizations (as such term is defined
                                                                                         under the Federally Recognized Indian Tribe List Act of 1994)’’ after
                                                                                         ‘‘States’’; and
                                                                                            (B) by striking ‘‘for women who are pregnant, or who have given birth
                                                                                         within the preceding 12 months, for maternal depression’’ and inserting ‘‘for
                                                                                         women who are postpartum, pregnant, or have given birth within the pre-
                                                                                         ceding 12 months, for maternal mental health and substance use dis-
                                                                                         orders’’.
                                                                                (b) APPLICATION.—Subsection (b) of section 317L–1 of the Public Health Service
                                                                              Act (42 U.S.C. 247b–13a) is amended—
                                                                                      (1) by striking ‘‘a State shall submit’’ and inserting ‘‘an entity listed in sub-
                                                                                   section (a) shall submit’’; and
                                                                                      (2) in paragraphs (1) and (2), by striking ‘‘maternal depression’’ each place it
                                                                                   appears and inserting ‘‘maternal mental health and substance use disorders’’.
                                                                                (c) PRIORITY.—Subsection (c) of section 317L–1 of the Public Health Service Act
                                                                              (42 U.S.C. 247b–13a) is amended—
                                                                                      (1) by striking ‘‘may give priority to States proposing to improve or enhance
                                                                                   access to screening’’ and inserting the following: ‘‘shall give priority to entities
                                                                                   listed in subsection (a) that—
                                                                                      ‘‘(1) are proposing to create, improve, or enhance screening, prevention, and
                                                                                   treatment’’;
                                                                                      (2) by striking ‘‘maternal depression’’ and inserting ‘‘maternal mental health
                                                                                   and substance use disorders’’;
                                                                                      (3) by striking the period at the end of paragraph (1), as so designated, and
                                                                                   inserting a semicolon; and
                                                                                      (4) by inserting after such paragraph (1) the following:
                                                                                      ‘‘(2) are currently partnered with, or will partner with, a community-based or-
                                                                                   ganization to address maternal mental health and substance use disorders;
                                                                                      ‘‘(3) are located in an area with high rates of adverse maternal health out-
                                                                                   comes or significant health, economic, racial, or ethnic disparities in maternal
                                                                                   health and substance use disorder outcomes; and
                                                                                      ‘‘(4) operate in a health professional shortage area designated under section
                                                                                   332.’’.
                                                                                (d) USE OF FUNDS.—Subsection (d) of section 317L–1 of the Public Health Service
                                                                              Act (42 U.S.C. 247b–13a) is amended—
                                                                                      (1) in paragraph (1)—
                                                                                            (A) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘to health care providers; and’’ and
                                                                                         inserting ‘‘on maternal mental health and substance use disorder screening,
                                                                                         brief intervention, treatment (as applicable for health care providers), and




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                         referrals for treatment to health care providers in the primary care setting
                                                                                         and nonclinical perinatal support workers;’’;




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  6
                                                                                            (B) in subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘to health care providers, including
                                                                                         information on maternal depression screening, treatment, and followup sup-
                                                                                         port services, and linkages to community-based resources; and’’ and insert-
                                                                                         ing ‘‘on maternal mental health and substance use disorder screening, brief
                                                                                         intervention, treatment (as applicable for health care providers) and refer-
                                                                                         rals for treatment, follow-up support services, and linkages to community-
                                                                                         based resources to health care providers in the primary care setting and
                                                                                         clinical perinatal support workers; and’’; and
                                                                                            (C) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                            ‘‘(C) enabling health care providers (such as obstetrician-gynecologists,
                                                                                         nurse practitioners, nurse midwives, pediatricians, psychiatrists, mental
                                                                                         and other behavioral health care providers, and adult primary care clini-
                                                                                         cians) to provide or receive real-time psychiatric consultation (in-person or
                                                                                         remotely), including through the use of technology-enabled collaborative
                                                                                         learning and capacity building models (as defined in section 330N), to aid
                                                                                         in the treatment of pregnant and postpartum women; and’’; and
                                                                                       (2) in paragraph (2)—
                                                                                            (A) by striking subparagraph (A) and redesignating subparagraphs (B)
                                                                                         and (C) as subparagraphs (A) and (B), respectively;
                                                                                            (B) in subparagraph (A), as redesignated, by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
                                                                                            (C) in subparagraph (B), as redesignated—
                                                                                                  (i) by inserting ‘‘, including’’ before ‘‘for rural areas’’; and
                                                                                                  (ii) by striking the period at the end and inserting a semicolon; and
                                                                                            (D) by inserting after subparagraph (B), as redesignated, the following:
                                                                                            ‘‘(C) providing assistance to pregnant and postpartum women to receive
                                                                                         maternal mental health and substance use disorder treatment, including
                                                                                         patient consultation, care coordination, and navigation for such treatment;
                                                                                            ‘‘(D) coordinating with maternal and child health programs of the Federal
                                                                                         Government and State, local, and Tribal governments, including child psy-
                                                                                         chiatric access programs;
                                                                                            ‘‘(E) conducting public outreach and awareness regarding grants under
                                                                                         subsection (a);
                                                                                            ‘‘(F) creating multistate consortia to carry out the activities required or
                                                                                         authorized under this subsection; and
                                                                                            ‘‘(G) training health care providers in the primary care setting and non-
                                                                                         clinical perinatal support workers on trauma-informed care, culturally and
                                                                                         linguistically appropriate services, and best practices related to training to
                                                                                         improve the provision of maternal mental health and substance use dis-
                                                                                         order care for racial and ethnic minority populations, including with respect
                                                                                         to perceptions and biases that may affect the approach to, and provision of,
                                                                                         care.’’.
                                                                                 (e) ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS.—Section 317L–1 of the Public Health Service Act (42
                                                                              U.S.C. 247b–13a) is amended—
                                                                                       (1) by redesignating subsection (e) as subsection (h); and
                                                                                       (2) by inserting after subsection (d) the following:
                                                                                 ‘‘(e) TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.—The Secretary shall provide technical assistance to
                                                                              grantees and entities listed in subsection (a) for carrying out activities pursuant to
                                                                              this section.
                                                                                 ‘‘(f) DISSEMINATION OF BEST PRACTICES.—The Secretary, based on evaluation of
                                                                              the activities funded pursuant to this section, shall identify and disseminate evi-
                                                                              dence-based or evidence-informed best practices for screening, assessment, and
                                                                              treatment services for maternal mental health and substance use disorders, includ-
                                                                              ing culturally and linguistically appropriate services, for women during pregnancy
                                                                              and 12 months following pregnancy.
                                                                                 ‘‘(g) MATCHING REQUIREMENT.—The Federal share of the cost of the activities for
                                                                              which a grant is made to an entity under subsection (a) shall not exceed 90 percent
                                                                              of the total cost of such activities.’’.
                                                                                 (f) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—Subsection (h) of section 317L–1 (42
                                                                              U.S.C. 247b–13a) of the Public Health Service Act, as redesignated, is further
                                                                              amended—
                                                                                       (1) by striking ‘‘$5,000,000’’ and inserting ‘‘$24,000,000’’; and
                                                                                       (2) by striking ‘‘2018 through 2022’’ and inserting ‘‘2023 through 2027’’.
                                                                              SEC. 112. MATERNAL MENTAL HEALTH HOTLINE.
                                                                               Part P of title III of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280g et seq.) is
                                                                              amended by adding at the end the following:
                                                                              ‘‘SEC. 399V–7. MATERNAL MENTAL HEALTH HOTLINE.




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall maintain, directly or by grant or contract,
                                                                              a national hotline to provide emotional support, information, brief intervention, and




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00010   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  7
                                                                              mental health and substance use disorder resources to pregnant and postpartum
                                                                              women at risk of, or affected by, maternal mental health and substance use dis-
                                                                              orders, and to their families or household members.
                                                                                ‘‘(b) REQUIREMENTS FOR HOTLINE.—The hotline under subsection (a) shall—
                                                                                       ‘‘(1) be a 24/7 real-time hotline;
                                                                                       ‘‘(2) provide voice and text support;
                                                                                       ‘‘(3) be staffed by certified peer specialists, licensed health care professionals,
                                                                                    or licensed mental health professionals who are trained on—
                                                                                             ‘‘(A) maternal mental health and substance use disorder prevention, iden-
                                                                                          tification, and intervention; and
                                                                                             ‘‘(B) providing culturally and linguistically appropriate support; and
                                                                                       ‘‘(4) provide maternal mental health and substance use disorder assistance
                                                                                    and referral services to meet the needs of underserved populations, individuals
                                                                                    with disabilities, and family and household members of pregnant or postpartum
                                                                                    women at risk of experiencing maternal mental health and substance use dis-
                                                                                    orders.
                                                                                ‘‘(c) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.—In maintaining the hotline under subsection (a),
                                                                              the Secretary shall—
                                                                                       ‘‘(1) consult with the Domestic Violence Hotline, National Suicide Prevention
                                                                                    Lifeline, and Veterans Crisis Line to ensure that pregnant and postpartum
                                                                                    women are connected in real-time to the appropriate specialized hotline service,
                                                                                    when applicable;
                                                                                       ‘‘(2) conduct a public awareness campaign for the hotline; and
                                                                                       ‘‘(3) consult with Federal departments and agencies, including the Centers of
                                                                                    Excellence of the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration
                                                                                    and the Department of Veterans Affairs, to increase awareness regarding the
                                                                                    hotline.
                                                                                ‘‘(d) ANNUAL REPORT.—The Secretary shall submit an annual report to the Con-
                                                                              gress on the hotline under subsection (a) and implementation of this section, includ-
                                                                              ing—
                                                                                       ‘‘(1) an evaluation of the effectiveness of activities conducted or supported
                                                                                    under subsection (a);
                                                                                       ‘‘(2) a directory of entities or organizations to which staff maintaining the hot-
                                                                                    line funded under this section may make referrals; and
                                                                                       ‘‘(3) such additional information as the Secretary determines appropriate.
                                                                                ‘‘(e) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—To carry out this section, there are au-
                                                                              thorized to be appropriated $10,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2023 through 2027.’’.
                                                                              SEC. 113. TASK FORCE ON MATERNAL MENTAL HEALTH.
                                                                               Part B of title III of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 243 et seq.) is
                                                                              amended by inserting after section 317L–1 (42 U.S.C. 247b–13a) the following:
                                                                              ‘‘SEC. 317L–2. TASK FORCE ON MATERNAL MENTAL HEALTH.
                                                                                ‘‘(a) ESTABLISHMENT.—Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of the
                                                                              Restoring Hope for the Mental Health and Well-Being Act of 2022, the Secretary,
                                                                              for purposes of identifying, evaluating, and making recommendations to coordinate
                                                                              and improve Federal responses to maternal mental health conditions, shall—
                                                                                      ‘‘(1) establish a task force to be known as the Task Force on Maternal Mental
                                                                                   Health (in this section referred to as the ‘Task Force’); or
                                                                                      ‘‘(2) incorporate the duties, public meetings, and reports specified in sub-
                                                                                   sections (c) through (f) into existing Federal policy forums, including the Mater-
                                                                                   nal Health Interagency Policy Committee and the Maternal Health Working
                                                                                   Group, as appropriate.
                                                                                ‘‘(b) MEMBERSHIP.—
                                                                                      ‘‘(1) COMPOSITION.—The Task Force shall be composed of—
                                                                                            ‘‘(A) the Federal members under paragraph (2); and
                                                                                            ‘‘(B) the non-Federal members under paragraph (3).
                                                                                      ‘‘(2) FEDERAL MEMBERS.—The Federal members of the Task Force shall con-
                                                                                   sist of the following heads of Federal departments and agencies (or their des-
                                                                                   ignees):
                                                                                            ‘‘(A) The Assistant Secretary for Health of the Department of Health and
                                                                                         Human Services, who shall serve as Chair.
                                                                                            ‘‘(B) The Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation of the Depart-
                                                                                         ment of Health and Human Services.
                                                                                            ‘‘(C) The Assistant Secretary of the Administration for Children and Fam-
                                                                                         ilies.
                                                                                            ‘‘(D) The Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
                                                                                            ‘‘(E) The Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services.




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                            ‘‘(F) The Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administra-
                                                                                         tion.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00011   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                   8
                                                                                                ‘‘(G) The Director of the Indian Health Service.
                                                                                                ‘‘(H) The Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use.
                                                                                                ‘‘(I) Such other Federal departments and agencies as the Secretary deter-
                                                                                             mines appropriate that serve individuals with maternal mental health con-
                                                                                             ditions.
                                                                                          ‘‘(3) NON-FEDERAL MEMBERS.—The non-Federal members of the Task Force
                                                                                       shall—
                                                                                                ‘‘(A) compose not more than one-half, and not less than one-third, of the
                                                                                             total membership of the Task Force;
                                                                                                ‘‘(B) be appointed by the Secretary; and
                                                                                                ‘‘(C) include—
                                                                                                       ‘‘(i) representatives of medical societies with expertise in maternal or
                                                                                                    mental health;
                                                                                                       ‘‘(ii) representatives of nonprofit organizations with expertise in ma-
                                                                                                    ternal or mental health;
                                                                                                       ‘‘(iii) relevant industry representatives; and
                                                                                                       ‘‘(iv) other representatives, as appropriate.
                                                                                          ‘‘(4) DEADLINE FOR DESIGNATING DESIGNEES.—If the Assistant Secretary for
                                                                                       Health, or the head of a Federal department or agency serving as a member
                                                                                       of the Task Force under paragraph (2), chooses to be represented on the Task
                                                                                       Force by a designee, the Assistant Secretary or department or agency head shall
                                                                                       designate such designee not later than 90 days after the date of the enactment
                                                                                       of this section.
                                                                                   ‘‘(c) DUTIES.—The Task Force shall—
                                                                                          ‘‘(1) prepare and regularly update a report that analyzes and evaluates the
                                                                                       state of national maternal mental health policy and programs at the Federal,
                                                                                       State, and local levels, and identifies best practices with respect to maternal
                                                                                       mental health policy, including—
                                                                                                ‘‘(A) a set of evidence-based, evidence-informed, and promising practices
                                                                                             with respect to—
                                                                                                       ‘‘(i) prevention strategies for individuals at risk of experiencing a ma-
                                                                                                    ternal mental health condition, including strategies and recommenda-
                                                                                                    tions to address health inequities;
                                                                                                       ‘‘(ii) the identification, screening, diagnosis, intervention, and treat-
                                                                                                    ment of individuals and families affected by a maternal mental health
                                                                                                    condition;
                                                                                                       ‘‘(iii) the expeditious referral to, and implementation of, practices and
                                                                                                    supports that prevent and mitigate the effects of a maternal mental
                                                                                                    health condition, including strategies and recommendations to elimi-
                                                                                                    nate the racial and ethnic disparities that exist in maternal mental
                                                                                                    health; and
                                                                                                       ‘‘(iv) community-based or multigenerational practices that support in-
                                                                                                    dividuals and families affected by a maternal mental health condition;
                                                                                                    and
                                                                                                ‘‘(B) Federal and State programs and activities to prevent, screen, diag-
                                                                                             nose, intervene, and treat maternal mental health conditions;
                                                                                          ‘‘(2) develop and regularly update a national strategy for maternal mental
                                                                                       health, taking into consideration the findings of the report under paragraph (1),
                                                                                       on how the Task Force and Federal departments and agencies represented on
                                                                                       the Task Force may prioritize options for, and may implement a coordinated ap-
                                                                                       proach to, addressing maternal mental health conditions, including by—
                                                                                                ‘‘(A) increasing prevention, screening, diagnosis, intervention, treatment,
                                                                                             and access to care, including clinical and nonclinical care such as peer-sup-
                                                                                             port and community health workers, through the public and private sectors;
                                                                                                ‘‘(B) providing support for pregnant or postpartum individuals who are at
                                                                                             risk for or experiencing a maternal mental health condition, and their fami-
                                                                                             lies, as appropriate;
                                                                                                ‘‘(C) reducing racial, ethnic, geographic, and other health disparities for
                                                                                             prevention, diagnosis, intervention, treatment, and access to care;
                                                                                                ‘‘(D) identifying options for modifying, strengthening, and coordinating
                                                                                             Federal programs and activities, such as the Medicaid program under title
                                                                                             XIX of the Social Security Act and the State Children’s Health Insurance
                                                                                             Program under title XXI of such Act, including existing infant and mater-
                                                                                             nity programs, in order to increase research, prevention, identification,
                                                                                             intervention, and treatment with respect to maternal mental health; and
                                                                                                ‘‘(E) planning, data sharing, and communication within and across Fed-
                                                                                             eral departments, agencies, offices, and programs;




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                          ‘‘(3) solicit public comments from stakeholders for the report under paragraph
                                                                                       (1) and the national strategy under paragraph (2), including comments from




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022    Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00012   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  9
                                                                                     frontline service providers, mental health professionals, researchers, experts in
                                                                                     maternal mental health, institutions of higher education, public health agencies
                                                                                     (including maternal and child health programs), and industry representatives,
                                                                                     in order to inform the activities and reports of the Task Force; and
                                                                                        ‘‘(4) disaggregate any data collected under this section by race, ethnicity, geo-
                                                                                     graphical location, age, marital status, socioeconomic level, and other factors, as
                                                                                     the Secretary determines appropriate.
                                                                                 ‘‘(d) MEETINGS.—The Task Force shall—
                                                                                        ‘‘(1) meet not less than two times each year; and
                                                                                        ‘‘(2) convene public meetings, as appropriate, to fulfill its duties under this
                                                                                     section.
                                                                                 ‘‘(e) REPORTS TO PUBLIC AND FEDERAL LEADERS.—The Task Force shall make pub-
                                                                              licly available and submit to the heads of relevant Federal departments and agen-
                                                                              cies, the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives, the
                                                                              Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, and other rel-
                                                                              evant congressional committees, the following:
                                                                                        ‘‘(1) Not later than 1 year after the first meeting of the Task Force, an initial
                                                                                     report under subsection (c)(1).
                                                                                        ‘‘(2) Not later than 2 years after the first meeting of the Task Force, an initial
                                                                                     national strategy under subsection (c)(2).
                                                                                        ‘‘(3) Each year thereafter—
                                                                                              ‘‘(A) an updated report under subsection (c)(1);
                                                                                              ‘‘(B) an updated national strategy under subsection (c)(2); or
                                                                                              ‘‘(C) if no update is made under subsection (c)(1) or (c)(2), a report sum-
                                                                                           marizing the activities of the Task Force.
                                                                                 ‘‘(f) REPORTS TO GOVERNORS.—Upon finalizing the initial national strategy under
                                                                              subsection (c)(2), and upon making relevant updates to such strategy, the Task
                                                                              Force shall submit a report to the Governors of all States describing opportunities
                                                                              for local- and State-level partnerships identified under subsection (c)(2)(D).
                                                                                 ‘‘(g) SUNSET.—The Task Force shall terminate on September 30, 2027.
                                                                                 ‘‘(h) NONDUPLICATION OF FEDERAL EFFORTS.—The Secretary may relieve the Task
                                                                              Force, in carrying out subsections (c) through (f), from responsibility for carrying out
                                                                              such activities as may be specified by the Secretary as duplicative with other activi-
                                                                              ties carried out by the Department of Health and Human Services.’’.

                                                                                   Subtitle C—Reaching Improved Mental Health
                                                                                              Outcomes for Patients
                                                                              SEC. 121. INNOVATION FOR MENTAL HEALTH.
                                                                                 (a) NATIONAL MENTAL HEALTH AND SUBSTANCE USE POLICY LABORATORY.—Sec-
                                                                              tion 501A of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290aa–0) is amended—
                                                                                       (1) in subsection (e)(1), by striking ‘‘Indian tribes or tribal organizations’’ and
                                                                                     inserting ‘‘Indian Tribes or Tribal organizations’’;
                                                                                       (2) by striking subsection (e)(3); and
                                                                                       (3) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                 ‘‘(f) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—To carry out this section, there is au-
                                                                              thorized to be appropriated $10,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2023 through 2027.’’.
                                                                                 (b) INTERDEPARTMENTAL SERIOUS MENTAL ILLNESS COORDINATING COMMITTEE.—
                                                                                       (1) IN GENERAL.—Part A of title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                     290aa et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 501A (42 U.S.C. 290aa–0)
                                                                                     the following:
                                                                              ‘‘SEC. 501B. INTERDEPARTMENTAL SERIOUS MENTAL ILLNESS COORDINATING COMMITTEE.
                                                                                ‘‘(a) ESTABLISHMENT.—
                                                                                      ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary of Health and Human Services, or the des-
                                                                                    ignee of the Secretary, shall establish a committee to be known as the Inter-
                                                                                    departmental Serious Mental Illness Coordinating Committee (in this section
                                                                                    referred to as the ‘Committee’).
                                                                                      ‘‘(2) FEDERAL ADVISORY COMMITTEE ACT.—Except as provided in this section,
                                                                                    the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.) shall
                                                                                    apply to the Committee.
                                                                                ‘‘(b) MEETINGS.—The Committee shall meet not fewer than 2 times each year.
                                                                                ‘‘(c) RESPONSIBILITIES.—The Committee shall submit, on a biannual basis, to Con-
                                                                              gress and any other relevant Federal department or agency a report including—
                                                                                      ‘‘(1) a summary of advances in serious mental illness and serious emotional




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                    disturbance research related to the prevention of, diagnosis of, intervention in,
                                                                                    and treatment and recovery of serious mental illnesses, serious emotional dis-




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00013   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                   10
                                                                                      turbances, and advances in access to services and support for adults with a seri-
                                                                                      ous mental illness or children with a serious emotional disturbance;
                                                                                         ‘‘(2) an evaluation of the effect Federal programs related to serious mental ill-
                                                                                      ness have on public health, including public health outcomes such as—
                                                                                               ‘‘(A) rates of suicide, suicide attempts, incidence and prevalence of serious
                                                                                            mental illnesses, serious emotional disturbances, and substance use dis-
                                                                                            orders, overdose, overdose deaths, emergency hospitalizations, emergency
                                                                                            room boarding, preventable emergency room visits, interaction with the
                                                                                            criminal justice system, homelessness, and unemployment;
                                                                                               ‘‘(B) increased rates of employment and enrollment in educational and vo-
                                                                                            cational programs;
                                                                                               ‘‘(C) quality of mental and substance use disorders treatment services; or
                                                                                               ‘‘(D) any other criteria as may be determined by the Secretary; and
                                                                                         ‘‘(3) specific recommendations for actions that agencies can take to better co-
                                                                                      ordinate the administration of mental health services for adults with a serious
                                                                                      mental illness or children with a serious emotional disturbance.
                                                                                   ‘‘(d) MEMBERSHIP.—
                                                                                         ‘‘(1) FEDERAL MEMBERS.—The Committee shall be composed of the following
                                                                                      Federal representatives, or the designees of such representatives—
                                                                                               ‘‘(A) the Secretary of Health and Human Services, who shall serve as the
                                                                                            Chair of the Committee;
                                                                                               ‘‘(B) the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use;
                                                                                               ‘‘(C) the Attorney General;
                                                                                               ‘‘(D) the Secretary of Veterans Affairs;
                                                                                               ‘‘(E) the Secretary of Defense;
                                                                                               ‘‘(F) the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development;
                                                                                               ‘‘(G) the Secretary of Education;
                                                                                               ‘‘(H) the Secretary of Labor;
                                                                                               ‘‘(I) the Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services;
                                                                                            and
                                                                                               ‘‘(J) the Commissioner of Social Security.
                                                                                         ‘‘(2) NON-FEDERAL MEMBERS.—The Committee shall also include not less than
                                                                                      14 non-Federal public members appointed by the Secretary of Health and
                                                                                      Human Services, of which—
                                                                                               ‘‘(A) at least 2 members shall be an individual who has received treat-
                                                                                            ment for a diagnosis of a serious mental illness;
                                                                                               ‘‘(B) at least 1 member shall be a parent or legal guardian of an adult
                                                                                            with a history of a serious mental illness or a child with a history of a seri-
                                                                                            ous emotional disturbance;
                                                                                               ‘‘(C) at least 1 member shall be a representative of a leading research,
                                                                                            advocacy, or service organization for adults with a serious mental illness;
                                                                                               ‘‘(D) at least 2 members shall be—
                                                                                                      ‘‘(i) a licensed psychiatrist with experience in treating serious mental
                                                                                                   illnesses;
                                                                                                      ‘‘(ii) a licensed psychologist with experience in treating serious men-
                                                                                                   tal illnesses or serious emotional disturbances;
                                                                                                      ‘‘(iii) a licensed clinical social worker with experience treating serious
                                                                                                   mental illnesses or serious emotional disturbances; or
                                                                                                      ‘‘(iv) a licensed psychiatric nurse, nurse practitioner, or physician as-
                                                                                                   sistant with experience in treating serious mental illnesses or serious
                                                                                                   emotional disturbances;
                                                                                               ‘‘(E) at least 1 member shall be a licensed mental health professional with
                                                                                            a specialty in treating children and adolescents with a serious emotional
                                                                                            disturbance;
                                                                                               ‘‘(F) at least 1 member shall be a mental health professional who has re-
                                                                                            search or clinical mental health experience in working with minorities;
                                                                                               ‘‘(G) at least 1 member shall be a mental health professional who has re-
                                                                                            search or clinical mental health experience in working with medically un-
                                                                                            derserved populations;
                                                                                               ‘‘(H) at least 1 member shall be a State certified mental health peer sup-
                                                                                            port specialist;
                                                                                               ‘‘(I) at least 1 member shall be a judge with experience in adjudicating
                                                                                            cases related to criminal justice or serious mental illness;
                                                                                               ‘‘(J) at least 1 member shall be a law enforcement officer or corrections
                                                                                            officer with extensive experience in interfacing with adults with a serious
                                                                                            mental illness, children with a serious emotional disturbance, or individuals
                                                                                            in a mental health crisis; and




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                               ‘‘(K) at least 1 member shall have experience providing services for home-
                                                                                            less individuals and working with adults with a serious mental illness, chil-




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022    Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00014   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  11
                                                                                           dren with a serious emotional disturbance, or individuals in a mental
                                                                                           health crisis.
                                                                                        ‘‘(3) TERMS.—A member of the Committee appointed under paragraph (2)
                                                                                     shall serve for a term of 3 years, and may be reappointed for 1 or more addi-
                                                                                     tional 3-year terms. Any member appointed to fill a vacancy for an unexpired
                                                                                     term shall be appointed for the remainder of such term. A member may serve
                                                                                     after the expiration of the member’s term until a successor has been appointed.
                                                                                 ‘‘(e) WORKING GROUPS.—In carrying out its functions, the Committee may estab-
                                                                              lish working groups. Such working groups shall be composed of Committee mem-
                                                                              bers, or their designees, and may hold such meetings as are necessary.
                                                                                 ‘‘(f) SUNSET.—The Committee shall terminate on September 30, 2027.’’.
                                                                                        (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                                              (A) Section 501(l)(2) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                           290aa(l)(2)) is amended by striking ‘‘section 6031 of such Act’’ and inserting
                                                                                           ‘‘section 501B of this Act’’.
                                                                                              (B) Section 6031 of the Helping Families in Mental Health Crisis Reform
                                                                                           Act of 2016 (Division B of Public Law 114–255) is repealed (and by con-
                                                                                           forming the item relating to such section in the table of contents in section
                                                                                           1(b)).
                                                                                 (c) PRIORITY MENTAL HEALTH NEEDS OF REGIONAL AND NATIONAL SIGNIFI-
                                                                              CANCE.—Section 520A of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb–32) is
                                                                              amended—
                                                                                        (1) in subsection (a), by striking ‘‘Indian tribes or tribal organizations’’ and
                                                                                     inserting ‘‘Indian Tribes or Tribal organizations’’; and
                                                                                        (2) in subsection (f), by striking ‘‘$394,550,000 for each of fiscal years 2018
                                                                                     through 2022’’ and inserting ‘‘$599,036,000 for each of fiscal years 2023 through
                                                                                     2027’’.
                                                                              SEC. 122. CRISIS CARE COORDINATION.
                                                                                (a) STRENGTHENING COMMUNITY CRISIS RESPONSE SYSTEMS.—Section 520F of the
                                                                              Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb–37) is amended to read as follows:
                                                                              ‘‘SEC. 520F. MENTAL HEALTH CRISIS RESPONSE PARTNERSHIP PILOT PROGRAM.
                                                                                ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall establish a pilot program under which the
                                                                              Secretary will award competitive grants to States, localities, territories, Indian
                                                                              Tribes, and Tribal organizations to establish new, or enhance existing, mobile crisis
                                                                              response teams that divert the response for mental health and substance use crises
                                                                              from law enforcement to mobile crisis teams, as described in subsection (b).
                                                                                ‘‘(b) MOBILE CRISIS TEAMS DESCRIBED.—A mobile crisis team described in this
                                                                              subsection is a team of individuals—
                                                                                       ‘‘(1) that is available to respond to individuals in crisis and provide immediate
                                                                                    stabilization, referrals to community-based mental health and substance use
                                                                                    disorder services and supports, and triage to a higher level of care if medically
                                                                                    necessary;
                                                                                       ‘‘(2) which may include licensed counselors, clinical social workers, physicians,
                                                                                    paramedics, crisis workers, peer support specialists, or other qualified individ-
                                                                                    uals; and
                                                                                       ‘‘(3) which may provide support to divert behavioral health crisis calls from
                                                                                    the 9–1–1 system to the 9–8–8 system.
                                                                                ‘‘(c) PRIORITY.—In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary shall
                                                                              prioritize applications which account for the specific needs of the communities to be
                                                                              served, including children and families, veterans, rural and underserved popu-
                                                                              lations, and other groups at increased risk of death from suicide or overdose.
                                                                                ‘‘(d) REPORT.—
                                                                                       ‘‘(1) INITIAL REPORT.—Not later than September 30, 2024, the Secretary shall
                                                                                    submit to Congress a report on steps taken by the entities specified in sub-
                                                                                    section (a) as of such date of enactment to strengthen the partnerships among
                                                                                    mental health providers, substance use disorder treatment providers, primary
                                                                                    care physicians, mental health and substance use crisis teams, paramedics, law
                                                                                    enforcement officers, and other first responders.
                                                                                       ‘‘(2) PROGRESS REPORTS.—Not later than one year after the date on which the
                                                                                    first grant is awarded to carry out this section, and for each year thereafter,
                                                                                    the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report on the grants made during the
                                                                                    year covered by the report, which shall include—
                                                                                             ‘‘(A) impact data on the teams and people served by such programs, in-
                                                                                          cluding demographic information of individuals served, volume, and types
                                                                                          of service utilization;
                                                                                             ‘‘(B) outcomes of the number of linkages to community-based resources,




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                          short-term crisis receiving and stabilization facilities, and diversion from
                                                                                          law enforcement or hospital emergency department settings;




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  12
                                                                                           ‘‘(C) data consistent with the State block grant requirements for contin-
                                                                                        uous evaluation and quality improvement, and other relevant data as deter-
                                                                                        mined by the Secretary; and
                                                                                           ‘‘(D) the Secretary’s recommendations and best practices for—
                                                                                                ‘‘(i) States and localities providing mobile crisis response and sta-
                                                                                              bilization services for youth and adults; and
                                                                                                ‘‘(ii) improvements to the program established under this section.
                                                                                ‘‘(e) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are authorized to be appropriated
                                                                              to carry out this section, $10,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2023 through 2027.’’.
                                                                                (b) MENTAL HEALTH AWARENESS TRAINING GRANTS.—
                                                                                      (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 520J(b) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                    290bb–41(b)) is amended—
                                                                                           (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘Indian tribes, tribal organizations’’ and
                                                                                        inserting ‘‘Indian Tribes, Tribal organizations’’;
                                                                                           (B) in paragraph (4), by striking ‘‘Indian tribe, tribal organization’’ and
                                                                                        inserting ‘‘Indian Tribe, Tribal organization’’;
                                                                                           (C) in paragraph (5)—
                                                                                                (i) by striking ‘‘Indian tribe, tribal organization’’ and inserting ‘‘In-
                                                                                              dian Tribe, Tribal organization’’;
                                                                                                (ii) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
                                                                                                (iii) in subparagraph (B)(ii), by striking the period at the end and in-
                                                                                              serting ‘‘; and’’; and
                                                                                                (iv) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                           ‘‘(C) suicide intervention and prevention, including recognizing warning
                                                                                        signs and how to refer someone for help.’’;
                                                                                           (D) in paragraph (6), by striking ‘‘Indian tribe, tribal organization’’ and
                                                                                        inserting ‘‘Indian Tribe, Tribal organization’’; and
                                                                                           (E) in paragraph (7), by striking ‘‘$14,693,000 for each of fiscal years 2018
                                                                                        through 2022’’ and inserting ‘‘$24,963,000 for each of fiscal years 2023
                                                                                        through 2027’’.
                                                                                      (2) TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS.—Section 520J(b) of the Public Health Service
                                                                                    Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb–41(b)) is amended—
                                                                                           (A) in the heading of paragraph (2), by striking ‘‘EMERGENCY SERVICES
                                                                                        PERSONNEL’’ and inserting ‘‘EMERGENCY SERVICES PERSONNEL’’; and
                                                                                           (B) in the heading of paragraph (3), by striking ‘‘DISTRIBUTION OF
                                                                                        AWARDS’’ and inserting ‘‘DISTRIBUTION OF AWARDS’’.
                                                                                (c) ADULT SUICIDE PREVENTION.—Section 520L of the Public Health Service Act
                                                                              (42 U.S.C. 290bb–43) is amended—
                                                                                      (1) in subsection (a)—
                                                                                           (A) in paragraph (2)—
                                                                                                (i) by striking ‘‘Indian tribe’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘In-
                                                                                              dian Tribe’’; and
                                                                                                (ii) by striking ‘‘tribal organization’’ each place it appears and insert-
                                                                                              ing ‘‘Tribal organization’’; and
                                                                                           (B) by amending paragraph (3)(C) to read as follows:
                                                                                           ‘‘(C) Raising awareness of suicide prevention resources, promoting help
                                                                                        seeking among those at risk for suicide.’’; and
                                                                                      (2) in subsection (d), by striking ‘‘$30,000,000 for the period of fiscal years
                                                                                    2018 through 2022’’ and inserting ‘‘$30,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2023
                                                                                    through 2027’’.
                                                                              SEC. 123. TREATMENT OF SERIOUS MENTAL ILLNESS.
                                                                               (a) ASSERTIVE COMMUNITY TREATMENT GRANT PROGRAM.—
                                                                                    (1) TECHNICAL AMENDMENT.—Section 520M(b) of the Public Health Service
                                                                                 Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb–44(b)) is amended by striking ‘‘Indian tribe or tribal orga-
                                                                                 nization’’ and inserting ‘‘Indian Tribe or Tribal organization’’.
                                                                                    (2) REPORT TO CONGRESS.—Section 520M(d)(1) of the Public Health Service
                                                                                 Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb–44(d)(1)) is amended by striking ‘‘not later than the end
                                                                                 of fiscal year 2021’’ and inserting ‘‘not later than the end of fiscal year 2026’’.
                                                                                    (3) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—Section 520M(e)(1) of the Public
                                                                                 Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb–44(d)(1)) is amended by striking
                                                                                 ‘‘$5,000,000 for the period of fiscal years 2018 through 2022’’ and inserting
                                                                                 ‘‘$9,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2023 through 2027’’.
                                                                               (b) ASSISTED OUTPATIENT TREATMENT.—Section 224 of the Protecting Access to




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              Medicare Act of 2014 (42 U.S.C. 290aa note) is amended to read as follows:




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  13
                                                                              ‘‘SEC. 224. ASSISTED OUTPATIENT TREATMENT GRANT PROGRAM FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH SE-
                                                                                          RIOUS MENTAL ILLNESS.
                                                                                 ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall carry out a program to award grants to
                                                                              eligible entities for assisted outpatient treatment programs for individuals with seri-
                                                                              ous mental illness.
                                                                                 ‘‘(b) CONSULTATION.—The Secretary shall carry out this section in consultation
                                                                              with the Director of the National Institute of Mental Health, the Attorney General
                                                                              of the United States, the Administrator of the Administration for Community Liv-
                                                                              ing, and the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use.
                                                                                 ‘‘(c) SELECTING AMONG APPLICANTS.—In awarding grants under this section, the
                                                                              Secretary—
                                                                                        ‘‘(1) may give preference to applicants that have not previously implemented
                                                                                     an assisted outpatient treatment program; and
                                                                                        ‘‘(2) shall evaluate applicants based on their potential to reduce hospitaliza-
                                                                                     tion, homelessness, incarceration, and interaction with the criminal justice sys-
                                                                                     tem while improving the health and social outcomes of the patient.
                                                                                 ‘‘(d) PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS.—An assisted outpatient treatment program funded
                                                                              with a grant awarded under this section shall include—
                                                                                        ‘‘(1) evaluating the medical and social needs of the patients who are partici-
                                                                                     pating in the program;
                                                                                        ‘‘(2) preparing and executing treatment plans for such patients that—
                                                                                              ‘‘(A) include criteria for completion of court-ordered treatment if applica-
                                                                                           ble; and
                                                                                              ‘‘(B) provide for monitoring of the patient’s compliance with the treatment
                                                                                           plan, including compliance with medication and other treatment regimens;
                                                                                        ‘‘(3) providing for case management services that support the treatment plan;
                                                                                        ‘‘(4) ensuring appropriate referrals to medical and social services providers;
                                                                                        ‘‘(5) evaluating the process for implementing the program to ensure consist-
                                                                                     ency with the patient’s needs and State law; and
                                                                                        ‘‘(6) measuring treatment outcomes, including health and social outcomes
                                                                                     such as rates of incarceration, health care utilization, and homelessness.
                                                                                 ‘‘(e) REPORT.—Not later than the end of fiscal year 2027, the Secretary shall sub-
                                                                              mit a report to the appropriate congressional committees on the grant program
                                                                              under this section. Such report shall include an evaluation of the following:
                                                                                        ‘‘(1) Cost savings and public health outcomes such as mortality, suicide, sub-
                                                                                     stance abuse, hospitalization, and use of services.
                                                                                        ‘‘(2) Rates of incarceration of patients.
                                                                                        ‘‘(3) Rates of homelessness of patients.
                                                                                        ‘‘(4) Patient and family satisfaction with program participation.
                                                                                        ‘‘(5) Demographic information regarding participation of those served by the
                                                                                     grant compared to demographic information in the population of the grant re-
                                                                                     cipient.
                                                                                 ‘‘(f) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
                                                                                        ‘‘(1) The term ‘assisted outpatient treatment’ means medically prescribed
                                                                                     mental health treatment that a patient receives while living in a community
                                                                                     under the terms of a law authorizing a State or local civil court to order such
                                                                                     treatment.
                                                                                        ‘‘(2) The term ‘eligible entity’ means a county, city, mental health system,
                                                                                     mental health court, or any other entity with authority under the law of the
                                                                                     State in which the entity is located to implement, monitor, and oversee an as-
                                                                                     sisted outpatient treatment program.
                                                                                 ‘‘(g) FUNDING.—
                                                                                        ‘‘(1) AMOUNT OF GRANTS.—
                                                                                              ‘‘(A) MAXIMUM AMOUNT.—The amount of a grant under this section shall
                                                                                           not exceed $1,000,000 for any fiscal year.
                                                                                              ‘‘(B) DETERMINATION.—Subject to subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall
                                                                                           determine the amount of each grant under this section based on the popu-
                                                                                           lation of the area to be served through the grant and an estimate of the
                                                                                           number of patients to be served.
                                                                                        ‘‘(2) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized to be appro-
                                                                                     priated to carry out this section $22,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2023
                                                                                     through 2027.’’.




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING



                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00017   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  14

                                                                                                 Subtitle D—Anna Westin Legacy
                                                                              SEC. 131. MAINTAINING EDUCATION AND TRAINING ON EATING DISORDERS.
                                                                                Subpart 3 of part B of title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb–
                                                                              31 et seq.), as amended by section 102, is further amended by adding at the end
                                                                              the following:
                                                                              ‘‘SEC. 520O. CENTER OF EXCELLENCE FOR EATING DISORDERS FOR EDUCATION AND TRAIN-
                                                                                         ING ON EATING DISORDERS.
                                                                                ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary, acting through the Assistant Secretary, shall
                                                                              maintain, by competitive grant or contract, a Center of Excellence for Eating Dis-
                                                                              orders (referred to in this section as the ‘Center’) to improve the identification of,
                                                                              interventions for, and treatment of eating disorders in a manner that is develop-
                                                                              mentally, culturally, and linguistically appropriate.
                                                                                ‘‘(b) SUBGRANTS AND SUBCONTRACTS.—The Center shall coordinate and implement
                                                                              the activities under subsection (c), in whole or in part, by awarding competitive sub-
                                                                              grants or subcontracts—
                                                                                      ‘‘(1) across geographical regions; and
                                                                                      ‘‘(2) in a manner that is not duplicative.
                                                                                ‘‘(c) ACTIVITIES.—The Center—
                                                                                      ‘‘(1) shall—
                                                                                            ‘‘(A) provide training and technical assistance for—
                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) primary care and behavioral health care providers to carry out
                                                                                               screening, brief intervention, and referral to treatment for individuals
                                                                                               experiencing, or at risk for, eating disorders; and
                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) nonclinical community support workers to identify and support
                                                                                               individuals with, or at disproportionate risk for, eating disorders;
                                                                                            ‘‘(B) develop and provide training materials to health care providers, in-
                                                                                         cluding primary care and behavioral health care providers, in the effective
                                                                                         treatment and ongoing support of individuals with eating disorders, includ-
                                                                                         ing children and marginalized populations at disproportionate risk for eat-
                                                                                         ing disorders;
                                                                                            ‘‘(C) provide collaboration and coordination to other centers of excellence,
                                                                                         technical assistance centers, and psychiatric consultation lines of the Sub-
                                                                                         stance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration and the Health
                                                                                         Resources and Services Administration on the identification, effective treat-
                                                                                         ment, and ongoing support of individuals with eating disorders; and
                                                                                            ‘‘(D) coordinate with the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and
                                                                                         Prevention and the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Ad-
                                                                                         ministration to disseminate training to primary care and behavioral health
                                                                                         care providers; and
                                                                                      ‘‘(2) may—
                                                                                            ‘‘(A) coordinate with electronic health record systems for the integration
                                                                                         of protocols pertaining to screening, brief intervention, and referral to treat-
                                                                                         ment for individuals experiencing, or at risk for, eating disorders;
                                                                                            ‘‘(B) develop and provide training materials to health care providers, in-
                                                                                         cluding primary care and behavioral health care providers, in the effective
                                                                                         treatment and ongoing support for members of the Armed Forces and vet-
                                                                                         erans experiencing, or at risk for, eating disorders; and
                                                                                            ‘‘(C) consult with the Secretary of Defense and the Secretary of Veterans
                                                                                         Affairs on prevention, identification, intervention for, and treatment of eat-
                                                                                         ing disorders.
                                                                                ‘‘(d) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—To carry out this section, there is au-
                                                                              thorized to be appropriated $1,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2023 through 2027.’’.

                                                                                   Subtitle E—Community Mental Health Services
                                                                                            Block Grant Reauthorization
                                                                              SEC. 141. REAUTHORIZATION OF BLOCK GRANTS FOR COMMUNITY MENTAL HEALTH SERV-
                                                                                         ICES.
                                                                                 (a) FUNDING.—Section 1920(a) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x–
                                                                              9(a)) is amended by striking ‘‘$532,571,000 for each of fiscal years 2018 through
                                                                              2022’’ and inserting ‘‘$857,571,000 for each of fiscal years 2023 through 2027’’.
                                                                                 (b) SET-ASIDE FOR EVIDENCE-BASED CRISIS CARE SERVICES.—Section 1920 of the




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x–9) is amended by adding at the end the
                                                                              following:




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  15
                                                                                ‘‘(d) CRISIS CARE.—
                                                                                       ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in paragraph (3), a State shall expend
                                                                                    at least 5 percent of the amount the State receives pursuant to section 1911
                                                                                    for each fiscal year to support evidenced-based programs that address the crisis
                                                                                    care needs of—
                                                                                             ‘‘(A) individuals, including children and adolescents, experiencing mental
                                                                                          health crises, substance-related crises, or crises arising from co-occurring
                                                                                          disorders; and
                                                                                             ‘‘(B) persons with intellectual and developmental disabilities.
                                                                                       ‘‘(2) CORE ELEMENTS.—At the discretion of the single State agency responsible
                                                                                    for the administration of the program of the State under a grant under section
                                                                                    1911, funds expended pursuant to paragraph (1) may be used to fund some or
                                                                                    all of the core crisis care service components, delivered according to evidence-
                                                                                    based principles, including the following:
                                                                                             ‘‘(A) Crisis call centers.
                                                                                             ‘‘(B) 24/7 mobile crisis services.
                                                                                             ‘‘(C) Crisis stabilization programs offering acute care or subacute care in
                                                                                          a hospital or appropriately licensed facility, as determined by the Substance
                                                                                          Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, with referrals to inpa-
                                                                                          tient or outpatient care.
                                                                                       ‘‘(3) STATE FLEXIBILITY.—In lieu of expending 5 percent of the amount the
                                                                                    State receives pursuant to section 1911 for a fiscal year to support evidence-
                                                                                    based programs as required by paragraph (1), a State may elect to expend not
                                                                                    less than 10 percent of such amount to support such programs by the end of
                                                                                    two consecutive fiscal years.
                                                                                       ‘‘(4) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—With respect to funds expended pursuant to
                                                                                    the set-aside in paragraph (1), section 1912(b)(1)(A)(vi) shall not apply.’’.
                                                                                (c) EARLY INTERVENTION.—
                                                                                       (1) STATE PLAN OPTION.—Section 1912(b)(1)(A)(vii) of the Public Health Serv-
                                                                                    ice Act (42 U.S.C. 300x–1(b)(1)(A)(vii)) is amended—
                                                                                             (A) in subclause (III), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
                                                                                             (B) in subclause (IV), by striking the period at the end and inserting ‘‘;
                                                                                          and’’; and
                                                                                             (C) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                                        ‘‘(V) a description of any evidence-based early intervention strat-
                                                                                                     egies and programs the State provides to prevent, delay, or reduce
                                                                                                     the severity and onset of mental illness and behavioral problems,
                                                                                                     including for children and adolescents, irrespective of experiencing
                                                                                                     a serious mental illness or serious emotional disturbance, as de-
                                                                                                     fined under subsection (c)(1).’’.
                                                                                       (2) ALLOCATION ALLOWANCE; REPORTS.—Section 1920 of the Public Health
                                                                                    Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x–9), as amended by subsection (c), is further amend-
                                                                                    ed by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                ‘‘(e) EARLY INTERVENTION SERVICES.—In the case of a State with a State plan that
                                                                              provides for strategies and programs specified in section 1912(b)(1)(A)(vii)(VI), such
                                                                              State may expend not more than 5 percent of the amount of the allotment of the
                                                                              State pursuant to a funding agreement under section 1911 for each fiscal year to
                                                                              support such strategies and programs.
                                                                                ‘‘(f) REPORTS TO CONGRESS.—Not later than September 30, 2025, and biennially
                                                                              thereafter, the Secretary shall provide a report to the Congress on the crisis care
                                                                              and early intervention strategies and programs pursued by States pursuant to sub-
                                                                              sections (d) and (e). Each such report shall include—
                                                                                       ‘‘(1) a description of the each State’s crisis care and early intervention activi-
                                                                                    ties;
                                                                                       ‘‘(2) the population served, including information on demographics, including
                                                                                    age;
                                                                                       ‘‘(3) the outcomes of such activities, including—
                                                                                             ‘‘(A) how such activities reduced hospitalizations and hospital stays;
                                                                                             ‘‘(B) how such activities reduced incidents of suicidal ideation and behav-
                                                                                          iors; and
                                                                                             ‘‘(C) how such activities reduced the severity of onset of serious mental
                                                                                          illness and serious emotional disturbance; and
                                                                                       ‘‘(4) any other relevant information the Secretary deems necessary.’’.




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING



                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00019   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  16

                                                                                       Subtitle F—Peer-Supported Mental Health
                                                                                                       Services
                                                                              SEC. 151. PEER-SUPPORTED MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES.
                                                                                 Subpart 3 of part B of title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb—
                                                                              31 et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 520G (42 U.S.C. 290bb—38) the
                                                                              following:
                                                                              ‘‘SEC. 520H. PEER-SUPPORTED MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES.
                                                                                ‘‘(a) GRANTS AUTHORIZED.—The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Cen-
                                                                              ter for Mental Health Services, shall award grants to eligible entities to enable such
                                                                              entities to develop, expand, and enhance access to mental health peer-delivered
                                                                              services.
                                                                                ‘‘(b) USE OF FUNDS.—Grants awarded under subsection (a) shall be used to de-
                                                                              velop, expand, and enhance national, statewide, or community-focused programs, in-
                                                                              cluding virtual peer-support services and infrastructure, including by—
                                                                                       ‘‘(1) carrying out workforce development, recruitment, and retention activities,
                                                                                    to train, recruit, and retain peer-support providers;
                                                                                       ‘‘(2) building connections between mental health treatment programs, includ-
                                                                                    ing between community organizations and peer-support networks, including vir-
                                                                                    tual peer-support networks, and with other mental health support services;
                                                                                       ‘‘(3) reducing stigma associated with mental health disorders;
                                                                                       ‘‘(4) expanding and improving virtual peer mental health support services, in-
                                                                                    cluding adoption of technologies to expand access to virtual peer mental health
                                                                                    support services, including by acquiring—
                                                                                             ‘‘(A) appropriate physical hardware for such virtual services;
                                                                                             ‘‘(B) software and programs to efficiently run peer-support services vir-
                                                                                          tually; and
                                                                                             ‘‘(C) other technology for establishing virtual waiting rooms and virtual
                                                                                          video platforms for meetings; and
                                                                                       ‘‘(5) conducting research on issues relating to mental illness and the impact
                                                                                    peer-support has on resiliency, including identifying—
                                                                                             ‘‘(A) the signs of mental illness;
                                                                                             ‘‘(B) the resources available to individuals with mental illness and to
                                                                                          their families; and
                                                                                             ‘‘(C) the resources available to help support individuals living with men-
                                                                                          tal illness.
                                                                                ‘‘(c) SPECIAL CONSIDERATION.—In carrying out this section, the Secretary shall
                                                                              give special consideration to the unique needs of rural areas.
                                                                                ‘‘(d) DEFINITION.—In this section, the term ‘eligible entity’ means—
                                                                                       ‘‘(1) a nonprofit consumer-run organization that—
                                                                                             ‘‘(A) is principally governed by people living with a mental health condi-
                                                                                          tion; and
                                                                                             ‘‘(B) mobilizes resources within and outside of the mental health commu-
                                                                                          nity, which may include through peer-support networks, to increase the
                                                                                          prevalence and quality of long-term wellness of individuals living with a
                                                                                          mental health condition, including those with a co-occurring substance use
                                                                                          disorder; or
                                                                                       ‘‘(2) a Federally recognized Tribe, Tribal organization, Urban Indian organiza-
                                                                                    tion, or consortium of Tribes or Tribal organizations.
                                                                                ‘‘(e) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized to be appropriated
                                                                              to carry out this section $13,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2023 through 2027.’’.

                                                                              TITLE II—SUBSTANCE USE DISORDER PRE-
                                                                                VENTION, TREATMENT, AND RECOVERY
                                                                                SERVICES
                                                                                     Subtitle A—Native Behavioral Health Access
                                                                                                   Improvement
                                                                              SEC. 201. BEHAVIORAL HEALTH AND SUBSTANCE USE DISORDER SERVICES FOR NATIVE
                                                                                        AMERICANS.




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                Section 506A of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290aa–5a) is amended
                                                                              to read as follows:




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00020   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  17
                                                                              ‘‘SEC. 506A. BEHAVIORAL HEALTH AND SUBSTANCE USE DISORDER SERVICES FOR NATIVE
                                                                                         AMERICANS.
                                                                                ‘‘(a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
                                                                                      ‘‘(1) The term ‘eligible entity’ means an Indian Tribe, a Tribal organization,
                                                                                    an Urban Indian organization, and a Native Hawaiian health organization.
                                                                                      ‘‘(2) The terms ‘Indian Tribe’, ‘Tribal organization’, and ‘Urban Indian organi-
                                                                                    zation’ have the meanings given to the terms ‘Indian tribe’, ‘tribal organization’,
                                                                                    and ‘Urban Indian organization’ in section 4 of the Indian Health Care Improve-
                                                                                    ment Act.
                                                                                      ‘‘(3) The term ‘Native Hawaiian health organization’ means ‘Papa Ola Lokahi’
                                                                                    as defined in section 12 of the Native Hawaiian Health Care Improvement Act.
                                                                                ‘‘(b) FORMULA FUNDS.—
                                                                                      ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary, in consultation with the Director of the In-
                                                                                    dian Health Service, as appropriate, shall award funds to eligible entities, in
                                                                                    amounts determined pursuant to the formula described in paragraph (2), to be
                                                                                    used by the eligible entity to provide culturally appropriate mental health and
                                                                                    substance use disorder prevention, treatment, and recovery services to Amer-
                                                                                    ican Indians, Alaska Natives, and Native Hawaiians.
                                                                                      ‘‘(2) FORMULA.—The Secretary, using the process described in subsection (d),
                                                                                    shall develop a formula to determine the amount of an award under paragraph
                                                                                    (1). Such formula shall take into account the populations of eligible entities
                                                                                    whose rates of overdose deaths or suicide are substantially higher relative to
                                                                                    the populations of other Indian Tribes, Tribal organizations, Urban Indian orga-
                                                                                    nizations, or Native Hawaiian health organizations, as applicable.
                                                                                ‘‘(c) TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE AND PROGRAM EVALUATION.—
                                                                                      ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall—
                                                                                            ‘‘(A) provide technical assistance to applicants and awardees under this
                                                                                         section; and
                                                                                            ‘‘(B) collect and evaluate information on the program carried out under
                                                                                         this section.
                                                                                      ‘‘(2) CONSULTATION ON EVALUATION MEASURES, AND DATA SUBMISSION AND RE-
                                                                                    PORTING REQUIREMENTS.—The Secretary shall, using the process described in
                                                                                    subsection (d), develop evaluation measures and data submission and reporting
                                                                                    requirements for purposes of the collection and evaluation of information.
                                                                                      ‘‘(3) DATA SUBMISSION AND REPORTING.—As a condition on receipt of funds
                                                                                    under this section, an applicant shall agree to submit data and reports in a
                                                                                    timely manner consistent with the evaluation measures and data submission
                                                                                    and reporting requirements developed under subsection (d).
                                                                                ‘‘(d) REGULATIONS.—
                                                                                      ‘‘(1) PROMULGATION.—Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of
                                                                                    the Restoring Hope for Mental Health and Well-Being Act of 2022, the Sec-
                                                                                    retary shall initiate procedures under subchapter III of chapter 5 of title 5,
                                                                                    United States Code, to negotiate and promulgate such regulations as are nec-
                                                                                    essary to carry out this section, including development of the funding formula
                                                                                    described in subsection (b) and the program evaluation and reporting require-
                                                                                    ments under subsection (c).
                                                                                      ‘‘(2) PUBLICATION.—Not later than 18 months after the date of enactment of
                                                                                    the Restoring Hope for Mental Health and Well-Being Act of 2022, the Sec-
                                                                                    retary shall publish in the Federal Register proposed regulations to implement
                                                                                    this section.
                                                                                      ‘‘(3) COMMITTEE.—A negotiated rulemaking committee established pursuant
                                                                                    to section 565 of title 5, United States Code, to carry out this subsection shall
                                                                                    have as its members only representatives of the Federal Government, Tribal
                                                                                    Governments, and Urban Indian organizations. For purposes of such rule-
                                                                                    making, the Indian Health Service shall be the lead agency for the Department.
                                                                                      ‘‘(4) ADAPTATION OF PROCEDURES.—In carrying out this subsection, the Sec-
                                                                                    retary shall adapt any negotiated rulemaking procedures to the unique context
                                                                                    of the government-to-government relationship between the United States and
                                                                                    Indian Tribes.
                                                                                      ‘‘(5) EFFECT.—The lack of promulgated regulations under this subsection shall
                                                                                    not limit the effect or implementation of this section.
                                                                                ‘‘(e) APPLICATION.—An entity desiring an award under subsection (b) shall submit
                                                                              an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by
                                                                              such information as the Secretary may reasonably require.
                                                                                ‘‘(f) REPORT.—Not later than 3 years after the date of the enactment of the Restor-
                                                                              ing Hope for Mental Health and Well-Being Act of 2022, and annually thereafter,




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              the Secretary shall prepare and submit, to the Committee on Health, Education,
                                                                              Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, and the Committee on Energy and Commerce




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00021   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                   18
                                                                              of the House of Representatives, a report describing the services provided pursuant
                                                                              to this section.
                                                                                ‘‘(g) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are authorized to be appro-
                                                                              priated to carry out this section, $40,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2023 through
                                                                              2027.’’.

                                                                                          Subtitle B—Summer Barrow Prevention,
                                                                                                  Treatment, and Recovery
                                                                              SEC. 211. GRANTS FOR THE BENEFIT OF HOMELESS INDIVIDUALS.
                                                                                Section 506(e) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290aa–5(e)) is amended
                                                                              by striking ‘‘2018 through 2022’’ and inserting ‘‘2023 through 2027’’.
                                                                              SEC. 212. PRIORITY SUBSTANCE ABUSE TREATMENT NEEDS OF REGIONAL AND NATIONAL
                                                                                         SIGNIFICANCE.
                                                                                   Section 509 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb–2) is amended—
                                                                                       (1) in the section heading, by striking ‘‘ABUSE’’ and inserting ‘‘USE DISORDER’’;
                                                                                       (2) in subsection (a)—
                                                                                             (A) by striking ‘‘tribes and tribal organizations (as the terms ‘Indian
                                                                                          tribes’ and ‘tribal organizations’ are defined’’ and inserting ‘‘Tribes and
                                                                                          Tribal organizations (as such terms are defined’’; and
                                                                                             (B) in paragraph (3), by striking ‘‘in substance abuse’’;
                                                                                       (3) in subsection (b), in the subsection heading, by striking ‘‘ABUSE’’ and in-
                                                                                     serting ‘‘USE DISORDER’’; and
                                                                                       (4) in subsection (f), by striking ‘‘$333,806,000 for each of fiscal years 2018
                                                                                     through 2022’’ and inserting ‘‘$521,517,000 for each of fiscal years 2023 through
                                                                                     2027’’.
                                                                              SEC. 213. EVIDENCE-BASED PRESCRIPTION OPIOID AND HEROIN TREATMENT AND INTERVEN-
                                                                                         TIONS DEMONSTRATION.
                                                                                   Section 514B of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb–10) is amended—
                                                                                       (1) in subsection (a)(1)—
                                                                                            (A) by striking ‘‘substance abuse’’ and inserting ‘‘substance use disorder’’;
                                                                                            (B) by striking ‘‘tribes and tribal organizations’’ and inserting ‘‘Tribes and
                                                                                          Tribal organizations’’; and
                                                                                            (C) by striking ‘‘addiction’’ and inserting ‘‘substance use disorders’’;
                                                                                       (2) in subsection (e)(3), by striking ‘‘tribes and tribal organizations’’ and in-
                                                                                     serting ‘‘Tribes and Tribal organizations’’; and
                                                                                       (3) in subsection (f), by striking ‘‘2017 through 2021’’ and inserting ‘‘2023
                                                                                     through 2027’’.
                                                                              SEC. 214. PRIORITY SUBSTANCE USE DISORDER PREVENTION NEEDS OF REGIONAL AND NA-
                                                                                         TIONAL SIGNIFICANCE.
                                                                                   Section 516 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb–22) is amended—
                                                                                       (1) in subsection (a)—
                                                                                             (A) in paragraph (3), by striking ‘‘abuse’’ and inserting ‘‘use’’; and
                                                                                             (B) in the matter following paragraph (3), by striking ‘‘tribes or tribal or-
                                                                                          ganizations’’ and inserting ‘‘Tribes or Tribal organizations’’;
                                                                                       (2) in subsection (b), in the subsection heading, by striking ‘‘ABUSE’’ and in-
                                                                                     serting ‘‘USE DISORDER’’; and
                                                                                       (3) in subsection (f), by striking ‘‘$211,148,000 for each of fiscal years 2018
                                                                                     through 2022’’ and inserting ‘‘$218,219,000 for each of fiscal years 2023 through
                                                                                     2027’’.
                                                                              SEC. 215. SOBER TRUTH ON PREVENTING (STOP) UNDERAGE DRINKING REAUTHORIZATION.
                                                                                Section 519B of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb–25b) is amend-
                                                                              ed—
                                                                                       (1) by amending subsection (a) to read as follows:
                                                                                ‘‘(a) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this section:
                                                                                       ‘‘(1) The term ‘alcohol beverage industry’ means the brewers, vintners, dis-
                                                                                    tillers, importers, distributors, and retail or online outlets that sell or serve
                                                                                    beer, wine, and distilled spirits.
                                                                                       ‘‘(2) The term ‘school-based prevention’ means programs, which are institu-
                                                                                    tionalized, and run by staff members or school-designated persons or organiza-
                                                                                    tions in any grade of school, kindergarten through 12th grade.
                                                                                       ‘‘(3) The term ‘youth’ means persons under the age of 21.’’; and
                                                                                       (2) by striking subsections (c) through (g) and inserting the following:




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                ‘‘(c) INTERAGENCY COORDINATING COMMITTEE; ANNUAL REPORT ON STATE UNDER-
                                                                              AGE DRINKING PREVENTION AND ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITIES.—




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022    Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00022   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  19
                                                                                      ‘‘(1) INTERAGENCY COORDINATING COMMITTEE ON THE PREVENTION OF UNDER-
                                                                                    AGE DRINKING.—
                                                                                            ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary, in collaboration with the Federal offi-
                                                                                         cials specified in subparagraph (B), shall continue to support and enhance
                                                                                         the efforts of the interagency coordinating committee, that began operating
                                                                                         in 2004, focusing on underage drinking (referred to in this subsection as the
                                                                                         ‘Committee’).
                                                                                            ‘‘(B) OTHER AGENCIES.—The officials referred to in subparagraph (A) are
                                                                                         the Secretary of Education, the Attorney General, the Secretary of Trans-
                                                                                         portation, the Secretary of the Treasury, the Secretary of Defense, the Sur-
                                                                                         geon General, the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Preven-
                                                                                         tion, the Director of the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alco-
                                                                                         holism, the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use, the
                                                                                         Director of the National Institute on Drug Abuse, the Assistant Secretary
                                                                                         for Children and Families, the Director of the Office of National Drug Con-
                                                                                         trol Policy, the Administrator of the National Highway Traffic Safety Ad-
                                                                                         ministration, the Administrator of the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delin-
                                                                                         quency Prevention, the Chairman of the Federal Trade Commission, and
                                                                                         such other Federal officials as the Secretary of Health and Human Services
                                                                                         determines to be appropriate.
                                                                                            ‘‘(C) CHAIR.—The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall serve as
                                                                                         the chair of the Committee.
                                                                                            ‘‘(D) DUTIES.—The Committee shall guide policy and program develop-
                                                                                         ment across the Federal Government with respect to underage drinking,
                                                                                         provided, however, that nothing in this section shall be construed as trans-
                                                                                         ferring regulatory or program authority from an Agency to the Coordinating
                                                                                         Committee.
                                                                                            ‘‘(E) CONSULTATIONS.—The Committee shall actively seek the input of
                                                                                         and shall consult with all appropriate and interested parties, including
                                                                                         States, public health research and interest groups, foundations, and alcohol
                                                                                         beverage industry trade associations and companies.
                                                                                            ‘‘(F) ANNUAL REPORT.—
                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary, on behalf of the Committee, shall
                                                                                               annually submit to the Congress a report that summarizes—
                                                                                                         ‘‘(I) all programs and policies of Federal agencies designed to pre-
                                                                                                      vent and reduce underage drinking, focusing particularly on pro-
                                                                                                      grams and policies that support the adoption and enforcement of
                                                                                                      State policies designed to prevent and reduce underage drinking as
                                                                                                      specified in paragraph (2);
                                                                                                         ‘‘(II) the extent of progress in preventing and reducing underage
                                                                                                      drinking at State and national levels;
                                                                                                         ‘‘(III) data that the Secretary shall collect with respect to the in-
                                                                                                      formation specified in clause (ii); and
                                                                                                         ‘‘(IV) such other information regarding underage drinking as the
                                                                                                      Secretary determines to be appropriate.
                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) CERTAIN INFORMATION.—The report under clause (i) shall include
                                                                                               information on the following:
                                                                                                         ‘‘(I) Patterns and consequences of underage drinking as reported
                                                                                                      in research and surveys such as, but not limited to, Monitoring the
                                                                                                      Future, Youth Risk Behavior Surveillance System, the National
                                                                                                      Survey on Drug Use and Health, and the Fatality Analysis Report-
                                                                                                      ing System.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(II) Measures of the availability of alcohol from commercial and
                                                                                                      non-commercial sources to underage populations.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(III) Measures of the exposure of underage populations to mes-
                                                                                                      sages regarding alcohol in advertising, social media, and the enter-
                                                                                                      tainment media.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(IV) Surveillance data, including information on the onset and
                                                                                                      prevalence of underage drinking, consumption patterns, beverage
                                                                                                      preferences, prevalence of drinking among students at institutions
                                                                                                      of higher education, correlations between adult and youth drinking,
                                                                                                      and the means of underage access, including trends over time for
                                                                                                      these surveillance data. The Secretary shall develop a plan to im-
                                                                                                      prove the collection, measurement, and consistency of reporting
                                                                                                      Federal underage alcohol data.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(V) Any additional findings resulting from research conducted or
                                                                                                      supported under subsection (f).




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                         ‘‘(VI) Evidence-based best practices to prevent and reduce under-
                                                                                                      age drinking including a review of the research literature related




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00023   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  20
                                                                                                      to State laws, regulations, and policies designed to prevent and re-
                                                                                                      duce underage drinking, as described in paragraph (2)(B)(i).
                                                                                      ‘‘(2) ANNUAL REPORT ON STATE UNDERAGE DRINKING PREVENTION AND EN-
                                                                                    FORCEMENT ACTIVITIES.—
                                                                                            ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall, with input and collaboration from
                                                                                         other appropriate Federal agencies, States, Indian Tribes, territories, and
                                                                                         public health, consumer, and alcohol beverage industry groups, annually
                                                                                         issue a report on each State’s performance in enacting, enforcing, and cre-
                                                                                         ating laws, regulations, and policies to prevent or reduce underage drinking
                                                                                         based on an assessment of best practices developed pursuant to paragraph
                                                                                         (1)(F)(ii)(VI) and subparagraph (B)(i). For purposes of this paragraph, each
                                                                                         such report, with respect to a year, shall be referred to as the ‘State Re-
                                                                                         port’. Each State Report shall be designed as a resource tool for Federal
                                                                                         agencies assisting States in the their underage drinking prevention efforts,
                                                                                         State public health and law enforcement agencies, State and local policy-
                                                                                         makers, and underage drinking prevention coalitions including those receiv-
                                                                                         ing grants pursuant to subsection (e).
                                                                                            ‘‘(B) STATE PERFORMANCE MEASURES.—
                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall develop, in consultation with
                                                                                               the Committee, a set of measures to be used in preparing the State Re-
                                                                                               port on best practices as they relate to State laws, regulations, policies,
                                                                                               and enforcement practices.
                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) STATE REPORT CONTENT.—The State Report shall include updates
                                                                                               on State laws, regulations, and policies included in previous reports to
                                                                                               Congress, including with respect to the following:
                                                                                                         ‘‘(I) Whether or not the State has comprehensive anti-underage
                                                                                                      drinking laws such as for the illegal sale, purchase, attempt to pur-
                                                                                                      chase, consumption, or possession of alcohol; illegal use of fraudu-
                                                                                                      lent ID; illegal furnishing or obtaining of alcohol for an individual
                                                                                                      under 21 years; the degree of strictness of the penalties for such
                                                                                                      offenses; and the prevalence of the enforcement of each of these in-
                                                                                                      fractions.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(II) Whether or not the State has comprehensive liability stat-
                                                                                                      utes pertaining to underage access to alcohol such as dram shop,
                                                                                                      social host, and house party laws, and the prevalence of enforce-
                                                                                                      ment of each of these laws.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(III) Whether or not the State encourages and conducts com-
                                                                                                      prehensive enforcement efforts to prevent underage access to alco-
                                                                                                      hol at retail outlets, such as random compliance checks and shoul-
                                                                                                      der tap programs, and the number of compliance checks within al-
                                                                                                      cohol retail outlets measured against the number of total alcohol
                                                                                                      retail outlets in each State, and the result of such checks.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(IV) Whether or not the State encourages training on the proper
                                                                                                      selling and serving of alcohol for all sellers and servers of alcohol
                                                                                                      as a condition of employment.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(V) Whether or not the State has policies and regulations with
                                                                                                      regard to direct sales to consumers and home delivery of alcoholic
                                                                                                      beverages.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(VI) Whether or not the State has programs or laws to deter
                                                                                                      adults from purchasing alcohol for minors; and the number of
                                                                                                      adults targeted by these programs.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(VII) Whether or not the State has enacted graduated drivers li-
                                                                                                      censes and the extent of those provisions.
                                                                                                  ‘‘(iii) ADDITIONAL CATEGORIES.—In addition to the updates on State
                                                                                               laws, regulations, and policies listed in clause (ii), the Secretary shall
                                                                                               consider the following:
                                                                                                         ‘‘(I) Whether or not States have adopted laws, regulations, and
                                                                                                      policies that deter underage alcohol use, as described in ‘The Sur-
                                                                                                      geon General’s Call to Action to Prevent and Reduce Underage
                                                                                                      Drinking’ issued in 2007 and ‘Facing Addiction in America: The
                                                                                                      Surgeon General’s Report on Alcohol, Drugs and Health’ issued in
                                                                                                      2016, including restrictions on low-price, high-volume drink spe-
                                                                                                      cials, and wholesaler pricing provisions.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(II) Whether or not States have adopted laws, regulations, and
                                                                                                      policies designed to reduce alcohol advertising messages attractive




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                      to youth and youth exposure to alcohol advertising and marketing
                                                                                                      in measured and unmeasured media and digital and social media.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00024   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                   21
                                                                                                            ‘‘(III) Whether or not States have laws and policies that promote
                                                                                                         underage drinking prevention policy development by local jurisdic-
                                                                                                         tions.
                                                                                                            ‘‘(IV) Whether or not States have adopted laws, regulations, and
                                                                                                         policies to restrict youth access to alcoholic beverages that may
                                                                                                         pose special risks to youth, including but not limited to alcoholic
                                                                                                         mists, gelatins, freezer pops, premixed caffeinated alcoholic bev-
                                                                                                         erages, and flavored malt beverages.
                                                                                                            ‘‘(V) Whether or not States have adopted uniform best practices
                                                                                                         protocols for conducting compliance checks and shoulder tap pro-
                                                                                                         grams.
                                                                                                            ‘‘(VI) Whether or not States have adopted uniform best practices
                                                                                                         penalty protocols for violations of laws prohibiting retail licensees
                                                                                                         from selling or furnishing of alcohol to minors.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(iv) UNIFORM DATA SYSTEM.—For performance measures related to
                                                                                                  enforcement of underage drinking laws as specified in clauses (ii) and
                                                                                                  (iii), the Secretary shall develop and test a uniform data system for re-
                                                                                                  porting State enforcement data, including the development of a pilot
                                                                                                  program for this purpose. The pilot program shall include procedures
                                                                                                  for collecting enforcement data from both State and local law enforce-
                                                                                                  ment jurisdictions.
                                                                                         ‘‘(3) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized to be appro-
                                                                                      priated to carry out this subsection $1,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2023
                                                                                      through 2027.
                                                                                   ‘‘(d) NATIONAL MEDIA CAMPAIGN TO PREVENT UNDERAGE DRINKING.—
                                                                                         ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary, in consultation with the National Highway
                                                                                      Traffic Safety Administration, shall develop an intensive, multifaceted, adult-
                                                                                      oriented national media campaign to reduce underage drinking by influencing
                                                                                      attitudes regarding underage drinking, increasing the willingness of adults to
                                                                                      take actions to reduce underage drinking, and encouraging public policy
                                                                                      changes known to decrease underage drinking rates.
                                                                                         ‘‘(2) PURPOSE.—The purpose of the national media campaign described in this
                                                                                      section shall be to achieve the following objectives:
                                                                                               ‘‘(A) Instill a broad societal commitment to reduce underage drinking.
                                                                                               ‘‘(B) Increase specific actions by adults that are meant to discourage or
                                                                                            inhibit underage drinking.
                                                                                               ‘‘(C) Decrease adult conduct that tends to facilitate or condone underage
                                                                                            drinking.
                                                                                         ‘‘(3) COMPONENTS.—When implementing the national media campaign de-
                                                                                      scribed in this section, the Secretary shall—
                                                                                               ‘‘(A) educate the public about the public health and safety benefits of evi-
                                                                                            dence-based policies to reduce underage drinking, including minimum legal
                                                                                            drinking age laws, and build public and parental support for and coopera-
                                                                                            tion with enforcement of such policies;
                                                                                               ‘‘(B) educate the public about the negative consequences of underage
                                                                                            drinking;
                                                                                               ‘‘(C) promote specific actions by adults that are meant to discourage or
                                                                                            inhibit underage drinking, including positive behavior modeling, general pa-
                                                                                            rental monitoring, and consistent and appropriate discipline;
                                                                                               ‘‘(D) discourage adult conduct that tends to facilitate underage drinking,
                                                                                            including the hosting of underage parties with alcohol and the purchasing
                                                                                            of alcoholic beverages on behalf of underage youth;
                                                                                               ‘‘(E) establish collaborative relationships with local and national organiza-
                                                                                            tions and institutions to further the goals of the campaign and assure that
                                                                                            the messages of the campaign are disseminated from a variety of sources;
                                                                                               ‘‘(F) conduct the campaign through multi-media sources; and
                                                                                               ‘‘(G) conduct the campaign with regard to changing demographics and
                                                                                            cultural and linguistic factors.
                                                                                         ‘‘(4) CONSULTATION REQUIREMENT.—In developing and implementing the na-
                                                                                      tional media campaign described in this section, the Secretary shall consult rec-
                                                                                      ommendations for reducing underage drinking published by the National Acad-
                                                                                      emy of Sciences and the Surgeon General. The Secretary shall also consult with
                                                                                      interested parties including medical, public health, and consumer and parent
                                                                                      groups, law enforcement, institutions of higher education, community organiza-
                                                                                      tions and coalitions, and other stakeholders supportive of the goals of the cam-
                                                                                      paign.
                                                                                         ‘‘(5) ANNUAL REPORT.—The Secretary shall produce an annual report on the




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                      progress of the development or implementation of the media campaign de-
                                                                                      scribed in this subsection, including expenses and projected costs, and, as such




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022    Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00025   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  22
                                                                                    information is available, report on the effectiveness of such campaign in affect-
                                                                                    ing adult attitudes toward underage drinking and adult willingness to take ac-
                                                                                    tions to decrease underage drinking.
                                                                                       ‘‘(6) RESEARCH ON YOUTH-ORIENTED CAMPAIGN.—The Secretary may, based on
                                                                                    the availability of funds, conduct research on the potential success of a youth-
                                                                                    oriented national media campaign to reduce underage drinking. The Secretary
                                                                                    shall report any such results to Congress with policy recommendations on es-
                                                                                    tablishing such a campaign.
                                                                                       ‘‘(7) ADMINISTRATION.—The Secretary may enter into a subcontract with an-
                                                                                    other Federal agency to delegate the authority for execution and administration
                                                                                    of the adult-oriented national media campaign.
                                                                                       ‘‘(8) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized to be appro-
                                                                                    priated to carry out this section $2,500,000 for each of fiscal years 2023 through
                                                                                    2027.
                                                                                ‘‘(e) COMMUNITY-BASED COALITION ENHANCEMENT GRANTS TO PREVENT UNDER-
                                                                              AGE DRINKING.—
                                                                                       ‘‘(1) AUTHORIZATION OF PROGRAM.—The Assistant Secretary for Mental Health
                                                                                    and Substance Use, in consultation with the Director of the Office of National
                                                                                    Drug Control Policy, shall award enhancement grants to eligible entities to de-
                                                                                    sign, implement, evaluate, and disseminate comprehensive strategies to maxi-
                                                                                    mize the effectiveness of community-wide approaches to preventing and reduc-
                                                                                    ing underage drinking. This subsection is subject to the availability of appro-
                                                                                    priations.
                                                                                       ‘‘(2) PURPOSES.—The purposes of this subsection are to—
                                                                                             ‘‘(A) prevent and reduce alcohol use among youth in communities
                                                                                          throughout the United States;
                                                                                             ‘‘(B) strengthen collaboration among communities, the Federal Govern-
                                                                                          ment, Tribal Governments, and State and local governments;
                                                                                             ‘‘(C) enhance intergovernmental cooperation and coordination on the issue
                                                                                          of alcohol use among youth;
                                                                                             ‘‘(D) serve as a catalyst for increased citizen participation and greater col-
                                                                                          laboration among all sectors and organizations of a community that first
                                                                                          demonstrates a long-term commitment to reducing alcohol use among
                                                                                          youth;
                                                                                             ‘‘(E) implement state-of-the-art science-based strategies to prevent and re-
                                                                                          duce underage drinking by changing local conditions in communities; and
                                                                                             ‘‘(F) enhance, not supplant, effective local community initiatives for pre-
                                                                                          venting and reducing alcohol use among youth.
                                                                                       ‘‘(3) APPLICATION.—An eligible entity desiring an enhancement grant under
                                                                                    this subsection shall submit an application to the Assistant Secretary at such
                                                                                    time, and in such manner, and accompanied by such information and assur-
                                                                                    ances, as the Assistant Secretary may require. Each application shall include—
                                                                                             ‘‘(A) a complete description of the entity’s current underage alcohol use
                                                                                          prevention initiatives and how the grant will appropriately enhance the
                                                                                          focus on underage drinking issues; or
                                                                                             ‘‘(B) a complete description of the entity’s current initiatives, and how it
                                                                                          will use this grant to enhance those initiatives by adding a focus on under-
                                                                                          age drinking prevention.
                                                                                       ‘‘(4) USES OF FUNDS.—Each eligible entity that receives a grant under this
                                                                                    subsection shall use the grant funds to carry out the activities described in such
                                                                                    entity’s application submitted pursuant to paragraph (3) and obtain specialized
                                                                                    training and technical assistance by the entity funded under section 4 of Public
                                                                                    Law 107–82, as amended (21 U.S.C. 1521 note). Grants under this subsection
                                                                                    shall not exceed $60,000 per year and may not exceed four years.
                                                                                       ‘‘(5) SUPPLEMENT NOT SUPPLANT.—Grant funds provided under this subsection
                                                                                    shall be used to supplement, not supplant, Federal and non-Federal funds avail-
                                                                                    able for carrying out the activities described in this subsection.
                                                                                       ‘‘(6) EVALUATION.—Grants under this subsection shall be subject to the same
                                                                                    evaluation requirements and procedures as the evaluation requirements and
                                                                                    procedures imposed on recipients of drug-free community grants.
                                                                                       ‘‘(7) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this subsection, the term ‘eligible entity’
                                                                                    means an organization that is currently receiving or has received grant funds
                                                                                    under the Drug-Free Communities Act of 1997.
                                                                                       ‘‘(8) ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.—Not more than 6 percent of a grant under
                                                                                    this subsection may be expended for administrative expenses.
                                                                                       ‘‘(9) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized to be appro-




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                    priated to carry out this subsection $11,500,000 for each of fiscal years 2023
                                                                                    through 2027.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00026   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  23
                                                                               ‘‘(f) GRANTS TO PROFESSIONAL PEDIATRIC PROVIDER ORGANIZATIONS TO REDUCE
                                                                              UNDERAGE DRINKING THROUGH SCREENING AND BRIEF INTERVENTIONS.—
                                                                                      ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary, acting through the Assistant Secretary for
                                                                                   Mental Health and Substance Use, shall make one or more grants to profes-
                                                                                   sional pediatric provider organizations to increase among the members of such
                                                                                   organizations effective practices to reduce the prevalence of alcohol use among
                                                                                   individuals under the age of 21, including college students.
                                                                                      ‘‘(2) PURPOSES.—Grants under this subsection shall be made to promote the
                                                                                   practices of—
                                                                                            ‘‘(A) screening adolescents for alcohol use;
                                                                                            ‘‘(B) offering brief interventions to adolescents to discourage such use;
                                                                                            ‘‘(C) educating parents about the dangers of and methods of discouraging
                                                                                         such use;
                                                                                            ‘‘(D) diagnosing and treating alcohol use disorders; and
                                                                                            ‘‘(E) referring patients, when necessary, to other appropriate care.
                                                                                      ‘‘(3) USE OF FUNDS.—A professional pediatric provider organization receiving
                                                                                   a grant under this section may use the grant funding to promote the practices
                                                                                   specified in paragraph (2) among its members by—
                                                                                            ‘‘(A) providing training to health care providers;
                                                                                            ‘‘(B) disseminating best practices, including culturally and linguistically
                                                                                         appropriate best practices, and developing, printing, and distributing mate-
                                                                                         rials; and
                                                                                            ‘‘(C) supporting other activities approved by the Assistant Secretary.
                                                                                      ‘‘(4) APPLICATION.—To be eligible to receive a grant under this subsection, a
                                                                                   professional pediatric provider organization shall submit an application to the
                                                                                   Assistant Secretary at such time, and in such manner, and accompanied by
                                                                                   such information and assurances as the Secretary may require. Each applica-
                                                                                   tion shall include—
                                                                                            ‘‘(A) a description of the pediatric provider organization;
                                                                                            ‘‘(B) a description of the activities to be completed that will promote the
                                                                                         practices specified in paragraph (2);
                                                                                            ‘‘(C) a description of the organization’s qualifications for performing such
                                                                                         practices; and
                                                                                            ‘‘(D) a timeline for the completion of such activities.
                                                                                      ‘‘(5) DEFINITIONS.—For the purpose of this subsection:
                                                                                            ‘‘(A) BRIEF INTERVENTION.—The term ‘brief intervention’ means, after
                                                                                         screening a patient, providing the patient with brief advice and other brief
                                                                                         motivational enhancement techniques designed to increase the insight of
                                                                                         the patient regarding the patient’s alcohol use, and any realized or poten-
                                                                                         tial consequences of such use to effect the desired related behavioral
                                                                                         change.
                                                                                            ‘‘(B) ADOLESCENTS.—The term ‘adolescents’ means individuals under 21
                                                                                         years of age.
                                                                                            ‘‘(C) PROFESSIONAL PEDIATRIC PROVIDER ORGANIZATION.—The term ‘profes-
                                                                                         sional pediatric provider organization’ means an organization or association
                                                                                         that—
                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) consists of or represents pediatric health care providers; and
                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) is qualified to promote the practices specified in paragraph (2).
                                                                                            ‘‘(D) SCREENING.—The term ‘screening’ means using validated patient
                                                                                         interview techniques to identify and assess the existence and extent of alco-
                                                                                         hol use in a patient.
                                                                                      ‘‘(6) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized to be appro-
                                                                                   priated to carry out this subsection $3,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2023
                                                                                   through 2027.
                                                                               ‘‘(g) DATA COLLECTION AND RESEARCH.—
                                                                                      ‘‘(1) ADDITIONAL RESEARCH ON UNDERAGE DRINKING.—
                                                                                            ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall, subject to the availability of ap-
                                                                                         propriations, collect data, and conduct or support research that is not dupli-
                                                                                         cative of research currently being conducted or supported by the Depart-
                                                                                         ment of Health and Human Services, on underage drinking, with respect
                                                                                         to the following:
                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) Improve data collection in support of evaluation of the effective-
                                                                                               ness of comprehensive community-based programs or strategies and
                                                                                               statewide systems to prevent and reduce underage drinking, across the
                                                                                               underage years from early childhood to age 21, such as programs fund-
                                                                                               ed and implemented by governmental entities, public health interest
                                                                                               groups and foundations, and alcohol beverage companies and trade as-




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                               sociations, through the development of models of State-level epidemio-
                                                                                               logical surveillance of underage drinking by funding in States or large




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                   24
                                                                                                metropolitan areas new epidemiologists focused on excessive drinking
                                                                                                including underage alcohol use.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(ii) Obtain and report more precise information than is currently col-
                                                                                                lected on the scope of the underage drinking problem and patterns of
                                                                                                underage alcohol consumption, including improved knowledge about the
                                                                                                problem and progress in preventing, reducing, and treating underage
                                                                                                drinking, as well as information on the rate of exposure of youth to ad-
                                                                                                vertising and other media messages encouraging and discouraging alco-
                                                                                                hol consumption.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(iii) Synthesize, expand on, and widely disseminate existing research
                                                                                                on effective strategies for reducing underage drinking, including
                                                                                                translational research, and make this research easily accessible to the
                                                                                                general public.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(iv) Improve and conduct public health surveillance on alcohol use
                                                                                                and alcohol-related conditions in States by increasing the use of sur-
                                                                                                veys, such as the Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance System, to mon-
                                                                                                itor binge and excessive drinking and related harms among individuals
                                                                                                who are at least 18 years of age, but not more than 20 years of age,
                                                                                                including harm caused to self or others as a result of alcohol use that
                                                                                                is not duplicative of research currently being conducted or supported by
                                                                                                the Department of Health and Human Services.
                                                                                             ‘‘(B) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized to be ap-
                                                                                          propriated to carry out this paragraph $5,000,000 for each of fiscal years
                                                                                          2023 through 2027.
                                                                                       ‘‘(2) NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES STUDY.—
                                                                                             ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 12 months after the enactment of the
                                                                                          Restoring Hope for Mental Health and Well-Being Act of 2022, the Sec-
                                                                                          retary shall—
                                                                                                   ‘‘(i) contract with the National Academy of Sciences to study develop-
                                                                                                ments in research on underage drinking and the public policy implica-
                                                                                                tions of these developments; and
                                                                                                   ‘‘(ii) report to the Congress on the results of such review.
                                                                                             ‘‘(B) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized to be ap-
                                                                                          propriated to carry out this paragraph $500,000 for fiscal year 2023.’’.
                                                                              SEC. 216. GRANTS FOR JAIL DIVERSION PROGRAMS.
                                                                                   Section 520G of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb–38) is amended—
                                                                                        (1) in subsection (a)—
                                                                                             (A) by striking ‘‘up to 125’’; and
                                                                                             (B) by striking ‘‘tribes and tribal organizations’’ and inserting ‘‘Tribes and
                                                                                          Tribal organizations’’;
                                                                                        (2) in subsection (b)(2), by striking ‘‘tribes, and tribal organizations’’ and in-
                                                                                     serting ‘‘Tribes, and Tribal organizations’’;
                                                                                        (3) in subsection (c)—
                                                                                             (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘tribe or tribal organization’’ and insert-
                                                                                          ing ‘‘Tribe or Tribal organization, health facility or program described in
                                                                                          subsection (a), or public or nonprofit entity referred to in subsection (a)’’;
                                                                                          and
                                                                                             (B) in paragraph (2)(A)(iii), by striking ‘‘tribe, or tribal organization’’ and
                                                                                          inserting ‘‘Tribe, or Tribal organization’’;
                                                                                        (4) in subsection (e)—
                                                                                             (A) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘tribe, or tribal or-
                                                                                          ganization’’ and inserting ‘‘Tribe, or Tribal organization’’; and
                                                                                             (B) in paragraph (5), by striking ‘‘or arrest’’ and inserting ‘‘, arrest, or re-
                                                                                          lease’’;
                                                                                        (5) in subsection (f), by striking ‘‘tribe, or tribal organization’’ each place it
                                                                                     appears and inserting ‘‘Tribe, or Tribal organization’’;
                                                                                        (6) in subsection (h), by striking ‘‘tribe, or tribal organization’’ and inserting
                                                                                     ‘‘Tribe, or Tribal organization’’; and
                                                                                        (7) in subsection (j), by striking ‘‘$4,269,000 for each of fiscal years 2018
                                                                                     through 2022’’ and inserting ‘‘$14,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2023 through
                                                                                     2027’’.
                                                                              SEC. 217. FORMULA GRANTS TO STATES.
                                                                                Section 521 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290cc–21) is amended by
                                                                              striking ‘‘2018 through 2022’’ and inserting ‘‘2023 through 2027’’.
                                                                              SEC. 218. PROJECTS FOR ASSISTANCE IN TRANSITION FROM HOMELESSNESS.




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                Section 535(a) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290cc–35(a)) is amend-
                                                                              ed by striking ‘‘2018 through 2022’’ and inserting ‘‘2023 through 2027’’.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022    Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00028   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                   25
                                                                              SEC. 219. GRANTS FOR REDUCING OVERDOSE DEATHS.
                                                                                   (a) GRANTS.—
                                                                                         (1) REPEAL OF MAXIMUM GRANT AMOUNT.—Paragraph (2) of section 544(a) of
                                                                                      the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–3(a)) is hereby repealed.
                                                                                         (2) ELIGIBLE ENTITY; SUBGRANTS.—Section 544(a) of the Public Health Service
                                                                                      Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–3(a)) is amended by striking paragraph (3) and inserting
                                                                                      the following:
                                                                                         ‘‘(2) ELIGIBLE ENTITY.—For purposes of this section, the term ‘eligible entity’
                                                                                      means a State, Territory, locality, Indian Tribe (as defined in the Federally Rec-
                                                                                      ognized Indian Tribe List Act of 1994), Tribal organization, or Urban Indian or-
                                                                                      ganization (as those terms are defined in section 4 of the Indian Health Care
                                                                                      Improvement Act).
                                                                                         ‘‘(3) SUBGRANTS.—For the purposes for which a grant is awarded under this
                                                                                      section, the eligible entity receiving the grant may award subgrants to a Feder-
                                                                                      ally qualified health center (as defined in section 1861(aa) of the Social Security
                                                                                      Act), an opioid treatment program (as defined in section 8.2 of title 42, Code
                                                                                      of Federal Regulations (or any successor regulations)), any practitioner dis-
                                                                                      pensing narcotic drugs pursuant to section 303(g) of the Controlled Substances
                                                                                      Act, or any nonprofit organization that the Secretary deems appropriate.’’.
                                                                                         (3) PRESCRIBING.—Section 544(a)(4) of the Public Health Service Act (42
                                                                                      U.S.C. 290dd–3(a)(4)) is amended—
                                                                                               (A) in subparagraph (A), by inserting ‘‘, including patients prescribed
                                                                                            with both an opioid and a benzodiazepine’’ before the semicolon at the end;
                                                                                            and
                                                                                               (B) in subparagraph (D), by striking ‘‘drug overdose’’ and inserting ‘‘sub-
                                                                                            stance overdose’’.
                                                                                         (4) USE OF FUNDS.—Paragraph (5) of section 544(c) of the Public Health Serv-
                                                                                      ice Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–3(c)) is amended to read as follows:
                                                                                         ‘‘(5) To establish protocols to connect patients who have experienced an over-
                                                                                      dose with appropriate treatment, including overdose reversal medications, medi-
                                                                                      cation assisted treatment, and appropriate counseling and behavioral thera-
                                                                                      pies.’’.
                                                                                         (5) IMPROVING ACCESS TO OVERDOSE TREATMENT.—Section 544 of the Public
                                                                                      Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–3) is amended—
                                                                                               (A) by redesignating subsections (d) through (f) as subsections (e) through
                                                                                            (g), respectively;
                                                                                               (B) in subsection (f), as so redesignated, by striking ‘‘subsection (d)’’ and
                                                                                            inserting ‘‘subsection (e)’’; and
                                                                                               (C) by inserting after subsection (c) the following:
                                                                                   ‘‘(d) IMPROVING ACCESS TO OVERDOSE TREATMENT.—
                                                                                         ‘‘(1) INFORMATION ON BEST PRACTICES.—
                                                                                               ‘‘(A) HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES.—The Secretary of Health and Human
                                                                                            Services may provide information to States, localities, Indian Tribes, Tribal
                                                                                            organizations, and Urban Indian organizations on best practices for pre-
                                                                                            scribing or co-prescribing a drug or device approved, cleared, or otherwise
                                                                                            authorized under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act for emergency
                                                                                            treatment of known or suspected opioid overdose, including for patients re-
                                                                                            ceiving chronic opioid therapy and patients being treated for opioid use dis-
                                                                                            orders.
                                                                                               ‘‘(B) DEFENSE.—The Secretary of Defense may provide information to pre-
                                                                                            scribers within Department of Defense medical facilities on best practices
                                                                                            for prescribing or co-prescribing a drug or device approved, cleared, or oth-
                                                                                            erwise authorized under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act for
                                                                                            emergency treatment of known or suspected opioid overdose, including for
                                                                                            patients receiving chronic opioid therapy and patients being treated for
                                                                                            opioid use disorders.
                                                                                               ‘‘(C) VETERANS AFFAIRS.—The Secretary of Veterans Affairs may provide
                                                                                            information to prescribers within Department of Veterans Affairs medical
                                                                                            facilities on best practices for prescribing or co-prescribing a drug or device
                                                                                            approved, cleared, or otherwise authorized under the Federal Food, Drug,
                                                                                            and Cosmetic Act for emergency treatment of known or suspected opioid
                                                                                            overdose, including for patients receiving chronic opioid therapy and pa-
                                                                                            tients being treated for opioid use disorders.
                                                                                         ‘‘(2) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—Nothing in this subsection shall be construed
                                                                                      as establishing or contributing to a medical standard of care.’’.
                                                                                         (6) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—Section 544(g) of the Public Health
                                                                                      Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–3), as redesignated, is amended by striking ‘‘fiscal




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                      years 2017 through 2021’’ and inserting ‘‘fiscal years 2023 through 2027’’.
                                                                                         (7) TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS.—




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022    Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00029   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                   26
                                                                                             (A) Section 544 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–3), as
                                                                                          amended, is further amended by striking ‘‘approved or cleared’’ each place
                                                                                          it appears and inserting ‘‘approved, cleared, or otherwise authorized’’.
                                                                                             (B) Section 107 of the Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act of 2016
                                                                                          (Public Law 114–198) is amended by striking subsection (b).
                                                                              SEC. 220. OPIOID OVERDOSE REVERSAL MEDICATION ACCESS AND EDUCATION GRANT PRO-
                                                                                         GRAMS.
                                                                                  (a) GRANTS.—Section 545 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290ee) is
                                                                              amended—
                                                                                        (1) in the section heading, by striking ‘‘ACCESS AND EDUCATION GRANT PRO-
                                                                                     GRAMS’’ and inserting ‘‘ACCESS, EDUCATION, AND CO-PRESCRIBING GRANT PRO-
                                                                                     GRAMS’’;
                                                                                        (2) in the heading of subsection (a), by striking ‘‘GRANTS TO STATES’’ and in-
                                                                                     serting ‘‘GRANTS’’;
                                                                                        (3) in subsection (a), by striking ‘‘shall make grants to States’’ and inserting
                                                                                     ‘‘shall make grants to States, localities, Indian Tribes (as defined by the Feder-
                                                                                     ally Recognized Indian Tribe List Act of 1994), Tribal organizations, and Urban
                                                                                     Indian organizations (as those terms are defined in section 4 of the Indian
                                                                                     Health Care Improvement Act)’’;
                                                                                        (4) in subsection (a)(1), by striking ‘‘implement strategies for pharmacists to
                                                                                     dispense a drug or device’’ and inserting ‘‘implement strategies that increase ac-
                                                                                     cess to drugs or devices’’;
                                                                                        (5) by redesignating paragraphs (3) and (4) as paragraphs (4) and (5), respec-
                                                                                     tively; and
                                                                                        (6) by inserting after paragraph (2) the following:
                                                                                        ‘‘(3) encourage health care providers to co-prescribe, as appropriate, drugs or
                                                                                     devices approved, cleared, or otherwise authorized under the Federal Food,
                                                                                     Drug, and Cosmetic Act for emergency treatment of known or suspected opioid
                                                                                     overdose;’’.
                                                                                  (b) GRANT PERIOD.—Section 545(d)(2) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                              290ee(d)(2)) is amended by striking ‘‘3 years’’ and inserting ‘‘5 years’’.
                                                                                  (c) LIMITATION.—Paragraph (3) of section 545(d) of the Public Health Service Act
                                                                              (42 U.S.C. 290ee(d)) is amended to read as follows:
                                                                                        ‘‘(3) LIMITATIONS.—A State may—
                                                                                              ‘‘(A) use not more than 10 percent of a grant under this section for edu-
                                                                                           cating the public pursuant to subsection (a)(5); and
                                                                                              ‘‘(B) use not less than 20 percent of a grant under this section to offset
                                                                                           cost-sharing for distribution and dispensing of drugs or devices approved,
                                                                                           cleared, or otherwise authorized under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cos-
                                                                                           metic Act for emergency treatment of known or suspected opioid overdose.’’.
                                                                                  (d) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—Section 545(h)(1) of the Public Health
                                                                              Service Act, is amended by striking ‘‘fiscal years 2017 through 2019’’ and inserting
                                                                              ‘‘fiscal years 2023 through 2027’’.
                                                                                  (e) TECHNICAL AMENDMENT.—Section 545 of the Public Health Service Act (42
                                                                              U.S.C. 290ee), as amended, is further amended by striking ‘‘approved or cleared’’
                                                                              each place it appears and inserting ‘‘approved, cleared, or otherwise authorized’’.
                                                                              SEC. 221. STATE DEMONSTRATION GRANTS FOR COMPREHENSIVE OPIOID ABUSE RESPONSE.
                                                                                   Section 548 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290ee–3) is amended—
                                                                                       (1) in the section heading, by striking ‘‘ABUSE’’ and inserting ‘‘USE DISORDER’’;
                                                                                       (2) in subsection (b)—
                                                                                            (A) in the subsection heading, by striking ‘‘ABUSE’’ and inserting ‘‘USE
                                                                                         DISORDER’’;
                                                                                            (B) in paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘abuse’’ and inserting ‘‘use disorder’’;
                                                                                            (C) in paragraph (2)—
                                                                                                 (i) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘abuse’’ and
                                                                                               inserting ‘‘use disorder’’;
                                                                                                 (ii) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘opioid use, treatment, and ad-
                                                                                               diction recovery’’ and inserting ‘‘opioid use disorders, and treatment for,
                                                                                               and recovery from opioid use disorders’’;
                                                                                                 (iii) in subparagraph (C), by striking ‘‘addiction’’ each place it appears
                                                                                               and inserting ‘‘use disorder’’;
                                                                                                 (iv) by amending subparagraph (D) to read as follows:
                                                                                            ‘‘(D) developing, implementing, and expanding efforts to prevent overdose
                                                                                         death from opioid or other prescription medication use disorders; and’’; and
                                                                                                 (v) in subparagraph (E), by striking ‘‘abuse’’ and inserting ‘‘use dis-
                                                                                               orders’’; and




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                            (D) in paragraph (4), by striking ‘‘abuse’’ each place it appears and insert-
                                                                                         ing ‘‘use disorders’’; and




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022    Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00030   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                   27
                                                                                       (3) by striking ‘‘2017 through 2021’’ and inserting ‘‘2023 through 2027’’.
                                                                              SEC. 222. EMERGENCY DEPARTMENT ALTERNATIVES TO OPIOIDS.
                                                                                Section 7091 of the SUPPORT for Patients and Communities Act (Public Law
                                                                              115–271) is amended—
                                                                                     (1) in the section heading, by striking ‘‘DEMONSTRATION’’ (and by conforming
                                                                                  the item relating to such section in the table of contents in section 1(b));
                                                                                     (2) in subsection (a)—
                                                                                          (A) by amending the subsection heading to read as follows: ‘‘GRANT PRO-
                                                                                       GRAM’’; and
                                                                                          (B) in paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘demonstration’’;
                                                                                     (3) in subsection (b), in the subsection heading, by striking ‘‘DEMONSTRATION’’;
                                                                                     (4) in subsection (d)(4), by striking ‘‘tribal’’ and inserting ‘‘Tribal’’;
                                                                                     (5) in subsection (f), by striking ‘‘Not later than 1 year after completion of the
                                                                                  demonstration program under this section, the Secretary shall submit a report
                                                                                  to the Congress on the results of the demonstration program’’ and inserting
                                                                                  ‘‘Not later than the end of each of fiscal years 2024 and 2027, the Secretary
                                                                                  shall submit to the Congress a report on the results of the program’’; and
                                                                                     (6) in subsection (g), by striking ‘‘2019 through 2021’’ and inserting ‘‘2023
                                                                                  through 2027’’.

                                                                                      Subtitle C—Excellence in Recovery Housing
                                                                              SEC. 231. CLARIFYING THE ROLE OF SAMHSA IN PROMOTING THE AVAILABILITY OF HIGH-
                                                                                         QUALITY RECOVERY HOUSING.
                                                                                   Section 501(d) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290aa) is amended—
                                                                                       (1) in paragraph (24)(E), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
                                                                                       (2) in paragraph (25), by striking the period at the end and inserting ‘‘; and’’;
                                                                                     and
                                                                                       (3) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                       ‘‘(26) collaborate with national accrediting entities, reputable providers, orga-
                                                                                     nizations or individuals with established expertise in delivery of recovery hous-
                                                                                     ing services, States, Federal agencies (including the Department of Health and
                                                                                     Human Services, the Department of Housing and Urban Development, and the
                                                                                     agencies listed in section 550(e)(2)(B)), and other relevant stakeholders, to pro-
                                                                                     mote the availability of high-quality recovery housing and services for individ-
                                                                                     uals with a substance use disorder.’’.
                                                                              SEC. 232. DEVELOPING GUIDELINES FOR STATES TO PROMOTE THE AVAILABILITY OF HIGH-
                                                                                         QUALITY RECOVERY HOUSING.
                                                                                Section 550(a) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290ee–5(a)) (relating
                                                                              to national recovery housing best practices) is amended—
                                                                                     (1) by amending paragraph (1) to read as follows:
                                                                                     ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary, in consultation with the individuals and en-
                                                                                  tities specified in paragraph (2), shall build on existing best practices and pre-
                                                                                  viously developed guidelines to develop and periodically update consensus-based
                                                                                  best practices, which may include model laws for implementing suggested min-
                                                                                  imum standards for operating, and promoting the availability of, high-quality
                                                                                  recovery housing.’’;
                                                                                     (2) in paragraph (2)—
                                                                                           (A) by striking subparagraphs (A) and (B) and inserting the following:
                                                                                           ‘‘(A) Officials representing the agencies described in subsection (e)(2).’’;
                                                                                        and
                                                                                           (B) by redesignating subparagraphs (C) through (G) as subparagraphs (B)
                                                                                        through (F), respectively; and
                                                                                     (3) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                     ‘‘(3) AVAILABILITY.—The best practices referred to in paragraph (1) shall be—
                                                                                           ‘‘(A) made publicly available; and
                                                                                           ‘‘(B) published on the public website of the Substance Abuse and Mental
                                                                                        Health Services Administration.
                                                                                     ‘‘(4) EXCLUSION OF GUIDELINE ON TREATMENT SERVICES.—In developing the
                                                                                  guidelines under paragraph (1), the Secretary may not include any guidelines
                                                                                  with respect to substance use disorder treatment services.’’.
                                                                              SEC. 233. COORDINATION OF FEDERAL ACTIVITIES TO PROMOTE THE AVAILABILITY OF RE-
                                                                                         COVERY HOUSING.




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                 Section 550 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290ee–5) (relating to na-
                                                                              tional recovery housing best practices) is amended—




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022    Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00031   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  28
                                                                                      (1) by redesignating subsections (e), (f), and (g) as subsections (g), (h), and (i),
                                                                                   respectively; and
                                                                                      (2) by inserting after subsection (d) the following:
                                                                               ‘‘(e) COORDINATION OF FEDERAL ACTIVITIES TO PROMOTE THE AVAILABILITY OF
                                                                              HOUSING FOR INDIVIDUALS EXPERIENCING HOMELESSNESS, INDIVIDUALS WITH A
                                                                              MENTAL ILLNESS, AND INDIVIDUALS WITH A SUBSTANCE USE DISORDER.—
                                                                                      ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary, acting through the Assistant Secretary, and
                                                                                   the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development shall convene an interagency
                                                                                   working group for the following purposes:
                                                                                            ‘‘(A) To increase collaboration, cooperation, and consultation among the
                                                                                         Department of Health and Human Services, the Department of Housing
                                                                                         and Urban Development, and the Federal agencies listed in paragraph
                                                                                         (2)(B), with respect to promoting the availability of housing, including re-
                                                                                         covery housing, for individuals experiencing homelessness, individuals with
                                                                                         mental illnesses, and individuals with substance use disorder.
                                                                                            ‘‘(B) To align the efforts of such agencies and avoid duplication of such
                                                                                         efforts by such agencies.
                                                                                            ‘‘(C) To develop objectives, priorities, and a long-term plan for supporting
                                                                                         State, Tribal, and local efforts with respect to the operation of recovery
                                                                                         housing that is consistent with the best practices developed under this sec-
                                                                                         tion.
                                                                                            ‘‘(D) To coordinate enforcement of fair housing practices, as appropriate,
                                                                                         among Federal and State agencies.
                                                                                            ‘‘(E) To coordinate data collection on the quality of recovery housing.
                                                                                      ‘‘(2) COMPOSITION.—The interagency working group under paragraph (1) shall
                                                                                   be composed of—
                                                                                            ‘‘(A) the Secretary, acting through the Assistant Secretary, and the Sec-
                                                                                         retary of Housing and Urban Development, who shall serve as the co-
                                                                                         chairs; and
                                                                                            ‘‘(B) representatives of each of the following Federal agencies:
                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services.
                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) The Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administra-
                                                                                               tion.
                                                                                                  ‘‘(iii) The Health Resources and Services Administration.
                                                                                                  ‘‘(iv) The Office of Inspector General.
                                                                                                  ‘‘(v) The Indian Health Service.
                                                                                                  ‘‘(vi) The Department of Agriculture.
                                                                                                  ‘‘(vii) The Department of Justice.
                                                                                                  ‘‘(viii) The Office of National Drug Control Policy.
                                                                                                  ‘‘(ix) The Bureau of Indian Affairs.
                                                                                                  ‘‘(x) The Department of Labor.
                                                                                                  ‘‘(xi) The Department of Veterans Affairs.
                                                                                                  ‘‘(xii) Any other Federal agency as the co-chairs determine appro-
                                                                                               priate.
                                                                                      ‘‘(3) MEETINGS.—The working group shall meet on a quarterly basis.
                                                                                      ‘‘(4) REPORTS TO CONGRESS.—Not later than 4 years after the date of the en-
                                                                                   actment of this section, the working group shall submit to the Committee on
                                                                                   Energy and Commerce, the Committee on Ways and Means, the Committee on
                                                                                   Agriculture, and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Rep-
                                                                                   resentatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions, the
                                                                                   Committee on Agriculture, Nutrition, and Forestry, and the Committee on Fi-
                                                                                   nance of the Senate a report describing the work of the working group and any
                                                                                   recommendations of the working group to improve Federal, State, and local co-
                                                                                   ordination with respect to recovery housing and other housing resources and op-
                                                                                   erations for individuals experiencing homelessness, individuals with a mental
                                                                                   illness, and individuals with a substance use disorder.’’.
                                                                              SEC. 234. NAS STUDY AND REPORT.
                                                                                (a) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 60 days after the date of enactment of this Act,
                                                                              the Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Assistant Sec-
                                                                              retary for Mental Health and Substance Use shall—
                                                                                     (1) contract with the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medi-
                                                                                  cine—
                                                                                          (A) to study the quality and effectiveness of recovery housing in the
                                                                                       United States and whether the availability of such housing meets demand;
                                                                                       and
                                                                                          (B) to identify recommendations to promote the availability of high-qual-




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                       ity recovery housing; and
                                                                                     (2) report to the Congress on the results of such review.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00032   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                   29
                                                                                (b) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—To carry out this section there is author-
                                                                              ized to be appropriated $1,500,000 for fiscal year 2023.
                                                                              SEC. 235. GRANTS FOR STATES TO PROMOTE THE AVAILABILITY OF RECOVERY HOUSING AND
                                                                                         SERVICES.
                                                                                 Section 550 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290ee–5) (relating to na-
                                                                              tional recovery housing best practices), as amended by sections 232 and 233, is fur-
                                                                              ther amended by inserting after subsection (e) (as inserted by section 233) the fol-
                                                                              lowing:
                                                                                 ‘‘(f) GRANTS FOR IMPLEMENTING NATIONAL RECOVERY HOUSING BEST PRACTICES.—
                                                                                        ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall award grants to States (and political
                                                                                     subdivisions thereof), Tribes, and territories—
                                                                                              ‘‘(A) for the provision of technical assistance to implement the guidelines
                                                                                           and recommendations developed under subsection (a); and
                                                                                              ‘‘(B) to promote—
                                                                                                    ‘‘(i) the availability of recovery housing for individuals with a sub-
                                                                                                 stance use disorder; and
                                                                                                    ‘‘(ii) the maintenance of recovery housing in accordance with best
                                                                                                 practices developed under this section.
                                                                                        ‘‘(2) STATE PROMOTION PLANS.—Not later than 90 days after receipt of a grant
                                                                                     under paragraph (1), and every 2 years thereafter, each State (or political sub-
                                                                                     divisions thereof,) Tribe, or territory receiving a grant under paragraph (1) shall
                                                                                     submit to the Secretary, and publish on a publicly accessible internet website
                                                                                     of the State (or political subdivisions thereof), Tribe, or territory—
                                                                                              ‘‘(A) the plan of the State (or political subdivisions thereof), Tribe, or ter-
                                                                                           ritory, with respect to the promotion of recovery housing for individuals
                                                                                           with a substance use disorder located within the jurisdiction of such State
                                                                                           (or political subdivisions thereof), Tribe, or territory; and
                                                                                              ‘‘(B) a description of how such plan is consistent with the best practices
                                                                                           developed under this section.’’.
                                                                              SEC. 236. FUNDING.
                                                                                Subsection (i) of section 550 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290ee–
                                                                              5) (relating to national recovery housing best practices), as redesignated by section
                                                                              233, is amended by striking ‘‘$3,000,000 for the period of fiscal years 2019 through
                                                                              2021’’ and inserting ‘‘$5,000,000 for the period of fiscal years 2023 through 2027’’.
                                                                              SEC. 237. TECHNICAL CORRECTION.
                                                                                   Title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290aa et seq.) is amended—
                                                                                        (1) by redesignating section 550 (relating to Sobriety Treatment and Recovery
                                                                                     Teams) (42 U.S.C. 290ee–10), as added by section 8214 of Public Law 115–271,
                                                                                     as section 550A; and
                                                                                        (2) by moving such section so it appears after section 550 (relating to national
                                                                                     recovery housing best practices).

                                                                              Subtitle D—Substance Use Prevention, Treatment,
                                                                                      and Recovery Services Block Grant
                                                                              SEC. 241. ELIMINATING STIGMATIZING LANGUAGE RELATING TO SUBSTANCE USE.
                                                                                (a) BLOCK GRANTS FOR PREVENTION AND TREATMENT OF SUBSTANCE USE.—Part
                                                                              B of title XIX of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x et seq.) is amended—
                                                                                     (1) in the part heading, by striking ‘‘SUBSTANCE ABUSE’’ and inserting ‘‘SUB-
                                                                                  STANCE USE’’;
                                                                                     (2) in subpart II, by amending the subpart heading to read as follows: ‘‘Block
                                                                                  Grants for Substance Use Prevention, Treatment, and Recovery Serv-
                                                                                  ices’’;
                                                                                     (3) in section 1922(a) (42 U.S.C. 300x–22(a))—
                                                                                           (A) in paragraph (1), in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by strik-
                                                                                        ing ‘‘substance abuse’’ and inserting ‘‘substance use disorders’’; and
                                                                                           (B) by striking ‘‘such abuse’’ each place it appears in paragraphs (1) and
                                                                                        (2) and inserting ‘‘such disorders’’;
                                                                                     (4) in section 1923 (42 U.S.C. 300x–23)—
                                                                                           (A) in the section heading, by striking ‘‘SUBSTANCE ABUSE’’ and inserting
                                                                                        ‘‘SUBSTANCE USE’’; and
                                                                                           (B) in subsection (a), by striking ‘‘drug abuse’’ and inserting ‘‘substance
                                                                                        use disorders’’;




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                     (5) in section 1925(a)(1) (42 U.S.C. 300x–25(a)(1)), by striking ‘‘alcohol or drug
                                                                                  abuse’’ and inserting ‘‘alcohol or other substance use disorders’’;




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022    Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00033   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                   30
                                                                                     (6) in section 1926(b)(2)(B) (42 U.S.C. 300x–26(b)(2)(B)), by striking ‘‘sub-
                                                                                  stance abuse’’;
                                                                                     (7) in section 1931(b)(2) (42 U.S.C. 300x–31(b)(2)), by striking ‘‘substance
                                                                                  abuse’’ and inserting ‘‘substance use disorders’’;
                                                                                     (8) in section 1933(d)(1) (42 U.S.C. 300x–33(d)), in the matter following sub-
                                                                                  paragraph (B), by striking ‘‘abuse of alcohol and other drugs’’ and inserting ‘‘use
                                                                                  of substances’’;
                                                                                     (9) by amending paragraph (4) of section 1934 (42 U.S.C. 300x–34) to read
                                                                                  as follows:
                                                                                     ‘‘(4) The term ‘substance use disorder’ means the recurrent use of alcohol or
                                                                                  other drugs that causes clinically significant impairment.’’;
                                                                                     (10) in section 1935 (42 U.S.C. 300x–35)—
                                                                                           (A) in subsection (a), by striking ‘‘substance abuse’’ and inserting ‘‘sub-
                                                                                        stance use disorders’’; and
                                                                                           (B) in subsection (b)(1), by striking ‘‘substance abuse’’ each place it ap-
                                                                                        pears and inserting ‘‘substance use disorders’’;
                                                                                     (11) in section 1949 (42 U.S.C. 300x–59), by striking ‘‘substance abuse’’ each
                                                                                  place it appears in subsections (a) and (d) and inserting ‘‘substance use dis-
                                                                                  orders’’;
                                                                                     (12) in section 1954(b)(4) (42 U.S.C. 300x–64(b)(4))—
                                                                                           (A) by striking ‘‘substance abuse’’ and inserting ‘‘substance use disorders’’;
                                                                                        and
                                                                                           (B) by striking ‘‘such abuse’’ and inserting ‘‘such disorders’’;
                                                                                     (13) in section 1955 (42 U.S.C. 300x–65), by striking ‘‘substance abuse’’ each
                                                                                  place it appears and inserting ‘‘substance use disorder’’; and
                                                                                     (14) in section 1956 (42 U.S.C. 300x–66), by striking ‘‘substance abuse’’ and
                                                                                  inserting ‘‘substance use disorders’’.
                                                                                (b) CERTAIN PROGRAMS REGARDING MENTAL HEALTH AND SUBSTANCE ABUSE.—
                                                                              Part C of title XIX of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300y et seq.) is
                                                                              amended—
                                                                                     (1) in the part heading, by striking ‘‘SUBSTANCE ABUSE’’ and inserting ‘‘SUB-
                                                                                  STANCE USE’’;
                                                                                     (2) in section 1971 (42 U.S.C. 300y), by striking ‘‘substance abuse’’ each place
                                                                                  it appears in subsections (a), (b), and (f) and inserting ‘‘substance use’’; and
                                                                                     (3) in section 1976 (42 U.S.C. 300y–11), by striking ‘‘intravenous abuse’’ each
                                                                                  place it appears and inserting ‘‘intravenous use’’.
                                                                              SEC. 242. AUTHORIZED ACTIVITIES.
                                                                                Section 1921(b) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x–21(b)) is amend-
                                                                              ed by striking ‘‘prevent and treat substance use disorders’’ and inserting ‘‘prevent,
                                                                              treat, and provide recovery support services for substance use disorders’’.
                                                                              SEC. 243. REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO CERTAIN INFECTIOUS DISEASES AND HUMAN IM-
                                                                                        MUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS.
                                                                                   Section 1924 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x–24) is amended—
                                                                                       (1) in the section heading, by striking ‘‘TUBERCULOSIS AND HUMAN IMMUNO-
                                                                                     DEFICIENCY VIRUS’’ and inserting ‘‘TUBERCULOSIS, VIRAL HEPATITIS, AND
                                                                                     HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS’’;
                                                                                       (2) by amending subsection (a)(2) to read as follows:
                                                                                       ‘‘(2) DESIGNATED STATES.—
                                                                                             ‘‘(A) FISCAL YEARS THROUGH FISCAL YEAR 2024.—For purposes of this sub-
                                                                                          section, through September 30, 2024, a State described in this paragraph
                                                                                          is any State whose rate of cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome
                                                                                          is 10 or more such cases per 100,000 individuals (as indicated by the num-
                                                                                          ber of such cases reported to and confirmed by the Director of the Centers
                                                                                          for Disease Control and Prevention for the most recent calendar year for
                                                                                          which such data are available).
                                                                                             ‘‘(B) FISCAL YEAR 2025 AND SUCCEEDING FISCAL YEARS.—
                                                                                                   ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—Beginning with fiscal year 2025, for purposes of
                                                                                                this subsection, a State described in this paragraph is any State whose
                                                                                                rate of cases of human immunodeficiency virus is 10 or more such cases
                                                                                                per 100,000 individuals (as indicated by the number of such cases
                                                                                                newly reported to and confirmed by the Director of the Centers for Dis-
                                                                                                ease Control and Prevention for the most recent calendar year for
                                                                                                which such data are available).
                                                                                                   ‘‘(ii) CONTINUATION OF DESIGNATED STATE STATUS.—In the case of a
                                                                                                State whose rate of cases of human immunodeficiency virus falls below




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                the threshold specified in clause (i) for a calendar year, such State
                                                                                                shall, notwithstanding clause (i), continue to be described in this para-




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022    Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00034   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                   31
                                                                                                   graph unless the rate of cases falls below such threshold for three con-
                                                                                                   secutive calendar years.’’.
                                                                                          (3) by redesignating subsections (c) and (d) as subsections (d) and (e), respec-
                                                                                       tively; and
                                                                                          (4) by inserting after subsection (b) the following:
                                                                                   ‘‘(c) VIRAL HEPATITIS.—
                                                                                          ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—A funding agreement for a grant under section 1921 is that
                                                                                       the State involved will require that any entity receiving amounts from the grant
                                                                                       for operating a program of treatment for substance use disorders—
                                                                                                ‘‘(A) will, directly or through arrangements with other public or nonprofit
                                                                                             private entities, routinely make available viral hepatitis services to each in-
                                                                                             dividual receiving treatment for such disorders; and
                                                                                                ‘‘(B) in the case of an individual in need of such treatment who is denied
                                                                                             admission to the program on the basis of the lack of the capacity of the pro-
                                                                                             gram to admit the individual, will refer the individual to another provider
                                                                                             of viral hepatitis services.
                                                                                          ‘‘(2) VIRAL HEPATITIS SERVICES.—For purposes of paragraph (1), the term
                                                                                       ‘viral hepatitis services’, with respect to an individual, means—
                                                                                                ‘‘(A) screening the individual for viral hepatitis; and
                                                                                                ‘‘(B) referring the individual to a provider whose practice includes viral
                                                                                             hepatitis vaccination and treatment.’’.
                                                                              SEC. 244. STATE PLAN REQUIREMENTS.
                                                                                 Section 1932(b)(1)(A) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x–32(b)(1)(A))
                                                                              is amended—
                                                                                     (1) by redesignating clauses (vi) through (ix) as clauses (vii) through (x), re-
                                                                                   spectively; and
                                                                                     (2) by inserting after clause (v) the following:
                                                                                              ‘‘(vi) provides a description of—
                                                                                                    ‘‘(I) the State’s comprehensive statewide recovery support serv-
                                                                                                 ices activities, including the number of individuals being served,
                                                                                                 target populations, and priority needs; and
                                                                                                    ‘‘(II) the amount of funds received under this subpart expended
                                                                                                 on recovery support services, disaggregated by the amount ex-
                                                                                                 pended for type of service activity;’’.
                                                                              SEC. 245. UPDATING CERTAIN LANGUAGE RELATING TO TRIBES.
                                                                                Section 1933(d) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x–33(d)) is amend-
                                                                              ed—
                                                                                     (1) in paragraph (1)—
                                                                                           (A) in subparagraph (A)—
                                                                                                (i) by striking ‘‘of an Indian tribe or tribal organization’’ and inserting
                                                                                             ‘‘of an Indian Tribe or Tribal organization’’; and
                                                                                                (ii) by striking ‘‘such tribe’’ and inserting ‘‘such Tribe’’;
                                                                                           (B) in subparagraph (B)—
                                                                                                (i) by striking ‘‘tribe or tribal organization’’ and inserting ‘‘Tribe or
                                                                                             Tribal organization’’; and
                                                                                                (ii) by striking ‘‘Secretary under this’’ and inserting ‘‘Secretary under
                                                                                             this subpart’’; and
                                                                                           (C) in the matter following subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘tribe or tribal
                                                                                        organization’’ and inserting ‘‘Tribe or Tribal organization’’;
                                                                                     (2) by amending paragraph (2) to read as follows:
                                                                                     ‘‘(2) INDIAN TRIBE OR TRIBAL ORGANIZATION AS GRANTEE.—The amount re-
                                                                                  served by the Secretary on the basis of a determination under this subsection
                                                                                  shall be granted to the Indian Tribe or Tribal organization serving the individ-
                                                                                  uals for whom such a determination has been made.’’;
                                                                                     (3) in paragraph (3), by striking ‘‘tribe or tribal organization’’ and inserting
                                                                                  ‘‘Tribe or Tribal organization’’; and
                                                                                     (4) in paragraph (4)—
                                                                                           (A) in the paragraph heading, by striking ‘‘DEFINITION’’ and inserting
                                                                                        ‘‘DEFINITIONS’’; and
                                                                                           (B) by striking ‘‘The terms’’ and all that follows through ‘‘given such
                                                                                        terms’’ and inserting the following: ‘‘The terms ‘Indian Tribe’ and ‘Tribal or-
                                                                                        ganization’ have the meanings given the terms ‘Indian tribe’ and ‘tribal or-
                                                                                        ganization’ ’’.
                                                                              SEC. 246. BLOCK GRANTS FOR SUBSTANCE USE PREVENTION, TREATMENT, AND RECOVERY
                                                                                         SERVICES.




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 1935(a) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                              300x–35(a)), as amended by section 241, is further amended by striking ‘‘appro-




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022    Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00035   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  32
                                                                              priated’’ and all that follows through ‘‘2022..’’ and inserting the following: ‘‘appro-
                                                                              priated $1,908,079,000 for each of fiscal years 2023 through 2027.’’.
                                                                                (b) TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS.—Section 1935(b)(1)(B) of the Public Health Service
                                                                              Act (42 U.S.C. 300x–35(b)(1)(B)) is amended by striking ‘‘the collection of data in
                                                                              this paragraph is’’.
                                                                              SEC. 247. REQUIREMENT OF REPORTS AND AUDITS BY STATES.
                                                                                Section 1942(a) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x–52(a)) is amend-
                                                                              ed—
                                                                                    (1) in paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
                                                                                    (2) in paragraph (2), by striking the period at the end and inserting ‘‘; and’’;
                                                                                  and
                                                                                    (3) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                    ‘‘(3) the amount provided to each recipient in the previous fiscal year.’’.
                                                                              SEC. 248. STUDY ON ASSESSMENT FOR USE IN DISTRIBUTION OF LIMITED STATE RESOURCES.
                                                                                 (a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through
                                                                              the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use (in this section re-
                                                                              ferred to as the ‘‘Secretary’’), shall, in consultation with States and other local enti-
                                                                              ties providing prevention, treatment, or recovery support services related to sub-
                                                                              stance use, conduct a study to develop a model needs assessment process for States
                                                                              to consider to help determine how best to allocate block grant funding received
                                                                              under subpart II of part B of title XIX of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                              300x–21) to provide services to substance use disorder prevention, treatment, and
                                                                              recovery support. The study shall include cost estimates with each model needs as-
                                                                              sessment process.
                                                                                 (b) REPORT.—Not later than 2 years after the date of the enactment of this Act,
                                                                              the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House
                                                                              of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions
                                                                              of the Senate a report on the results of the study conducted under paragraph (1).

                                                                                    Subtitle E—Timely Treatment for Opioid Use
                                                                                                    Disorder
                                                                              SEC. 251. STUDY ON EXEMPTIONS FOR TREATMENT OF OPIOID USE DISORDER THROUGH
                                                                                         OPIOID TREATMENT PROGRAMS DURING THE COVID–19 PUBLIC HEALTH EMER-
                                                                                         GENCY.
                                                                                (a) STUDY.—The Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use shall
                                                                              conduct a study, in consultation with patients and other stakeholders, on activities
                                                                              carried out pursuant to exemptions granted—
                                                                                     (1) to a State (including the District of Columbia or any territory of the
                                                                                   United States) or an opioid treatment program;
                                                                                     (2) pursuant to section 8.11(h) of title 42, Code of Federal Regulations; and
                                                                                     (3) during the period—
                                                                                          (A) beginning on the declaration of the public health emergency for the
                                                                                       COVID–19 pandemic under section 319 of the Public Health Service Act (42
                                                                                       U.S.C. 247d); and
                                                                                          (B) ending on the earlier of—
                                                                                               (i) the termination of such public health emergency, including exten-
                                                                                            sions thereof pursuant to such section 319; and
                                                                                               (ii) the end of calendar year 2022.
                                                                                (b) PRIVACY.—The section does not authorize the disclosure by the Department of
                                                                              Health and Human Services of individually identifiable information about patients.
                                                                                (c) FEEDBACK.—In conducting the study under subsection (a), the Assistant Sec-
                                                                              retary for Mental Health and Substance Use shall gather feedback from the States
                                                                              and opioid treatment programs on their experiences in implementing exemptions de-
                                                                              scribed in subsection (a).
                                                                                (d) REPORT.—Not later than 180 days after the end of the period described in sub-
                                                                              section (a)(3)(B), and subject to subsection (c), the Assistant Secretary for Mental
                                                                              Health and Substance Use shall publish a report on the results of the study under
                                                                              this section.
                                                                              SEC. 252. CHANGES TO FEDERAL OPIOID TREATMENT STANDARDS.
                                                                                 (a) MOBILE MEDICATION UNITS.—Section 302(e) of the Controlled Substances Act
                                                                              (21 U.S.C. 822(e)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                 ‘‘(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), a registrant that is dispensing pursuant to




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              section 303(g) narcotic drugs to individuals for maintenance treatment or detoxifica-
                                                                              tion treatment shall not be required to have a separate registration to incorporate




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00036   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  33
                                                                              one or more mobile medication units into the registrant’s practice to dispense such
                                                                              narcotics at locations other than the registrant’s principal place of business or pro-
                                                                              fessional practice described in paragraph (1), so long as the registrant meets such
                                                                              standards for operation of a mobile medication unit as the Attorney General may
                                                                              establish.’’.
                                                                                 (b) REVISE OPIOID TREATMENT PROGRAM ADMISSION CRITERIA TO ELIMINATE RE-
                                                                              QUIREMENT THAT PATIENTS HAVE AN OPIOID USE DISORDER FOR AT LEAST 1 YEAR.—
                                                                              Not later than 18 months after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of
                                                                              Health and Human Services shall revise section 8.12(e)(1) of title 42, Code of Fed-
                                                                              eral Regulations (or successor regulations), to eliminate the requirement that an
                                                                              opioid treatment program only admit an individual for treatment under the program
                                                                              if the individual has been addicted to opioids for at least 1 year before being so ad-
                                                                              mitted for treatment.
                                                                                 (c) FINAL REGULATION ON PERIODS FOR TAKE-HOME SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS.—
                                                                                       (1) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 18 months after the date of enactment of this
                                                                                    Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall promulgate a final regu-
                                                                                    lation amending paragraphs (i)(3)(i) through (i)(3)(vi) of section 8.12 of title 42,
                                                                                    Code of Federal Regulations, as appropriate based on the findings of the study
                                                                                    under section 251 of this Act.
                                                                                       (2) CRITERIA.—The regulation under paragraph (1) shall establish relevant
                                                                                    criteria for the medical director or an appropriately licensed practitioner of an
                                                                                    opioid treatment program, to determine whether a patient is stable and may
                                                                                    qualify for unsupervised use, which criteria may allow for consideration of each
                                                                                    of the following:
                                                                                            (A) Whether the benefits of providing unsupervised doses to a patient
                                                                                         outweigh the risks.
                                                                                            (B) The patient’s demonstrated adherence to their treatment plan.
                                                                                            (C) The patient’s history of negative toxicology tests.
                                                                                            (D) Whether there is an absence of serious behavioral problems.
                                                                                            (E) The patient’s stability in living arrangements and social relationships.
                                                                                            (F) Whether there is an absence of substance misuse-related behaviors.
                                                                                            (G) Whether there is an absence of recent diversion activity.
                                                                                            (H) Whether there is an assurance that the medication can be safely
                                                                                         stored by the patient.
                                                                                            (I) Any other criterion the Secretary of Health and Human Services de-
                                                                                         termines appropriate.
                                                                                       (3) PROHIBITED SOLE CONSIDERATION.—The regulation under paragraph (1)
                                                                                    shall prohibit the medical director of an opioid treatment program from consid-
                                                                                    ering, as the sole consideration in determining whether a patient is sufficiently
                                                                                    responsible in handling opioid drugs for unsupervised use, whether the patient
                                                                                    has an absence of recent misuse of drugs (whether narcotic or nonnarcotic), in-
                                                                                    cluding alcohol.

                                                                                    Subtitle F—Additional Provisions Relating to
                                                                                               Addiction Treatment
                                                                              SEC. 261. PROHIBITION.
                                                                                Notwithstanding any provision of this Act and the amendments made by this Act,
                                                                              no funds made available to carry out this Act or any amendment made by this Act
                                                                              shall be used to purchase, procure, or distribute pipes or cylindrical objects intended
                                                                              to be used to smoke or inhale illegal scheduled substances.
                                                                              SEC. 262. ELIMINATING ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DISPENSING NARCOTIC DRUGS IN
                                                                                         SCHEDULE III, IV, AND V FOR MAINTENANCE OR DETOXIFICATION TREATMENT.
                                                                                (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 303(g) of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C.
                                                                              823(g)) is amended—
                                                                                     (1) by striking paragraph (2);
                                                                                     (2) by striking ‘‘(g)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), practitioners who
                                                                                  dispense narcotic drugs to individuals for maintenance treatment or detoxifica-
                                                                                  tion treatment’’ and inserting ‘‘(g) Practitioners who dispense narcotic drugs
                                                                                  (other than narcotic drugs in schedule III, IV, or V) to individuals for mainte-
                                                                                  nance treatment or detoxification treatment’’;
                                                                                     (3) by redesignating subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) as paragraphs (1), (2),
                                                                                  and (3), respectively; and
                                                                                     (4) in paragraph (2), as so redesignated—




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                          (A) by striking ‘‘(i) security of stocks’’ and inserting ‘‘(A) security of
                                                                                       stocks’’; and




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00037   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                   34
                                                                                             (B) by striking ‘‘(ii) the maintenance of records’’ and inserting ‘‘(B) the
                                                                                          maintenance of records’’.
                                                                                   (b) CONFORMING CHANGES.—
                                                                                        (1) Subsections (a) and (d)(1) of section 304 of the Controlled Substances Act
                                                                                     (21 U.S.C. 824) are each amended by striking ‘‘303(g)(1)’’ each place it appears
                                                                                     and inserting ‘‘303(g)’’.
                                                                                        (2) Section 309A(a)(2) of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 829a) is
                                                                                     amended—
                                                                                             (A) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘the controlled
                                                                                          substance is to be administered for the purpose of maintenance or detoxi-
                                                                                          fication treatment under section 303(g)(2)’’ and inserting ‘‘the controlled
                                                                                          substance is a narcotic drug in schedule III, IV, or V to be administered
                                                                                          for the purpose of maintenance or detoxification treatment’’; and
                                                                                             (B) by striking ‘‘and—’’ and all that follows through ‘‘is to be administered
                                                                                          by injection or implantation;’’ and inserting ‘‘and is to be administered by
                                                                                          injection or implantation;’’.
                                                                                        (3) Section 520E–4(c) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb–
                                                                                     36d(c)) is amended by striking ‘‘information on any qualified practitioner that
                                                                                     is certified to prescribe medication for opioid dependency under section
                                                                                     303(g)(2)(B) of the Controlled Substances Act’’ and inserting ‘‘information on
                                                                                     any practitioner who prescribes narcotic drugs in schedule III, IV, or V of sec-
                                                                                     tion 202 of the Controlled Substances Act for the purpose of maintenance or de-
                                                                                     toxification treatment’’.
                                                                                        (4) Section 544(a)(3) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–3), as
                                                                                     added by section 219(a)(2), is amended by striking ‘‘any practitioner dispensing
                                                                                     narcotic drugs pursuant to section 303(g) of the Controlled Substances Act’’ and
                                                                                     inserting ‘‘any practitioner dispensing narcotic drugs for the purpose of mainte-
                                                                                     nance or detoxification treatment’’.
                                                                                        (5) Section 1833(bb)(3)(B) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395l(bb)(3)(B))
                                                                                     is amended by striking ‘‘first receives a waiver under section 303(g) of the Con-
                                                                                     trolled Substances Act on or after January 1, 2019’’ and inserting ‘‘first begins
                                                                                     prescribing narcotic drugs in schedule III, IV, or V of section 202 of the Con-
                                                                                     trolled Substances Act for the purpose of maintenance or detoxification treat-
                                                                                     ment on or after January 1, 2021’’.
                                                                                        (6) Section 1834(o)(3)(C)(ii) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                     1395m(o)(3)(C)(ii)) is amended by striking ‘‘first receives a waiver under section
                                                                                     303(g) of the Controlled Substances Act on or after January 1, 2019’’ and insert-
                                                                                     ing ‘‘first begins prescribing narcotic drugs in schedule III, IV, or V of section
                                                                                     202 of the Controlled Substances Act for the purpose of maintenance or detoxi-
                                                                                     fication treatment on or after January 1, 2021’’.
                                                                                        (7) Section 1866F(c)(3) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395cc–6(c)(3)) is
                                                                                     amended—
                                                                                             (A) in subparagraph (A), by adding ‘‘and’’ at the end;
                                                                                             (B) in subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘; and’’ and inserting a period; and
                                                                                             (C) by striking subparagraph (C).
                                                                                        (8) Section 1903(aa)(2)(C) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                     1396b(aa)(2)(C)) is amended—
                                                                                             (A) in clause (i), by adding ‘‘and’’ at the end;
                                                                                             (B) by striking clause (ii); and
                                                                                             (C) by redesignating clause (iii) as clause (ii).
                                                                              SEC. 263. REQUIRING PRESCRIBERS OF CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES TO COMPLETE TRAINING.
                                                                                Section 303 of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 823) is amended by add-
                                                                              ing at the end the following:
                                                                                ‘‘(l) REQUIRED TRAINING FOR PRESCRIBERS.—
                                                                                      ‘‘(1) TRAINING REQUIRED.—As a condition on registration under this section to
                                                                                    dispense controlled substances in schedule II, III, IV, or V, the Attorney Gen-
                                                                                    eral shall require any qualified practitioner, beginning with the first applicable
                                                                                    registration for the practitioner, to meet the following:
                                                                                            ‘‘(A) If the practitioner is a physician, the practitioner meets one or more
                                                                                         of the following conditions:
                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) The physician holds a board certification in addiction psychiatry
                                                                                               or addiction medicine from the American Board of Medical Specialties.
                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) The physician holds a board certification from the American
                                                                                               Board of Addiction Medicine.
                                                                                                  ‘‘(iii) The physician holds a board certification in addiction medicine
                                                                                               from the American Osteopathic Association.




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                  ‘‘(iv) The physician has, with respect to the treatment and manage-
                                                                                               ment of patients with opioid or other substance use disorders, com-




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022    Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00038   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  35
                                                                                                pleted not less than 8 hours of training (through classroom situations,
                                                                                                seminars at professional society meetings, electronic communications,
                                                                                                or otherwise) that is provided by—
                                                                                                          ‘‘(I) the American Society of Addiction Medicine, the American
                                                                                                       Academy of Addiction Psychiatry, the American Medical Associa-
                                                                                                       tion, the American Osteopathic Association, the American Psy-
                                                                                                       chiatric Association, or any other organization accredited by the
                                                                                                       Accreditation Council for Continuing Medical Education (commonly
                                                                                                       known as the ‘ACCME’);
                                                                                                          ‘‘(II) any organization accredited by a State medical society
                                                                                                       accreditor that is recognized by the ACCME;
                                                                                                          ‘‘(III) any organization accredited by the American Osteopathic
                                                                                                       Association to provide continuing medical education; or
                                                                                                          ‘‘(IV) any organization approved by the Assistant Secretary for
                                                                                                       Mental Health and Substance Abuse or the ACCME.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(v) The physician graduated in good standing from an accredited
                                                                                                school of allopathic medicine or osteopathic medicine in the United
                                                                                                States during the 5-year period immediately preceding the date on
                                                                                                which the physician first registers or renews under this section and has
                                                                                                successfully completed a comprehensive allopathic or osteopathic medi-
                                                                                                cine curriculum or accredited medical residency that included not less
                                                                                                than 8 hours of training on treating and managing patients with opioid
                                                                                                and other substance use disorders, including the appropriate clinical
                                                                                                use of all drugs approved by the Food and Drug Administration for the
                                                                                                treatment of a substance use disorder.
                                                                                             ‘‘(B) If the practitioner is not a physician, the practitioner meets one or
                                                                                          more of the following conditions:
                                                                                                   ‘‘(i) The practitioner has completed not fewer than 8 hours of training
                                                                                                with respect to the treatment and management of patients with opioid
                                                                                                or other substance use disorders (through classroom situations, semi-
                                                                                                nars at professional society meetings, electronic communications, or
                                                                                                otherwise) provided by the American Society of Addiction Medicine, the
                                                                                                American Academy of Addiction Psychiatry, the American Medical As-
                                                                                                sociation, the American Osteopathic Association, the American Nurses
                                                                                                Credentialing Center, the American Psychiatric Association, the Amer-
                                                                                                ican Association of Nurse Practitioners, the American Academy of Phy-
                                                                                                sician Associates, or any other organization approved or accredited by
                                                                                                the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Abuse or the
                                                                                                or the Accreditation Council for Continuing Medical Education.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(ii) The practitioner has graduated in good standing from an accred-
                                                                                                ited physician assistant school or accredited school of advanced practice
                                                                                                nursing in the United States during the 5-year period immediately pre-
                                                                                                ceding the date on which the practitioner first registers or renews
                                                                                                under this section and has successfully completed a comprehensive
                                                                                                physician assistant or advanced practice nursing curriculum that in-
                                                                                                cluded not fewer than 8 hours of training on treating and managing pa-
                                                                                                tients with opioid and other substance use disorders, including the ap-
                                                                                                propriate clinical use of all drugs approved by the Food and Drug Ad-
                                                                                                ministration for the treatment of a substance use disorder.
                                                                                       ‘‘(2) ONE-TIME TRAINING.—The Attorney General shall not require any quali-
                                                                                    fied practitioner to complete the training described in clause (iv) or (v) of para-
                                                                                    graph (1)(A) or clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (1)(B) more than once.
                                                                                       ‘‘(3) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—Nothing in this subsection shall be construed
                                                                                    to preclude the use, by a qualified practitioner, of training received pursuant
                                                                                    to this subsection to satisfy registration requirements of a State or for some
                                                                                    other lawful purpose.
                                                                                       ‘‘(4) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
                                                                                             ‘‘(A) FIRST APPLICABLE REGISTRATION.—The term ‘first applicable registra-
                                                                                          tion’ means the first registration or renewal of registration by a qualified
                                                                                          practitioner under this section that occurs on or after the date that is 180
                                                                                          days after the date of enactment of the Restoring Hope for Mental Health
                                                                                          and Well-Being Act of 2022.
                                                                                             ‘‘(B) QUALIFIED PRACTITIONER.—In this subsection, the term ‘qualified
                                                                                          practitioner’ means a practitioner who—
                                                                                                   ‘‘(i) is licensed under State law to prescribe controlled substances;




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                and
                                                                                                   ‘‘(ii) is not solely a veterinarian.’’.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00039   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                   36

                                                                               TITLE III—ACCESS TO MENTAL HEALTH CARE
                                                                                            AND COVERAGE
                                                                                        Subtitle A—Collaborate in an Orderly and
                                                                                                   Cohesive Manner
                                                                              SEC. 301. INCREASING UPTAKE OF THE COLLABORATIVE CARE MODEL.
                                                                                Section 520K of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb–42) is amended
                                                                              to read as follows:
                                                                              ‘‘SEC. 520K. INTEGRATION INCENTIVE GRANTS AND COOPERATIVE AGREEMENTS.
                                                                                   ‘‘(a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
                                                                                         ‘‘(1) COLLABORATIVE CARE MODEL.—The term ‘collaborative care model’ means
                                                                                      the evidence-based, integrated behavioral health service delivery method that
                                                                                      includes—
                                                                                               ‘‘(A) care directed by the primary care team;
                                                                                               ‘‘(B) structured care management;
                                                                                               ‘‘(C) regular assessments of clinical status using developmentally appro-
                                                                                            priate, validated tools; and
                                                                                               ‘‘(D) modification of treatment as appropriate.
                                                                                         ‘‘(2) ELIGIBLE ENTITY.—The term ‘eligible entity’ means a State, or an appro-
                                                                                      priate State agency, in collaboration with—
                                                                                               ‘‘(A) 1 or more qualified community programs as described in section
                                                                                            1913(b)(1);
                                                                                               ‘‘(B) 1 or more health centers (as defined in section 330(a)), a rural health
                                                                                            clinic (as defined in section 1961(aa) of the Social Security Act), or a Feder-
                                                                                            ally qualified health center (as defined in such section); or
                                                                                               ‘‘(C) 1 or more primary health care practices.
                                                                                         ‘‘(3) INTEGRATED CARE; BIDIRECTIONAL INTEGRATED CARE.—
                                                                                               ‘‘(A) The term ‘integrated care’ means models or practices for coordinating
                                                                                            and jointly delivering behavioral and physical health services, which may
                                                                                            include practices that share the same space in the same facility.
                                                                                               ‘‘(B) The term ‘bidirectional integrated care’ means the integration of be-
                                                                                            havioral health care and specialty physical health care, as well as the inte-
                                                                                            gration of primary and physical health care with specialty behavioral
                                                                                            health settings, including within primary health care settings.
                                                                                         ‘‘(4) PRIMARY HEALTH CARE PROVIDER.—The term ‘primary health care pro-
                                                                                      vider’ means a provider who—
                                                                                               ‘‘(A) provides health services related to family medicine, internal medi-
                                                                                            cine, pediatrics, obstetrics, gynecology, or geriatrics; or
                                                                                               ‘‘(B) is a doctor of medicine or osteopathy, physician assistant, or nurse
                                                                                            practitioner, who is licensed to practice medicine by the State in which such
                                                                                            physician, assistant, or practitioner primarily practices, including within
                                                                                            primary health care settings.
                                                                                         ‘‘(5) PRIMARY HEALTH CARE PRACTICE.—The term ‘primary health care prac-
                                                                                      tice’ means a medical practice of primary health care providers, including a
                                                                                      practice within a larger health care system.
                                                                                         ‘‘(6) SPECIAL POPULATION.—The term ‘special population’, for an eligible entity
                                                                                      that is collaborating with an entity described in subparagraph (A) or (B) of
                                                                                      paragraph (3), means—
                                                                                               ‘‘(A) adults with a serious mental illness who have a co-occurring physical
                                                                                            health condition or chronic disease;
                                                                                               ‘‘(B) children and adolescents with a mental illness who have a co-occur-
                                                                                            ring physical health condition or chronic disease;
                                                                                               ‘‘(C) individuals with a substance use disorder; or
                                                                                               ‘‘(D) individuals with a mental illness who have a co-occurring substance
                                                                                            use disorder.
                                                                                   ‘‘(b) GRANTS AND COOPERATIVE AGREEMENTS.—
                                                                                         ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary may award grants and cooperative agree-
                                                                                      ments to eligible entities to support the improvement of integrated care for
                                                                                      physical and behavioral health care in accordance with paragraph (2).
                                                                                         ‘‘(2) USE OF FUNDS.—A grant or cooperative agreement awarded under this
                                                                                      section shall be used—




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                               ‘‘(A) in the case of an eligible entity that is collaborating with an entity
                                                                                            described in subparagraph (A) or (B) of subsection (a)(2)—




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022    Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00040   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                   37
                                                                                                     ‘‘(i) to promote full integration and collaboration in clinical practices
                                                                                                  between physical and behavioral health care for special populations in-
                                                                                                  cluding each population listed in subsection (a)(7);
                                                                                                     ‘‘(ii) to support the improvement of integrated care models for phys-
                                                                                                  ical and behavioral health care to improve the overall wellness and
                                                                                                  physical health status of—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(I) adults with a serious mental illness or children with a seri-
                                                                                                         ous emotional disturbance; and
                                                                                                            ‘‘(II) individuals with a substance use disorder; and
                                                                                                     ‘‘(iii) to promote bidirectional integrated care services including
                                                                                                  screening, diagnosis, prevention, treatment, and recovery of mental and
                                                                                                  substance use disorders, and co-occurring physical health conditions
                                                                                                  and chronic diseases; and
                                                                                               ‘‘(B) in the case of an eligible entity that is collaborating with a primary
                                                                                            health care practice, to support the uptake of the collaborative care model,
                                                                                            including by—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(i) hiring staff;
                                                                                                     ‘‘(ii) identifying and formalizing contractual relationships with other
                                                                                                  health care providers, including providers who will function as psy-
                                                                                                  chiatric consultants and behavioral health care managers in providing
                                                                                                  behavioral health integration services through the collaborative care
                                                                                                  model;
                                                                                                     ‘‘(iii) purchasing or upgrading software and other resources needed to
                                                                                                  appropriately provide behavioral health integration services through
                                                                                                  the collaborative care model, including resources needed to establish a
                                                                                                  patient registry and implement measurement-based care; and
                                                                                                     ‘‘(iv) for such other purposes as the Secretary determines to be nec-
                                                                                                  essary.
                                                                                   ‘‘(c) APPLICATIONS.—
                                                                                         ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—An eligible entity that is collaborating with an entity de-
                                                                                       scribed in subparagraph (A) or (B) of subsection (a)(2) seeking a grant or cooper-
                                                                                       ative agreement under subsection (b)(2)(A) shall submit an application to the
                                                                                       Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such information
                                                                                       as the Secretary may require, including the contents described in paragraph (2).
                                                                                         ‘‘(2) CONTENTS.—Any such application of an eligible entity described in sub-
                                                                                       paragraph (A) or (B) of subsection (a)(2) shall include—
                                                                                               ‘‘(A) a description of a plan to achieve fully collaborative agreements to
                                                                                            provide bidirectional integrated care to special populations;
                                                                                               ‘‘(B) a document that summarizes the policies, if any, that are barriers
                                                                                            to the provision of integrated care, and the specific steps, if applicable, that
                                                                                            will be taken to address such barriers;
                                                                                               ‘‘(C) a description of partnerships or other arrangements with local health
                                                                                            care providers to provide services to special populations;
                                                                                               ‘‘(D) an agreement and plan to report to the Secretary performance meas-
                                                                                            ures necessary to evaluate patient outcomes and facilitate evaluations
                                                                                            across participating projects;
                                                                                               ‘‘(E) a description of how validated rating scales will be implemented to
                                                                                            support the improvement of patient outcomes using measurement-based
                                                                                            care, including those related to depression screening, patient follow-up, and
                                                                                            symptom remission; and
                                                                                               ‘‘(F) a plan for sustainability beyond the grant or cooperative agreement
                                                                                            period under subsection (e).
                                                                                         ‘‘(3) COLLABORATIVE CARE MODEL GRANTS.—An eligible entity that is collabo-
                                                                                       rating with a primary health care practice seeking a grant pursuant to sub-
                                                                                       section (b)(2)(B) shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in
                                                                                       such manner, and accompanied by such information as the Secretary may re-
                                                                                       quire.
                                                                                   ‘‘(d) GRANT AND COOPERATIVE AGREEMENT AMOUNTS.—
                                                                                         ‘‘(1) TARGET AMOUNT.—The target amount that an eligible entity may receive
                                                                                       for a year through a grant or cooperative agreement under this section shall
                                                                                       be—
                                                                                               ‘‘(A) $2,000,000 for an eligible entity described in subparagraph (A) or (B)
                                                                                            of subsection (a)(2); or
                                                                                               ‘‘(B) $100,000 or less for an eligible entity described in subparagraph (C)
                                                                                            of subsection (a)(2).
                                                                                         ‘‘(2) ADJUSTMENT PERMITTED.—The Secretary, taking into consideration the
                                                                                       quality of an eligible entity’s application and the number of eligible entities that




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                       received grants under this section prior to the date of enactment of the Restor-
                                                                                       ing Hope for Mental Health and Well-Being Act of 2022, may adjust the target




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022    Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00041   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  38
                                                                                    amount that an eligible entity may receive for a year through a grant or cooper-
                                                                                    ative agreement under this section.
                                                                                       ‘‘(3) LIMITATION.—An eligible entity that is collaborating with an entity de-
                                                                                    scribed in subparagraph (A) or (B) of subsection (a)(2) receiving funding under
                                                                                    this section—
                                                                                             ‘‘(A) may not allocate more than 20 percent of the funds awarded to such
                                                                                          eligible entity under this section to administrative functions; and
                                                                                             ‘‘(B) shall allocate the remainder of such funding to health facilities that
                                                                                          provide integrated care.
                                                                                ‘‘(e) DURATION.—A grant or cooperative agreement under this section shall be for
                                                                              a period not to exceed 5 years.
                                                                                ‘‘(f) REPORT ON PROGRAM OUTCOMES.—An eligible entity receiving a grant or coop-
                                                                              erative agreement under this section—
                                                                                       ‘‘(1) that is collaborating with an entity described in subparagraph (A) or (B)
                                                                                    of subsection (a)(2) shall submit an annual report to the Secretary that in-
                                                                                    cludes—
                                                                                             ‘‘(A) the progress made to reduce barriers to integrated care as described
                                                                                          in the entity’s application under subsection (c); and
                                                                                             ‘‘(B) a description of outcomes with respect to each special population list-
                                                                                          ed in subsection (a)(7), including outcomes related to education, employ-
                                                                                          ment, and housing; or
                                                                                       ‘‘(2) that is collaborating with a primary health care practice shall submit an
                                                                                    annual report to the Secretary that includes—
                                                                                             ‘‘(A) the progress made to improve access;
                                                                                             ‘‘(B) the progress made to improve patient outcomes; and
                                                                                             ‘‘(C) the progress made to reduce referrals to specialty care.
                                                                                ‘‘(g) TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE FOR PRIMARY-BEHAVIORAL HEALTH CARE INTEGRA-
                                                                              TION.—
                                                                                       ‘‘(1) CERTAIN RECIPIENTS.—The Secretary may provide appropriate informa-
                                                                                    tion, training, and technical assistance to eligible entities that are collaborating
                                                                                    with an entity described in subparagraph (A) or (B) of subsection (a)(2) that re-
                                                                                    ceive a grant or cooperative agreement under this section, in order to help such
                                                                                    entities meet the requirements of this section, including assistance with—
                                                                                             ‘‘(A) development and selection of integrated care models;
                                                                                             ‘‘(B) dissemination of evidence-based interventions in integrated care;
                                                                                             ‘‘(C) establishment of organizational practices to support operational and
                                                                                          administrative success; and
                                                                                             ‘‘(D) other activities, as the Secretary determines appropriate.
                                                                                       ‘‘(2) COLLABORATIVE CARE MODEL RECIPIENTS.—The Secretary shall provide
                                                                                    appropriate information, training, and technical assistance to eligible entities
                                                                                    that are collaborating with primary health care practices that receive funds
                                                                                    under this section to help such entities implement the collaborative care model,
                                                                                    including—
                                                                                             ‘‘(A) developing financial models and budgets for implementing and main-
                                                                                          taining a collaborative care model, based on practice size;
                                                                                             ‘‘(B) developing staffing models for essential staff roles;
                                                                                             ‘‘(C) providing strategic advice to assist practices seeking to utilize other
                                                                                          clinicians for additional psychotherapeutic interventions;
                                                                                             ‘‘(D) providing information technology expertise to assist with building
                                                                                          the collaborative care model into electronic health records, including assist-
                                                                                          ance with care manager tools, patient registry, ongoing patient monitoring,
                                                                                          and patient records;
                                                                                             ‘‘(E) training support for all key staff and operational consultation to de-
                                                                                          velop practice workflows;
                                                                                             ‘‘(F) establishing methods to ensure the sharing of best practices and
                                                                                          operational knowledge among primary health care physicians and primary
                                                                                          health care practices that provide behavioral health integration services
                                                                                          through the collaborative care model; and
                                                                                             ‘‘(G) providing guidance and instruction to primary health care physicians
                                                                                          and primary health care practices on developing and maintaining relation-
                                                                                          ships with community-based mental health and substance use disorder fa-
                                                                                          cilities for referral and treatment of patients whose clinical presentation or
                                                                                          diagnosis is best suited for treatment at such facilities.
                                                                                       ‘‘(3) ADDITIONAL DISSEMINATION OF TECHNICAL INFORMATION.—In addition to
                                                                                    providing the assistance described in paragraphs (1) and (2) to recipients of a
                                                                                    grant or cooperative agreement under this section, the Secretary may also pro-
                                                                                    vide such assistance to other States and political subdivisions of States, Indian




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                    Tribes and Tribal organizations (as defined under the Federally Recognized In-
                                                                                    dian Tribe List Act of 1994), outpatient mental health and addiction treatment




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00042   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  39
                                                                                   centers, community mental health centers that meet the criteria under section
                                                                                   1913(c), certified community behavioral health clinics described in section 223
                                                                                   of the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014, primary care organizations
                                                                                   such as Federally qualified health centers or rural health clinics as defined in
                                                                                   section 1861(aa) of the Social Security Act, primary health care practices, other
                                                                                   community-based organizations, and other entities engaging in integrated care
                                                                                   activities, as the Secretary determines appropriate.
                                                                                ‘‘(h) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—To carry out this section, there is au-
                                                                              thorized to be appropriated $60,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2023 through 2027.’’.

                                                                                   Subtitle B—Helping Enable Access to Lifesaving
                                                                                                     Services
                                                                              SEC. 311. REAUTHORIZATION AND PROVISION OF CERTAIN PROGRAMS TO STRENGTHEN THE
                                                                                         HEALTH CARE WORKFORCE.
                                                                                 (a) LIABILITY PROTECTIONS FOR HEALTH PROFESSIONAL VOLUNTEERS.—Section
                                                                              224(q)(6) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 233(q)(6)) is amended by strik-
                                                                              ing ‘‘October 1, 2022’’ and inserting ‘‘October 1, 2027’’.
                                                                                 (b) MINORITY FELLOWSHIPS IN CRISIS CARE MANAGEMENT.—Section 597(b) of the
                                                                              Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290ll(b)) is amended by striking ‘‘in the fields
                                                                              of psychiatry,’’ and inserting ‘‘in the fields of crisis care management, psychiatry,’’.
                                                                                 (c) MENTAL AND BEHAVIORAL HEALTH EDUCATION AND TRAINING GRANTS.—Section
                                                                              756 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 294e–1) is amended—
                                                                                      (1) in subsection (a)(1), by inserting ‘‘(which may include master’s and doc-
                                                                                    toral level programs)’’ after ‘‘occupational therapy’’; and
                                                                                      (2) in subsection (f), by striking ‘‘For each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023’’
                                                                                    and inserting ‘‘For each of fiscal years 2023 through 2027’’.
                                                                                 (d) TRAINING DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM.—Section 760(g) of the Public Health
                                                                              Service Act (42 U.S.C. 294k(g)) is amended by inserting ‘‘and $31,700,000 for each
                                                                              of fiscal years 2023 through 2027’’ before the period at the end.

                                                                                         Subtitle C—Eliminating the Opt-Out for
                                                                                         Nonfederal Governmental Health Plans
                                                                              SEC. 321. ELIMINATING THE OPT-OUT FOR NONFEDERAL GOVERNMENTAL HEALTH PLANS.
                                                                               Section 2722(a)(2) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300gg–21(a)(2)) is
                                                                              amended by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
                                                                                       ‘‘(F) SUNSET OF ELECTION OPTION.—
                                                                                             ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this
                                                                                          paragraph—
                                                                                                    ‘‘(I) no election described in subparagraph (A) with respect to sec-
                                                                                                 tion 2726 may be made on or after the date of the enactment of
                                                                                                 this subparagraph; and
                                                                                                    ‘‘(II) except as provided in clause (ii), no such election with re-
                                                                                                 spect to section 2726 expiring on or after the date that is 180 days
                                                                                                 after the date of such enactment may be renewed.
                                                                                             ‘‘(ii) EXCEPTION FOR CERTAIN COLLECTIVELY BARGAINED PLANS.—Not-
                                                                                          withstanding clause (i)(II), a plan described in subparagraph (B)(ii)
                                                                                          that is subject to multiple agreements described in such subparagraph
                                                                                          of varying lengths and that has an election described in subparagraph
                                                                                          (A) with respect to section 2726 in effect as of the date of the enact-
                                                                                          ment of this subparagraph that expires on or after the date that is 180
                                                                                          days after the date of such enactment may extend such election until
                                                                                          the date on which the term of the last such agreement expires.’’.

                                                                                    Subtitle D—Mental Health and Substance Use
                                                                                           Disorder Parity Implementation
                                                                              SEC. 331. GRANTS TO SUPPORT MENTAL HEALTH AND SUBSTANCE USE DISORDER PARITY IM-
                                                                                         PLEMENTATION.
                                                                                (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 2794(c) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              300gg–94(c)) (as added by section 1003 of the Patient Protection and Affordable
                                                                              Care Act (Public Law 111–148)) is amended by adding at the end the following:




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00043   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                   40
                                                                                    ‘‘(3) PARITY IMPLEMENTATION.—
                                                                                          ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Beginning during the first fiscal year that begins after
                                                                                       the date of enactment of this paragraph, the Secretary shall, out of funds
                                                                                       made available pursuant to subparagraph (C), award grants to eligible
                                                                                       States to enforce and ensure compliance with the mental health and sub-
                                                                                       stance use disorder parity provisions of section 2726.
                                                                                          ‘‘(B) ELIGIBLE STATE.—A State shall be eligible for a grant awarded under
                                                                                       this paragraph only if such State—
                                                                                                ‘‘(i) submits to the Secretary an application for such grant at such
                                                                                             time, in such manner, and containing such information as specified by
                                                                                             the Secretary; and
                                                                                                ‘‘(ii) agrees to request and review from health insurance issuers offer-
                                                                                             ing group or individual health insurance coverage the comparative
                                                                                             analyses and other information required of such health insurance
                                                                                             issuers under subsection (a)(8)(A) of section 2726 relating to the design
                                                                                             and application of nonquantitative treatment limitations imposed on
                                                                                             mental health or substance use disorder benefits.
                                                                                          ‘‘(C) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are authorized to be ap-
                                                                                       propriated $10,000,000 for each of the first five fiscal years beginning after
                                                                                       the date of the enactment of this paragraph, to remain available until ex-
                                                                                       pended, for purposes of awarding grants under subparagraph (A).’’.
                                                                                (b) TECHNICAL AMENDMENT.—Section 2794 of the Public Health Service Act (42
                                                                              U.S.C. 300gg–95), as added by section 6603 of the Patient Protection and Affordable
                                                                              Care Act (Public Law 111–148) is redesignated as section 2795.

                                                                                                 TITLE IV—CHILDREN AND YOUTH
                                                                                   Subtitle A—Supporting Children’s Mental Health
                                                                                                   Care Access
                                                                              SEC. 401. PEDIATRIC MENTAL HEALTH CARE ACCESS GRANTS.
                                                                                   Section 330M of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254c–19) is amended—
                                                                                       (1) in the section enumerator, by striking ‘‘330M’’ and inserting ‘‘330M.’’;
                                                                                       (2) in subsection (a)—
                                                                                             (A) by striking ‘‘Indian tribes and tribal organizations’’ and inserting ‘‘In-
                                                                                          dian Tribes and Tribal organizations’’; and
                                                                                             (B) by inserting ‘‘or, in the case of a State that does not submit an appli-
                                                                                          cation, a nonprofit entity that has the support of the State’’ after ‘‘450b))’’;
                                                                                       (3) in subsection (b)—
                                                                                             (A) in paragraph (1)—
                                                                                                   (i) in subparagraph (G), by inserting ‘‘developmental-behavioral pedi-
                                                                                                 atricians,’’ after ‘‘adolescent psychiatrists,’’;
                                                                                                   (ii) in subparagraph (H), by striking ‘‘; and’’ at the end and inserting
                                                                                                 a semicolon;
                                                                                                   (iii) by redesignating subparagraph (I) as subparagraph (J); and
                                                                                                   (iv) by inserting after subparagraph (H) the following:
                                                                                             ‘‘(I) maintain an up-to-date list of community-based supports for children
                                                                                          with mental health problems; and’’;
                                                                                             (B) by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph (4);
                                                                                             (C) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
                                                                                       ‘‘(2) SUPPORT TO SCHOOLS AND EMERGENCY DEPARTMENTS.—In addition to the
                                                                                     activities required by paragraph (1), a pediatric mental health care telehealth
                                                                                     access program referred to in subsection (a), with respect to which a grant
                                                                                     under such subsection may be used, may provide support to schools and emer-
                                                                                     gency departments.
                                                                                       ‘‘(3) PRIORITY.—In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary shall
                                                                                     give priority to applicants proposing to—
                                                                                             ‘‘(A) continue existing programs that meet the requirements of paragraph
                                                                                          (1);
                                                                                             ‘‘(B) establish a pediatric mental health care telehealth access program
                                                                                          in the jurisdiction of a State, Territory, Indian Tribe, or Tribal organization
                                                                                          that does not yet have such a program; or
                                                                                             ‘‘(C) expand a pediatric mental health care telehealth access program to




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                          include one or more new sites of care, such as a school or emergency de-
                                                                                          partment.’’; and




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022    Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00044   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                   41
                                                                                            (D) in paragraph (4), as redesignated by subparagraph (B), by inserting
                                                                                         ‘‘Such a team may include a developmental-behavioral pediatrician.’’ after
                                                                                         ‘‘mental health counselor.’’;
                                                                                      (4) in subsections (c), (d), and (f), by striking ‘‘Indian tribe, or tribal organiza-
                                                                                   tion’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘Indian Tribe, Tribal organization, or
                                                                                   nonprofit entity’’; and
                                                                                      (5) by striking subsection (g) and inserting the following:
                                                                                ‘‘(g) TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.—The Secretary shall award grants or contracts to
                                                                              one or more eligible entities (as defined by the Secretary) for the purposes of pro-
                                                                              viding technical assistance and evaluation support to grantees under subsection (a).
                                                                                ‘‘(h) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—To carry out this section, there are au-
                                                                              thorized to be appropriated—
                                                                                      ‘‘(1) $14,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2023 through 2025; and
                                                                                      ‘‘(2) $30,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2026 through 2027.’’.
                                                                              SEC. 402. INFANT AND EARLY CHILDHOOD MENTAL HEALTH PROMOTION, INTERVENTION,
                                                                                         AND TREATMENT.
                                                                                Section 399Z–2(f) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280h–6(f)) is amend-
                                                                              ed by striking ‘‘$20,000,000 for the period of fiscal years 2018 through 2022’’ and
                                                                              inserting ‘‘$50,000,000 for the period of fiscal years 2023 through 2027’’.

                                                                                       Subtitle B—Continuing Systems of Care for
                                                                                                       Children
                                                                              SEC. 411. COMPREHENSIVE COMMUNITY MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES FOR CHILDREN WITH
                                                                                         SERIOUS EMOTIONAL DISTURBANCES.
                                                                                 (a) DEFINITION OF FAMILY.—Section 565(d)(2)(B) of the Public Health Service Act
                                                                              (42 U.S.C. 290ff–4(d)(2)(B)) is amended by striking ‘‘as appropriate regarding mental
                                                                              health services for the child, the parents of the child (biological or adoptive, as the
                                                                              case may be) and any foster parents of the child’’ and inserting ‘‘as appropriate re-
                                                                              garding mental health services for the child and the parents or kinship caregivers
                                                                              of the child’’.
                                                                                 (b) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—Paragraph (1) of section 565(f) of the
                                                                              Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290ff–4(f)) is amended—
                                                                                     (1) by moving the margin of such paragraph 2 ems to the right; and
                                                                                     (2) by striking ‘‘$119,026,000 for each of fiscal years 2018 through 2022’’ and
                                                                                   inserting ‘‘$125,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2023 through 2027’’.
                                                                              SEC. 412. SUBSTANCE USE DISORDER TREATMENT AND EARLY INTERVENTION SERVICES FOR
                                                                                         CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS.
                                                                                   Section 514 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb–7) is amended—
                                                                                       (1) in subsection (a), by striking ‘‘Indian tribes or tribal organizations’’ and
                                                                                     inserting ‘‘Indian Tribes or Tribal organizations’’; and
                                                                                       (2) in subsection (f), by striking ‘‘2018 through 2022’’ and inserting ‘‘2023
                                                                                     through 2027’’.

                                                                                          Subtitle C—Garrett Lee Smith Memorial
                                                                                                     Reauthorization
                                                                              SEC. 421. SUICIDE PREVENTION TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE CENTER.
                                                                                 (a) TECHNICAL AMENDMENT.—Section 520C of the Public Health Service Act (42
                                                                              U.S.C. 290bb–34) is amended—
                                                                                      (1) by striking ‘‘tribes’’ and inserting ‘‘Tribes’’; and
                                                                                      (2) by striking ‘‘tribal’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘Tribal’’.
                                                                                 (b) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—Section 520C(c) of the Public Health
                                                                              Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb–34(c)) is amended by striking ‘‘$5,988,000 for each of
                                                                              fiscal years 2018 through 2022’’ and inserting ‘‘$9,000,000 for each of fiscal years
                                                                              2023 through 2027’’.
                                                                                 (c) ANNUAL REPORT.—Section 520C(d) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                              290bb–34(d)) is amended by striking ‘‘Not later than 2 years after the date of enact-
                                                                              ment of this subsection’’ and inserting ‘‘Not later than 2 years after the date of en-
                                                                              actment of the Restoring Hope for Mental Health and Well-Being Act of 2022’’.
                                                                              SEC. 422. YOUTH SUICIDE EARLY INTERVENTION AND PREVENTION STRATEGIES.




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                   Section 520E of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb–36) is amended—
                                                                                       (1) by striking ‘‘tribe’’ and inserting ‘‘Tribe’’;




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022    Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00045   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                   42
                                                                                        (2) by striking ‘‘tribal’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘Tribal’’;
                                                                                        (3) in subsection (a)(1), by inserting ‘‘pediatric health programs,’’ after ‘‘foster
                                                                                     care systems,’’;
                                                                                        (4) by amending subsection (b)(1)(B) to read as follows:
                                                                                             ‘‘(B) a public organization or private nonprofit organization designated by
                                                                                           a State or Indian Tribe (as defined under the Federally Recognized Indian
                                                                                           Tribe List Act of 1994) to develop or direct the State-sponsored statewide
                                                                                           or Tribal youth suicide early intervention and prevention strategy; or’’;
                                                                                        (5) in subsection (c)—
                                                                                             (A) in paragraph (1), by inserting ‘‘pediatric health programs,’’ after ‘‘fos-
                                                                                           ter care systems,’’;
                                                                                             (B) in paragraph (7), by inserting ‘‘pediatric health programs,’’ after ‘‘fos-
                                                                                           ter care systems,’’;
                                                                                             (C) in paragraph (9), by inserting ‘‘pediatric health programs,’’ after ‘‘edu-
                                                                                           cational institutions,’’;
                                                                                             (D) in paragraph (13), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
                                                                                             (E) in paragraph (14), by striking the period at the end and inserting ‘‘;
                                                                                           and’’; and
                                                                                             (F) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                        ‘‘(15) provide to parents, legal guardians, and family members of youth, sup-
                                                                                     plies to securely store means commonly used in suicide, if applicable, within the
                                                                                     household.’’;
                                                                                        (6) in subsection (d)—
                                                                                             (A) in the heading, by striking ‘‘DIRECT SERVICES’’ and inserting ‘‘SUICIDE
                                                                                           PREVENTION ACTIVITIES’’; and
                                                                                             (B) by striking ‘‘direct services, of which not less than 5 percent shall be
                                                                                           used for activities authorized under subsection (a)(3)’’ and inserting ‘‘suicide
                                                                                           prevention activities’’;
                                                                                        (7) in subsection (e)(3)(A), by inserting ‘‘and Department of Education’’ after
                                                                                     ‘‘Department of Health and Human Services’’;
                                                                                        (8) in subsection (g)—
                                                                                             (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘18’’ and inserting ‘‘24’’; and
                                                                                             (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ‘‘2 years after the date of enactment of
                                                                                           Helping Families in Mental Health Crisis Reform Act of 2016’’ and insert-
                                                                                           ing ‘‘3 years after December 31, 2022’’;
                                                                                        (9) in subsection (l)(4), by striking ‘‘between 10 and 24 years of age’’ and in-
                                                                                     serting ‘‘up to 24 years of age’’; and
                                                                                        (10) in subsection (m), by striking ‘‘$30,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2018
                                                                                     through 2022’’ and inserting ‘‘$40,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2023 through
                                                                                     2027’’.
                                                                              SEC. 423. MENTAL HEALTH AND SUBSTANCE USE DISORDER SERVICES FOR STUDENTS IN
                                                                                        HIGHER EDUCATION.
                                                                                Section 520E–2 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb–36b) is amend-
                                                                              ed—
                                                                                    (1) in the heading, by striking ‘‘ON CAMPUS’’ and inserting ‘‘FOR STUDENTS
                                                                                  IN HIGHER EDUCATION’’; and
                                                                                    (2) in subsection (i), by striking ‘‘2018 through 2022’’ and inserting ‘‘2023
                                                                                  through 2027’’.
                                                                              SEC. 424. MENTAL AND BEHAVIORAL HEALTH OUTREACH AND EDUCATION AT INSTITUTIONS
                                                                                         OF HIGHER EDUCATION.
                                                                                   Section 549 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290ee–4) is amended—
                                                                                       (1) in the heading, by striking ‘‘ON COLLEGE CAMPUSES’’ and inserting ‘‘AT
                                                                                     INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER EDUCATION’’;
                                                                                       (2) in subsection (c)(2), by inserting ‘‘, including minority-serving institutions
                                                                                     as described in section 371(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                                                                                     1067q) and community colleges’’ after ‘‘higher education’’; and
                                                                                       (3) in subsection (f), by striking ‘‘2018 through 2022’’ and inserting ‘‘2023
                                                                                     through 2027’’.

                                                                                                               I. PURPOSE AND SUMMARY
                                                                                H.R. 7666, the ‘‘Restoring Hope for Mental Health and Well-
                                                                              Being Act of 2022,’’ amends the Public Health Service Act to reau-
                                                                              thorize and establish certain mental health and substance use dis-
                                                                              order programs at the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Serv-
                                                                              ices Administration (SAMHSA) and the Health Resources and




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              Services Administration (HRSA) through fiscal year 2027, for the




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022    Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00046   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  43

                                                                              purposes of improving Americans’ mental health and addressing
                                                                              substance use disorders. H.R. 7666 includes provisions to support
                                                                              crisis care and other mental health services for a range of popu-
                                                                              lations, as well as substance use disorder prevention, treatment,
                                                                              and recovery support services. The legislation provides increased
                                                                              support for youth suicide prevention, maternal mental health, and
                                                                              jail diversion programs. Further, the bill includes provisions to as-
                                                                              sist in addiction and overdose prevention and treatment, including
                                                                              expanded access to medication-assisted treatment and provider
                                                                              training. H.R. 7666 also facilitates further integration of mental
                                                                              health and primary care services, bolsters the mental health care
                                                                              workforce, applies mental health parity requirements to self-fund-
                                                                              ed, non-governmental plans, and supports enforcement of mental
                                                                              health parity requirements.
                                                                                                II. BACKGROUND AND NEED FOR LEGISLATION
                                                                                 Americans have been in the midst of a mental health and sub-
                                                                              stance use disorder crisis predating the emergence of the
                                                                              coronavirus disease of 2019 (COVID–19). Increased social isolation
                                                                              and stress caused by the pandemic further exacerbated these chal-
                                                                              lenges,1 with American adults reporting elevated levels of mental
                                                                              illness (AMI) including anxiety, depression, and suicidal ideation.2
                                                                              Children and teens have also experienced major increases in ad-
                                                                              verse mental health symptoms.3 Among youth ages 10 and older,
                                                                              the national suicide rate increased by more than 25 percent since
                                                                              1999, nearly doubling in some states.4 In addition, one out of five
                                                                              women will experience maternal mental health conditions, such as
                                                                              depression, anxiety, or substance use disorder, during pregnancy or
                                                                              the first year following childbirth.5 Suicide and substance use dis-
                                                                              order are some of the leading causes of death in the first year
                                                                              postpartum.6
                                                                                 The state of substance use disorders in the United States has fol-
                                                                              lowed a similar upward trajectory in recent years. Nearly 108,000
                                                                              people died due to drug overdose in 2021, a record-breaking num-
                                                                              ber that followed a 30 percent increase in the rate of overdose
                                                                              deaths from 2019 to 2020.7 Additionally, substance use disorders
                                                                              frequently co-occur with mental health disorders, such as anxiety
                                                                                 1 Kaiser Family Foundation, The implications of COVID–19 for mental health and substance
                                                                              use (Feb. 10, 2021).
                                                                                 2 Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, Mental
                                                                              Health, Substance Use, and Suicidal Ideation During the COVID–19 Pandemic—United States,
                                                                              June 24–30, 2020 (Aug. 14, 2020).
                                                                                 3 Surgeon General, Protecting Youth Mental Health: The U.S. Surgeon General’s Advisory (Dec.
                                                                              7, 2021).
                                                                                 4 Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Supplementary Table. Trends in Suicide Rates
                                                                              among Persons ≥ 10 Years of Age, by State and Sex, National Vital Statistics System, 1999–2016
                                                                              (June 8, 2018) (https://stacks.cdc.gov/view/cdc/53785).
                                                                                 5 Obstetrics & Gynecology, ACOG Committee Opinion No. 757, Screening for Perinatal Depres-
                                                                              sion     (journals.lww.com/greenjournal/Fulltext/2018/11000/ACOG_Committee_Opinion_No_757_
                                                                              Screening_for.42.aspx); Fawcett, et. al, The Prevalence of Anxiety Disorders During Pregnancy
                                                                              and the Postpartum Period, J. Clin Psychiatry (July 23, 2019) (pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/
                                                                              31347796/).
                                                                                 6 See Pregnancy-Related Deaths; Data from 14 U.S. Maternal Mortality Review Committees,
                                                                              2008–2017              (www.cdc.gov/reproductivehealth/maternal-mortality/erase-mm/MMR-Data-
                                                                              Brief_2019-h.pdf).
                                                                                 7 Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Vital Statistics Rapid Release (www.cdc.gov/




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              nchs/nvss/vsrr/drug-overdose-data.htm) (accessed June 6, 2022); Overdose Deaths Continue Ris-
                                                                              ing, With Fentanyl and Meth Key Culprits, New York Times (May 11, 2022).




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:19 Jun 20, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00047   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  44

                                                                              and depression.8 Nearly 50 percent of individuals who develop a
                                                                              mental health disorder will also experience a substance use dis-
                                                                              order, and vice versa.9
                                                                                 Despite high rates of mental health conditions and substance use
                                                                              disorders, access to treatment and services remains limited. In
                                                                              2020, for instance, only 1.4 percent of individuals who were classi-
                                                                              fied as in need of substance use treatment, and just 46.2 percent
                                                                              of adults with any mental illness, received treatment.10 Major bar-
                                                                              riers to treatment include the shortage of mental health profes-
                                                                              sionals which affects one-third of Americans.11 The treatment bur-
                                                                              den of mental illnesses is particularly acute among those who expe-
                                                                              rience disability due to serious mental illness (SMI). SMI is defined
                                                                              as a mental, behavioral, or emotional disorder resulting in serious
                                                                              functional impairment, which substantially interferes with or lim-
                                                                              its one or more major life activities.12 Those living with SMI—in-
                                                                              cluding bipolar disorder, schizophrenia, and severe depression—are
                                                                              jailed more than 2 million times each year, often for misdemeanor
                                                                              crimes.13 The U.S. criminal justice system has witnessed dramatic
                                                                              increases in its mentally ill population during the past years, with
                                                                              decreasing numbers of psychiatric beds being identified as one of
                                                                              the major causes.14 One-third of the total homeless population con-
                                                                              sists of individuals with untreated SMI, with the rates being even
                                                                              higher in homeless women and individuals who are chronically
                                                                              homeless.15
                                                                                 H.R. 7666 reauthorizes 35 SAMHSA and HRSA grant programs
                                                                              that provide critical support for mental health and substance use
                                                                              disorder activities at a time when increased services for these con-
                                                                              ditions are needed more than ever. These programs were estab-
                                                                              lished or most recently reauthorized through the 21st Century
                                                                              Cures Act,16 the Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act,17 or
                                                                              the Substance Use-Disorder Prevention that Promotes Opioid Re-
                                                                              covery and Treatment (SUPPORT) for Patients and Communities
                                                                              Act,18 in efforts to curb rising rates of mental health conditions and
                                                                              substance use disorders.
                                                                                 Collectively, through funding to states, territories, Tribes, Tribal
                                                                              organizations, community-based and consumer-led organizations,
                                                                              and a range of providers, these programs—including the respective
                                                                                8 National Institute on Drug Abuse, Common Comorbidities with Substance Use Disorders Re-
                                                                              search Report (April 2020).
                                                                                9 Id.
                                                                                10 Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. Key substance use and mental
                                                                              health indicators in the United States: Results from the 2020 National Survey on Drug Use and
                                                                              Health, Center for Behavioral Health Statistics and Quality, Substance Abuse and Mental
                                                                              Health Services Administration (June 1, 2022).
                                                                                11 USA FACTS, Over one-third of Americans live in areas lacking mental health professionals
                                                                              (June 9, 2021) (https://usafacts.org/articles/over-one-third-of-americans-live-in-areas-lacking-
                                                                              mental-health-professionals/); U.S. Department of Labor, U.S. Departments of Labor, Health and
                                                                              Human Services, Treasury Issue 2022 Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act Report to
                                                                              Congress (June 1, 2022).
                                                                                12 National Institute of Mental Health, Mental Illness (www.nimh.nih.gov/health/statistics/
                                                                              mental-illness) (accessed June 8, 2022).
                                                                                13 The   Pew Charitable Trusts, Project: Mental Health and Justice Partnerships
                                                                              (www.pewtrusts.org/en/projects/mental-health-and-justice-partnerships) (accessed June 8, 2022).
                                                                                14 Y. Nina Gao, Relationship Between Psychiatric Inpatient Beds and Jail Populations in the
                                                                              United States, Journal of Psychiatric Practice (Jan. 21, 2021).
                                                                                15 Treatment Advocacy Center Office of Research & Public Affairs, Serious Mental Illness and
                                                                              Homelessness      (Sept.   2016)    (https://www.treatmentadvocacycenter.org/storage/documents/
                                                                              backgrounders/smi-and-homelessness.pdf).
                                                                                16 Pub. L. 114–255.




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                17 Pub. L. 114–198.
                                                                                18 Pub. L. 115–271.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00048   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  45

                                                                              Community Mental Health Services Block Grants and the Sub-
                                                                              stance Use Disorder Treatment and Recovery Services Block
                                                                              Grants—target communities and populations at increased need for
                                                                              mental health support or services and substance use disorder pre-
                                                                              vention, treatment, or recovery support services—such as for chil-
                                                                              dren and adolescents, college students, pregnant or postpartum
                                                                              women, people of color, Veterans, those experiencing homelessness,
                                                                              those facing or at risk of incarceration, and rural communities.
                                                                                 In addition, to respond to the urgent mental health crisis care
                                                                              needs of Americans, and in preparation of the 9–8–8 National Sui-
                                                                              cide Prevention Lifeline dialing code launch in July 2022, H.R.
                                                                              7666 establishes the SAMHSA Behavioral Health Crisis Coordi-
                                                                              nating Office to convene partners and provide technical assistance
                                                                              to enhance access to crisis care. Further, the bill requires the Sec-
                                                                              retary of Health and Human Services (HHS) to publish best prac-
                                                                              tices for a crisis response continuum of care, and replaces the reau-
                                                                              thorization of the Community Crisis Response Systems Grants with
                                                                              a Mental Health Crisis Response Partnership Pilot Program.
                                                                                 To address the rising maternal mental health and substance use
                                                                              disorder needs across the country, H.R. 7666 establishes a national
                                                                              hotline to provide information, interventions, and resources to preg-
                                                                              nant and postpartum women at risk of, or affected by, maternal
                                                                              mental health and substance use disorders, and establishes a task
                                                                              force to make recommendations to coordinate and inform a national
                                                                              strategy to improve Federal and State responses to maternal men-
                                                                              tal health conditions.
                                                                                 Further, as nearly 29 million Americans have had or will have
                                                                              an eating disorder at some point in their lives,19 the bill meets an
                                                                              ongoing specific mental health disorder need and establishes an au-
                                                                              thorization for the SAMHSA National Center of Excellence for Eat-
                                                                              ing Disorders. It also authorizes grants to consumer-led nonprofits
                                                                              and Tribal entities to provide peer-supported mental health serv-
                                                                              ices, including virtual peer support.
                                                                                 H.R. 7666 also rises to meet the needs of young Americans dis-
                                                                              proportionately impacted by mental health challenges and sub-
                                                                              stance use disorders. Prior to the COVID–19 pandemic, mental
                                                                              health crises experienced by adolescents were already on the rise,
                                                                              with 13.2 percent of American children between the ages of three
                                                                              and 17 experiencing a current, diagnosed mental or behavioral
                                                                              health condition from 2018 to 2019.20 In addition, suicide rates for
                                                                              Americans ages 10 to 24 has jumped nearly 60 percent between
                                                                              2007 and 2018.21 These trends were exacerbated by the pandemic,
                                                                              so much so that on December 7, 2021, the Surgeon General issued
                                                                              an advisory on the impact that COVID–19 has had on the ongoing
                                                                              children’s mental health crisis.22 The bill takes numerous steps
                                                                              aimed to address youth mental health, including: reauthorizing
                                                                                19 Deloitte Access Economic. The Social and Economic Cost of Eating Disorders in the United
                                                                              States of America: A Report for the Strategic Training Initiative for the Prevention of Eating Dis-
                                                                              orders and the Academy for Eating Disorders (June 2020).
                                                                                20 Health Resources and Services Administration, Mental and Behavioral Health, NSCH Data
                                                                              Brief (Oct. 2020) (mchb.hrsa.gov/sites/default/files/mchb/data-research/nsch-data-brief-2019-men-
                                                                              tal-bh.pdf)
                                                                                21 Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Vital Statistics Reports, Volume 69,
                                                                              Number 11: State Suicide Rates Among Adolescents and Young Adults Aged 10–24: United
                                                                              States, 2000–2018 (Sept. 11, 2020) (www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/nvsr/nvsr69/nvsr-69-11-508.pdf).




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                22 Department of Health and Human Services, U.S. Surgeon General Issues Advisory on Youth
                                                                              Mental Health Crisis Further Exposed by COVID–19 Pandemic (Dec. 7, 2021) (press release).




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00049   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  46

                                                                              HRSA’s Pediatric Mental Health Care Access grant program, which
                                                                              promotes behavioral health integration into pediatric primary care
                                                                              by supporting pediatric mental health care telehealth access pro-
                                                                              grams in states, and SAMHSA’s Infant and Early Childhood Men-
                                                                              tal Health Grant Program, which helps to improve outcomes for
                                                                              children from birth to age 12 by developing, maintaining, or en-
                                                                              hancing mental health promotion, intervention, and treatment
                                                                              services. The bill further supports continuing mental health and
                                                                              substance use disorder systems of care for children through the
                                                                              five-year reauthorization of the Comprehensive Community Mental
                                                                              Health Services for Children with Serious Emotional Disturbances
                                                                              Grants and the Enhancement and Expansion of Treatment and Re-
                                                                              covery Services for Adolescents, Transitional Aged Youth, and their
                                                                              Families—known as the Youth and Family TREE Grants.
                                                                                 Many of the millions of older adolescents and young adults living
                                                                              with a mental or substance use disorder may not realize they have
                                                                              one or know how to seek help.23 H.R. 7666 further supports youth
                                                                              and young adults across the country through the reauthorization of
                                                                              the Garrett Lee Smith Memorial Act programs including the Sui-
                                                                              cide Prevention Resource Center, the State and Tribal Youth Sui-
                                                                              cide Prevention and Early Intervention Grants Program, the Men-
                                                                              tal Health Youth Suicide Prevention Campus Grants, and the Men-
                                                                              tal and Behavioral Health Public Outreach and Education at Insti-
                                                                              tutions of Higher Education program.
                                                                                 In addition, H.R. 7666 reauthorizes the Sober Truth on Preven-
                                                                              tion Underage Drinking Programs, supporting a national media
                                                                              campaign, community-based coalition enhancement grants, and
                                                                              grants for pediatric provider screening and brief interventions as
                                                                              well as data collection and research to prevent and address under-
                                                                              age drinking at a time when alcohol remains the most widely used
                                                                              substance among America’s young people.24 The bill reauthorizes a
                                                                              range of other substance- or intervention-specific programs, such as
                                                                              the grants for reducing overdose deaths and the emergency depart-
                                                                              ment alternatives to opioids grant program. Further, the bill re-
                                                                              quires that the Secretary of HHS, acting through the SAMHSA As-
                                                                              sistant Secretary, collaborate with federal agencies and stake-
                                                                              holders to update, disseminate and promote through grants high-
                                                                              quality recovery housing best practices.
                                                                                 The climbing rate of Americans experiencing mental health con-
                                                                              ditions is projected to put a strain on the mental and behavioral
                                                                              health workforce—according to HRSA’s Bureau of Health Work-
                                                                              force, a majority of states will experience shortages of licensed
                                                                              mental health counselors by 2030.25 In addition, as of March 2021,
                                                                              about 122 million Americans were living in areas experiencing
                                                                              mental health professional shortages.26 H.R. 7666 includes a num-
                                                                              ber of programs to bolster mental and behavioral health workforce
                                                                              capacity, including Liability Protections for Health Professional
                                                                                23 Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, Mental Illness and Substance
                                                                              Use in Young Adults (www.samhsa.gov.young-adults) (accessed June 7, 2022).
                                                                                24 National Institutes of Health, Underage Drinking (www.niaaa.nih.gov/publications/bro-
                                                                              chures-and-fact-sheets/underage-drinking) (accessed June 7, 2022).
                                                                                25 Health Resources and Services Administration, Behavioral Health Workforce Projections,
                                                                              2017–2030 (bhw.hrsa.gov/sites/default/files/bureau-health-workforce/data-research/bh-workforce-
                                                                              projections-fact-sheet.pdf) (accessed June 7, 2022).
                                                                                26 U.S. News and World Report, Many States Face Shortage of Mental Health Providers (June




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              10, 2021) (www.usnews.com/news/best-states/articles/2021-06-10/northeastern-states-have-few-
                                                                              est-mental-health-provider-shortages).




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00050   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                   47

                                                                              Volunteers, Mental and Behavioral Health Education and Training
                                                                              Grants (including updates to the education reference for occupa-
                                                                              tional therapist), the Training Demonstration Program, and expan-
                                                                              sion of the Integration Incentive Grants and Cooperative Agree-
                                                                              ments to increase uptake of the collaborate care model.
                                                                                 Even with access to mental health and substance use disorder
                                                                              prevention, treatment, and care, consumers with health care cov-
                                                                              erage face numerous challenges accessing mental health and sub-
                                                                              stance disorder benefits provided by their health insurance plans.27
                                                                              The Paul Wellstone and Pete Domenici Mental Health Parity and
                                                                              Addiction Equity Act of 2008 (MHPAEA) requires parity between
                                                                              mental health and substance use disorder benefits and medical/sur-
                                                                              gical benefits of health plans.28 The MHPAEA prohibits coverage
                                                                              requirements for mental health and substance disorder benefits
                                                                              from being more restrictive than those for medical/surgical benefits,
                                                                              and prevents health insurance plans that provide mental health or
                                                                              substance use disorder benefits from imposing less favorable finan-
                                                                              cial requirements and treatment limitations on those benefits than
                                                                              on medical/surgical benefits. However, some health insurance plans
                                                                              fail to comply with parity requirements of the MHPAEA, and as a
                                                                              result, consumers face more coverage limitations for behavioral
                                                                              health services than for medical/surgical benefits.29 A recent report
                                                                              by the Departments of HHS, Treasury, and Labor found that some
                                                                              health plans and health insurance issuers are failing to deliver par-
                                                                              ity for mental health and substance use disorder benefits to those
                                                                              they cover.30 H.R. 7666 authorizes funding to assist States to en-
                                                                              force and ensure compliance with mental health parity, and re-
                                                                              quires self-funded, non-federal governmental plans to comply with
                                                                              mental health parity requirements.
                                                                                 It is estimated that more than 2 million people in the United
                                                                              States have an opioid use disorder (OUD), a chronic brain disease
                                                                              caused by prolonged use of opioids, such as fentanyl, oxycodone,
                                                                              and heroin.31 There are three FDA-approved medications used to
                                                                              treat OUD, methadone, buprenorphine, and extended-release
                                                                              naltrexone; these medications reduce cravings and reduce the risk
                                                                              future use, which greatly reduces the risk of fatal overdose.32 How-
                                                                              ever, access to these medications is not widely available to those
                                                                              who may benefit the most, and there are disparities in access
                                                                              across different populations.33 The bill includes provisions that re-
                                                                              duce regulatory barriers, enhance provider education, and increase
                                                                              access to medication-assisted treatment for OUD.
                                                                                 Scientific literature shows that regulatory and administrative
                                                                              burdens create barriers to accessing treatment for OUD. For exam-
                                                                              ple, methadone is only accessible through specialty treatment fa-
                                                                              cilities known as opioid treatment programs (OTPs). OTPs are
                                                                              strictly regulated by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA)
                                                                                 27 Government Accountability Office, Mental Health Care: Consumers with Coverage Face Ac-
                                                                              cess Challenges (Mar. 30, 2022).
                                                                                 28 Pub. L. 110–343.
                                                                                 29 Id; Department of Treasury, Realizing Parity, Reducing Stigma, and Raising Awareness: In-
                                                                              creasing Access to Mental Health and Substance Use Disorder Coverage (2022) www.dol.gov/
                                                                              sites/dolgov/files/EBSA/laws-and-regulations/laws/mental-health-parity/report-to-congress-2022-
                                                                              realizing-parity-reducing-stigma-and-raising-awareness.pdf (Report to Congress).
                                                                                 30 Id.
                                                                                 31 National Academy of Sciences, Engineering, and Science (NASEM), Consensus Study Re-
                                                                              port: Medications for Opioid Use Disorder Save Lives (2019) (https://bit.ly/2NJnNXQ).




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                   32
                                                                                   33 Id.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022    Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00051   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                   48

                                                                              and SAMHSA.34 Limits to how, where, and when patients can ac-
                                                                              cess OUD treatment limits uptake of life-saving medications.35
                                                                              During the public health emergency declared to respond to the
                                                                              COVID–19 pandemic, regulatory flexibilities were provided to
                                                                              OTPs and practitioners seeking to dispense medications to treat
                                                                              OUD. In 2020, SAMHSA implemented regulatory flexibilities for
                                                                              take-home-methadone doses; preliminary studies show that metha-
                                                                              done uptake among patients with OUD nearly doubled and was not
                                                                              associated with negative health outcomes, such as increased fatal
                                                                              drug overdoses.36,37 Provisions in this bill allow OTPs to operate
                                                                              mobile medication units to dispense methadone without a separate
                                                                              DEA registration; eliminate the requirement that patients have
                                                                              OUD for one year before becoming eligible for admission into an
                                                                              OTP; direct SAMHSA to study the regulatory flexibilities exercised
                                                                              during the COVID–19 pandemic and submit a report to Congress
                                                                              with their findings; and requires SAMHSA to develop criteria and
                                                                              update regulations for OTPs to dispense take-home methadone
                                                                              doses.
                                                                                 Buprenorphine can be prescribed in office-based settings by pro-
                                                                              viders who apply for a special DEA waiver, known as the ‘‘X Waiv-
                                                                              er.’’ 38 It is estimated that one in ten medical providers hold these
                                                                              waivers and many do not prescribe at the allotted cap due to per-
                                                                              ceptions of regulatory complexity.39 Further, studies show that lack
                                                                              of provider education about medication-assisted treatment for OUD
                                                                              compounds stigma and leads to reduced patient access.40 Inte-
                                                                              grating OUD treatment education into mainstream health systems
                                                                              and reducing regulatory barriers is likely to increase provider
                                                                              knowledge and patient access.41 During the COVID–19 pandemic,
                                                                              SAMHSA has also allowed practitioners to treat up to 30 patients
                                                                              with buprenorphine for OUD without a separate DEA registration,
                                                                              citing it as an important first step in decreasing barriers to treat-
                                                                              ment.42
                                                                                 The legislation eliminates the requirement for health practi-
                                                                              tioners to apply for the ‘‘X-waiver’’ in order to prescribe
                                                                              buprenorphine. It further requires health practitioners to meet a
                                                                              one-time, eight-hour training requirement on treating and identi-
                                                                              fying patients with substance use disorders as a condition of receiv-
                                                                              ing or renewing a DEA registration to dispense controlled sub-
                                                                              stances.
                                                                                   34 42 CFR 8.12.
                                                                                   35 Id.
                                                                                 36 Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, SAMHSA Extends the Metha-

                                                                              done Take-Home Flexibility for One Year While Working Toward a Permanent Solution (2021)
                                                                              (www.samhsa.gov/newsroom/press-announcements/202111181000).
                                                                                 37 American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse, The impact of relaxation of methadone take-

                                                                              home      protocols  on   treatment    outcomes    in     the  COVID–19     era    (Nov.    2021)
                                                                              (pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/34670453/).
                                                                                 38 End Substance Use Disorder, Federal barriers to prescribing buprenorphine (the X-Waiver)

                                                                              (www.endsud.org/mat-act-federal-barriers/#mat-act).
                                                                                 39 Id.
                                                                                 40 National Academy of Sciences, Engineering, and Science, Consensus Study Report: Medica-

                                                                              tions for Opioid Use Disorder Save Lives (2019) (https://nap.nationalacademies.org/catalog/25310/
                                                                              medications-for-opioid-use-disorder-save-lives).
                                                                                 41 Id.
                                                                                 42 Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, FAQs About the New




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              Buprenorphine Practice Guidelines (2021) (www.samhsa.gov/medication-assisted-treatment/be-
                                                                              come-buprenorphine-waivered-practitioner/new-practice-guidelines-faqs).




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:19 Jun 20, 2022    Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00052   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  49

                                                                                                              III. COMMITTEE HEARINGS
                                                                                For the purposes of section 3(c) of rule XIII of the Rules of the
                                                                              House of Representatives, the following hearing was used to de-
                                                                              velop or consider H.R. 7666:
                                                                                The Subcommittee on Health held a legislative hearing on April
                                                                              5, 2022, entitled ‘‘Communities in Need: Legislation to Support
                                                                              Mental Health and Well-Being.’’ The Subcommittee received testi-
                                                                              mony from the following witnesses:
                                                                                Panel I:
                                                                                    • Miriam E. Delphin-Rittmon, Ph.D., Assistant Secretary for
                                                                                  Mental Health and Substance Use, Substance Abuse and Men-
                                                                                  tal Health Services Administration; and
                                                                                    • Carole Johnson, M.A., Administrator, Health Resources
                                                                                  and Services Administration.
                                                                                Panel II:
                                                                                    • Rebecca W. Brendel, M.D., J.D., President-Elect, American
                                                                                  Psychiatric Association;
                                                                                    • Sandy L. Chung, M.D., F.A.A.P., F.A.C.H.E., President-
                                                                                  Elect, American Academy of Pediatrics;
                                                                                    • Steven Adelsheim, M.D., Clinical Professor of Psychiatry
                                                                                  and Director, Stanford Center for Youth Mental Health and
                                                                                  Wellbeing, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford
                                                                                  Children’s Health;
                                                                                    • Debra Pinals, M.D., Medical Director, Behavioral Health
                                                                                  and Forensic Programs, Michigan Department of Health and
                                                                                  Human Services, On behalf of the National Association of State
                                                                                  Mental Health Program Directors;
                                                                                    • Cassandra Price, M.B.A., Director, Office of Addictive Dis-
                                                                                  eases, Georgia Department of Behavioral Health and Develop-
                                                                                  mental Disabilities, On behalf of the National Association of
                                                                                  State Alcohol and Drug Abuse Directors; and
                                                                                    • LeVail W. Smith, C.P.S.S., Peer Support Specialist In-
                                                                                  structor and Mentor.
                                                                                                           IV. COMMITTEE CONSIDERATION
                                                                                 H.R. 7666, the ‘‘Restoring Hope for Mental Health and Well-
                                                                              Being Act of 2022,’’ was introduced on May 6, 2022, by Representa-
                                                                              tives Pallone (D–NJ) and Rodgers (R–WA) and referred to the Com-
                                                                              mittee on Energy and Commerce. Subsequently, on May 9, 2022,
                                                                              the bill was referred to the Subcommittee on Health.
                                                                                 On May 11, 2022, the Subcommittee on Health met in open
                                                                              markup session, pursuant to notice, to consider H.R. 7666 and five
                                                                              other bills. During consideration of the bill, no amendments were
                                                                              offered. Upon conclusion of consideration of the bill, the Sub-
                                                                              committee on Health agreed to report the bill favorably to the full
                                                                              Committee, without amendment, by a roll call vote of 32 yeas to
                                                                              zero nays.
                                                                                 On May 18, 2022, the full Committee met in open markup ses-
                                                                              sion, pursuant to notice, to consider H.R. 7666 and five other bills.
                                                                              An amendment in the nature of a substitute (AINS), offered by
                                                                              Representative Pallone, was agreed to by a voice vote. An amend-
                                                                              ment to the AINS, offered by Representative Tonko (D–NY), was
                                                                              agreed to by a roll call vote of 45 yeas to 10 nays. An amendment




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              to the Tonko amendment to the AINS, offered by Representative




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00053   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  50

                                                                              Burgess (R–TX), was withdrawn. An amendment to the AINS, of-
                                                                              fered by Representative Trahan (D–MA), was agreed to by a roll
                                                                              call vote of 46 yeas to 8 nays. An amendment to the AINS, offered
                                                                              by Representative Upton (R–MI), was agreed to by a roll call vote
                                                                              of 55 yeas to one nay. An amendment to the AINS, offered by Rep-
                                                                              resentative Cárdenas (D–CA), was agreed to by a roll call vote of
                                                                              31 yeas to 24 nays. An amendment to the bill, offered by Rep-
                                                                              resentative Curtis (R–UT), was withdrawn. Upon conclusion of con-
                                                                              sideration of the bill, the full Committee agreed to a motion on
                                                                              final passage offered by Representative Pallone, Chairman of the
                                                                              Committee, to order H.R. 7666 reported favorably to the House,
                                                                              amended, by a voice vote.
                                                                                                                 V. COMMITTEE VOTES
                                                                                 Clause 3(b) of rule XIII of the Rules of the House of Representa-
                                                                              tives requires the Committee to list each record vote on the motion
                                                                              to report legislation and amendments thereto. The Committee ad-
                                                                              vises that there were five record votes taken on H.R. 7666. The mo-
                                                                              tion on final passage of the bill ordering H.R. 7666 favorably re-
                                                                              ported to the House, amended, was approved by a voice vote. The
                                                                              following are the record votes taken during Committee consider-
                                                                              ation, including the names of those members voting for and
                                                                              against:




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING



                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00054   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                    51

                                                                                                                  Q!:ommittee on <!Enrrgp anb Q!:ommerce
                                                                                                                             117th Congress

                                                                                                                      Subcommittee on Health
                                                                                                                              (ratio: 19-15)
                                                                                                                          ROLL CALL VOTE #2


                                                                                   Bill:         H.R. 7666, the "Restoring Hope for Mental Health and Well-Being Act of2022"

                                                                                   Motion:       A motion by Ms. Eshoo of California to order H.R. 7666 transmitted favorably to
                                                                                                        the full Committee, amended (Final Passage).
                                                                                   Disposition: AGREED TO by a roll call vote of 32 yeas to O nays


                                                                                   REPRESENTATIVE        YEAS N A Y S ~ ~
                                                                               Ms. Eshoo                    X                          Mr. Guthrie           X
                                                                               Mr. Butterfield                                         Mr. Upton             X
                                                                               Ms. Matsui                   X                          Mr. Burgess           X
                                                                               Ms. Castor                   X                          Mr. Griffith          X
                                                                               Mr. Sarbanes                 X                          Mr. Bilirakis         X
                                                                               Mr. Welch                    X                          Mr. Long              X
                                                                               Mr. Schrader                 X                          Mr. Bucshon           X
                                                                               Mr. Cardenas                 X                          Mr. Mullin            X
                                                                               Mr. Ruiz                     X                          Mr. Hudson            X
                                                                               Mrs. Dingell                 X                          Mr. Carter            X
                                                                               Ms. Kuster                   X                          Mr. Dunn              X
                                                                               Ms. Kelly                                               Mr. Curtis            X
                                                                               Ms. Barragan                 X                          Mr. Crenshaw          X
                                                                               Ms. Blunt Rochester          X                          Mr. Joyce             X
                                                                               Ms. Craig                    X                          Mrs. Rodgers          X
                                                                               Ms. Schrier                  X
                                                                               Ms. Trahan                   X
                                                                               Ms. Fletcher                 X
                                                                               Mr. Pallone                  X
                                                                                   05/11/22




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                                                                                                   Insert offset folio 57 here HR364P1.001


                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022    Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00055    Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602    E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                     52

                                                                                                                    (i[ommitter on Qf'ncrl!1' anb (i[ommme
                                                                                                                               117" Congress

                                                                                                                             Full Committee
                                                                                                                              (ratio: 32-26)
                                                                                                                          ROLL CALL VOTE # 120
                                                                                     Bill:           H.R. 7666, the "Restoring Hope for Mental Health and Well-Being Act of2022"
                                                                                     Amendment: An amendment (H7666-SCD-AMD_0l) to the AINS by Mr. Tonko of New York,
                                                                                                      No. Ia
                                                                                     Disposition:    AGREED TO by a roll call vote of 45 yeas to IO nays
                                                                                   REPRESENTATIVE         YEAS     NAYS    PRESENT        REPRESENTATIVE       YEAS   NAYS    PRESENT
                                                                               Mr. Pallone                  X                           Mrs. Rodgers             X
                                                                               Mr. Rush                                                 Mr. Upton                X
                                                                               Ms. Eshoo                    X                           Mr. Burgess                     X
                                                                               Ms. DeGette                  X                           Mr. Scalise
                                                                               Mr. Doyle                    X                           Mr. Latta                X
                                                                               Ms. Schakowsky               X                           Mr. Guthrie                     X
                                                                               Mr. Butterfield              X                           Mr. McKinley                    X
                                                                               Ms. Matsui                   X                           Mr. Kinzinger
                                                                               Ms. Castor                   X                           Mr. Griffith                    X
                                                                               Mr. Sarbanes                 X                           Mr. Bilirakis            X
                                                                               Mr. McNemey                  X                           Mr. Johnson              X
                                                                               Mr. Welch                    X                           Mr. Long                        X
                                                                               Mr. Tonko                    X                           Mr. Bucshon                     X
                                                                               Ms. Clarke                   X                           Mr. Mullin                      X
                                                                               Mr. Schrader                          X                  Mr. Hudson               X
                                                                               Mr. Cardenas                 X                           Mr. Walberg              X
                                                                               Mr.Ruiz                      X                           Mr. Carter               X
                                                                               Mr. Peters                   X                           Mr. Duncan               X
                                                                               Mrs. Dingell                 X                           Mr. Palmer                      X
                                                                               Mr. Veasey                   X                           Mr. Dunn                        X
                                                                               Ms. Kuster                   X                           Mr. Curtis               X
                                                                               Ms. Kelly                    X                           Ms. Lesko                X
                                                                               Ms. Barragan                 X                           Mr. Pence                X
                                                                               Mr. McEachin                 X                           Mr. Crenshaw             X
                                                                               Ms. Blunt Rochester          X                           Mr. Joyce                X
                                                                               Mr. Soto                     X                           Mr. Armstrong            X
                                                                               Mr. O'Halleran               X
                                                                               Ms. Rice                     X
                                                                               Ms. Craig                    X
                                                                               Ms. Schrier                  X
                                                                               Ms. Trahan                   X
                                                                               Ms. Fletcher                 X




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                                                                                                        Insert offset folio 58 here HR364P1.002


                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000    Frm 00056     Fmt 6659     Sfmt 6602     E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                   53

                                                                                                                   QCommittee on Qfn,r~p anb QCommme
                                                                                                                             117"' Congress

                                                                                                                           Full Committee
                                                                                                                              (rado: 32-26)
                                                                                                                         ROLL CALL VOTE#l2I
                                                                                     Bill:          H.R. 7666, the "Restoring Hope for Mental Health and Well-Being Act of2022"
                                                                                     Amendment: An amendment (H7666-SCD-AMD_ 02) to the AINS by Ms. Trahan of
                                                                                                Massachusetts, No. 1b
                                                                                     Disposition:   AGREED TO by a roll call vote of 46 yeas to 8 nays
                                                                                                         YEAS    NAYS     PRESENT       REPRESENTATlVE      YEAS   NAYS     PRESENT
                                                                              ~e                           X                          Mrs. Rodgers            X
                                                                              Mr. Rush                                                Mr. Upton               X
                                                                              Ms. Eshoo                    X                          Mr. Burgess                     X
                                                                              Ms. DeGette                  X                          Mr. Scalise
                                                                              Mr. Doyle                    X                          Mr. Latta               X
                                                                              Ms. Schakowsky               X                          Mr. Guthrie             X
                                                                              Mr. Butterfield                                         Mr. McKinley            X
                                                                              Ms. Matsui                   X                          Mr. Kinzinger
                                                                              Ms. Castor                   X                          Mr. Griffith                   X
                                                                              Mr. Sarbanes                 X                          Mr. Bilirakis           X
                                                                              Mr. McNemey                  X                          Mr. Johnson             X
                                                                              Mr. Welch                    X                          Mr. Long                       X
                                                                              Mr. Tonko                    X                          Mr. Bucshon                    X
                                                                              Ms. Clarke                   X                          Mr.Mullin                      X
                                                                              Mr. Schrader                 X                          Mr. Hudson              X
                                                                              Mr. Cardenas                 X                          Mr. Walberg             X
                                                                              Mr.Ruiz                      X                          Mr. Carter              X
                                                                              Mr. Peters                   X                          Mr. Duncan              X
                                                                              Mrs. Dingell                 X                          Mr. Palmer              X
                                                                              Mr. Veasey                   X                          Mr. Dunn                       X
                                                                              Ms. Kuster                   X                          Mr. Curtis              X
                                                                              Ms. Kelly                    X                          Ms. Lesko                      X
                                                                              Ms. Barragan                 X                          Mr. Pence               X
                                                                              Mr. McEachin                 X                          Mr. Crenshaw            X
                                                                              Ms. Blunt Rochester          X                          Mr. Joyce                      X
                                                                              Mr. Soto                     X                          Mr. Armstrong          X
                                                                              Mr. O'Halleran               X
                                                                              Ms. Rice                     X
                                                                              Ms. Craig                    X
                                                                              Ms. Schrier                  X
                                                                              Ms. Trahan                   X
                                                                              Ms. Fletcher                 X




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                                                                                                      Insert offset folio 59 here HR364P1.003


                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00057    Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX      HR364P1
                                                                                                                                    54

                                                                                                                    IICommitt,e on Q.:nergp anh IICommme
                                                                                                                              117 th Congress

                                                                                                                             Full Committee
                                                                                                                              (ratio: 32-26)
                                                                                                                          ROLL CALL VOTE# I 22

                                                                                     Bill:           H.R. 7666, the "Restoring Hope for Mental Health and Well-Being Act of2022"
                                                                                     Amendment: An amendment (H7666-FCD-AMD_ 01) to the AINS by Mr. Upton of Michigan,
                                                                                                No. le
                                                                                     Disposition:    AGREED TO by a roll call vote of 55 yeas to I nay

                                                                                   REPRESENTATIVE         YEAS    NAYS     PRESENT       REPRESENTATIVE      YEAS   NAYS     PRESENT
                                                                               Mr. Pallone                  X                          Mrs. Rodgers            X
                                                                               Mr. Rush                     X                          Mr. Upton               X
                                                                               Ms. Eshoo                    X                          Mr. Burgess             X
                                                                               Ms. DeGette                  X                          Mr. Scalise
                                                                               Mr. Doyle                    X                          Mr. Latta               X
                                                                               Ms. Schakowsky               X                          Mr. Guthrie             X
                                                                               Mr. Butterfield              X                          Mr. McKinley            X
                                                                               Ms. Matsui                   X                          Mr. Kinzinger
                                                                               Ms. Castor                   X                          Mr. Griffith            X
                                                                               Mr. Sarbanes                 X                          Mr. Bilirakis           X
                                                                               Mr. McNemey                  X                          Mr. Johnson             X
                                                                               Mr. Welch                    X                          Mr. Long                X
                                                                               Mr. Tonko                    X                          Mr. Bucshon             X
                                                                               Ms. Clarke                   X                          Mr. Mullin              X
                                                                               Mr. Schrader                 X                          Mr. Hudson              X
                                                                               Mr. Cardenas                 X                          Mr. Walberg             X
                                                                               Mr.Ruiz                      X                          Mr. Carter              X
                                                                               Mr. Peters                   X                          Mr. Duncan              X
                                                                               Mrs. Dingell                 X                          Mr. Palmer              X
                                                                               Mr. Veasey                   X                          Mr. Dunn                X
                                                                               Ms. Kuster                   X                          Mr. Curtis              X
                                                                               Ms.Kelly                     X                          Ms. Lesko                       X
                                                                               Ms. Barrag.in                X                          Mr. Pence               X
                                                                               Mr. McEachin                 X                          Mr. Crenshaw            X
                                                                               Ms. Blunt Rochester          X                          Mr. Joyce               X
                                                                               Mr. Soto                     X                          Mr. Armstrong           X
                                                                               Mr. O'Halleran               X
                                                                               Ms. Rice                     X
                                                                               Ms. Craig                    X
                                                                               Ms. Schrier                  X
                                                                               Ms. Trahan                   X
                                                                               Ms. Fletcher                 X




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                                                                                                       Insert offset folio 60 here HR364P1.004


                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000    Frm 00058    Fmt 6659     Sfmt 6602    E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX    HR364P1
                                                                                                                                    55

                                                                                                                   (!Committee on <energp anb (!Commerce
                                                                                                                             117'" Congress

                                                                                                                            Full Committee
                                                                                                                             (ratio: 32-26)
                                                                                                                         ROLL CALL VOTE# 123

                                                                                     Bill:          H.R. 7666, the "Restoring Hope for Mental Health and Well-Being Act of2022"
                                                                                     Amendment: An amendment (H7666-FC-AMD 01) to the AINS by Mr. Cardenas of
                                                                                                California, No. l d       -
                                                                                     Disposition:   AGREED TO by a roll call vote of3 l yeas to 24 nays

                                                                                       ESENTATIVE        YEAS     NAYS    PRESENT        REPRESENTATIVE       YEAS   NAYS    PRESENT
                                                                               Mr. Pallone                 X                           Mrs. Rodgers                   X
                                                                               Mr. Rush                    X                           Mr. Upton                      X
                                                                               Ms. Eshoo                   X                           Mr. Burgess                    X
                                                                               Ms. DeGette                 X                           Mr. Scalise
                                                                               Mr. Doyle                   X                           Mr.Latta                       X
                                                                               Ms. Schakowsky              X                           Mr. Guthrie                    X
                                                                               Mr. Butterfield             X                           Mr. McKinley                   X
                                                                               Ms. Matsui                  X                           Mr. Kinzinger
                                                                               Ms. Castor                  X                           Mr. Griffith                   X
                                                                               Mr. Sarbanes                X                           Mr. Bilirakis                  X
                                                                               Mr. McNerney                X                           Mr. Johnson                    X
                                                                               Mr. Welch                   X                           Mr. Long                       X
                                                                               Mr. Tonko                   X                           Mr. Bucshon                    X
                                                                               Ms. Clarke                  X                           Mr.Mullin                      X
                                                                               Mr. Schrader                X                           Mr. Hudson                     X
                                                                               Mr. Cardenas                X                           Mr. Walberg                    X
                                                                               Mr.Ruiz                     X                           Mr. Carter                      X
                                                                               Mr. Peters                  X                           Mr. Duncan                      X
                                                                               Mrs. Dingell                X                           Mr. Palmer                      X
                                                                               Mr. Veasey                  X                           Mr. Dunn                        X
                                                                               Ms. Kuster                  X                           Mr. Curtis                      X
                                                                               Ms. Kelly                   X                           Ms. Lesko                       X
                                                                               Ms. Barragan                                            Mr. Pence                       X
                                                                               Mr. McEachin                X                           Mr. Crenshaw                    X
                                                                               Ms. Blunt Rochester         X                           Mr. Joyce                       X
                                                                               Mr. Soto                    X                           Mr. Armstrong                   X
                                                                               Mr. O'Halleran              X
                                                                               Ms. Rice                    X
                                                                               Ms. Craig                   X
                                                                               Ms. Schrier                 X
                                                                               Ms. Trahan                  X
                                                                               Ms. Fletcher                X




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                                                                                                       Insert offset folio 61 here HR364P1.005


                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000    Frm 00059    Fmt 6659     Sfmt 6602     E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX    HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  56

                                                                                                              VI. OVERSIGHT FINDINGS
                                                                                Pursuant to clause 3(c)(1) of rule XIII and clause 2(b)(1) of rule
                                                                              X of the Rules of the House of Representatives, the oversight find-
                                                                              ings and recommendations of the Committee are reflected in the
                                                                              descriptive portion of the report.
                                                                               VII. NEW BUDGET AUTHORITY, ENTITLEMENT AUTHORITY, AND TAX
                                                                                                    EXPENDITURES
                                                                                Pursuant to 3(c)(2) of rule XIII of the Rules of the House of Rep-
                                                                              resentatives, the Committee adopts as its own the estimate of new
                                                                              budget authority, entitlement authority, or tax expenditures or rev-
                                                                              enues contained in the cost estimate prepared by the Director of
                                                                              the Congressional Budget Office pursuant to section 402 of the
                                                                              Congressional Budget Act of 1974.
                                                                                The Committee has requested but not received from the Director
                                                                              of the Congressional Budget Office a statement as to whether this
                                                                              bill contains any new budget authority, spending authority, credit
                                                                              authority, or an increase or decrease in revenues or tax expendi-
                                                                              tures.
                                                                                                     VIII. FEDERAL MANDATES STATEMENT
                                                                                The Committee adopts as its own the estimate of Federal man-
                                                                              dates prepared by the Director of the Congressional Budget Office
                                                                              pursuant to section 423 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act.
                                                                              IX. STATEMENT OF GENERAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND OBJECTIVES
                                                                                Pursuant to clause 3(c)(4) of rule XIII, the general performance
                                                                              goal or objective of this legislation is to amend the Public Health
                                                                              Service Act to reauthorize certain programs relating to mental
                                                                              health and substance use disorders to support the mental health of
                                                                              Americans.
                                                                                                    X. DUPLICATION OF FEDERAL PROGRAMS
                                                                                Pursuant to clause 3(c)(5) of rule XIII, no provision of H.R. 7666
                                                                              is known to be duplicative of another Federal program, including
                                                                              any program that was included in a report to Congress pursuant
                                                                              to section 21 of Public Law 111–139 or the most recent Catalog of
                                                                              Federal Domestic Assistance.
                                                                                                           XI. COMMITTEE COST ESTIMATE
                                                                                 Pursuant to clause 3(d)(1) of rule XIII, the Committee adopts as
                                                                              its own the cost estimate prepared by the Director of the Congres-
                                                                              sional Budget Office pursuant to section 402 of the Congressional
                                                                              Budget Act of 1974.
                                                                                    XII. EARMARKS, LIMITED TAX BENEFITS, AND LIMITED TARIFF
                                                                                                           BENEFITS
                                                                                 Pursuant to clause 9(e), 9(f), and 9(g) of rule XXI, the Committee
                                                                              finds that H.R. 7666 contains no earmarks, limited tax benefits, or




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              limited tariff benefits.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00060   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                   57

                                                                                                     XIII. ADVISORY COMMITTEE STATEMENT
                                                                                No advisory committee within the meaning of section 5(b) of the
                                                                              Federal Advisory Committee Act was created by this legislation.
                                                                                                  XIV. APPLICABILITY TO LEGISLATIVE BRANCH
                                                                                The Committee finds that the legislation does not relate to the
                                                                              terms and conditions of employment or access to public services or
                                                                              accommodations within the meaning of section 102(b)(3) of the Con-
                                                                              gressional Accountability Act.
                                                                                        XV. SECTION-BY-SECTION ANALYSIS OF THE LEGISLATION
                                                                              Section. 1. Short title; Table of contents
                                                                                Section 1 designates that the short title may be cited as the ‘‘Re-
                                                                              storing Hope for Mental Health and Well-Being Act of 2022.’’
                                                                                                 TITLE I: MENTAL HEALTH AND CRISIS CARE NEEDS

                                                                                    SUBTITLE A—CRISIS CARE SERVICES AND 9–8–8 IMPLEMENTATION

                                                                              Sec. 101. Behavioral Health Crisis Coordinating Office
                                                                                Section 101 establishes the Behavioral Health Crisis Coordi-
                                                                              nating Office within the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Serv-
                                                                              ices Administration (SAMHSA) to convene partners and provide
                                                                              technical assistance to enhance access to crisis care, authorized at
                                                                              $5 million annually for fiscal years 2023 through 2027.
                                                                              Sec. 102. Crisis response continuum of care
                                                                                 Section 102 requires the Secretary of HHS to publish best prac-
                                                                              tices for a crisis response continuum of care not later than one year
                                                                              after the date of enactment for use by health care providers, crisis
                                                                              services administrators, and crisis services providers.
                                                                                   SUBTITLE B—INTO THE LIGHT FOR MATERNAL MENTAL HEALTH AND
                                                                                                    SUBSTANCE USE DISORDERS

                                                                              Sec. 111. Screening and treatment for maternal mental health and
                                                                                  substance use disorders
                                                                                Section 111 reauthorizes section 317L–1 of the Public Health
                                                                              Service Act (PHSA) to award Screening and Treatment for Mater-
                                                                              nal Mental Health and Substance Use Disorders grants to states
                                                                              to establish, improve, or maintain programs for screening, assess-
                                                                              ment, and treatment services for women who are postpartum, preg-
                                                                              nant, or have given birth within the preceding 12 months, for ma-
                                                                              ternal mental health and substance use disorders. The grants are
                                                                              authorized at $24 million annually for fiscal years 2023 through
                                                                              2027.
                                                                              Sec. 112. Maternal mental health hotline
                                                                                Section 112 establishes a national hotline to provide information,
                                                                              brief intervention, and mental health and substance use disorder
                                                                              resources to pregnant and postpartum women at risk of, or affected
                                                                              by, maternal mental health and substance use disorders, and au-




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              thorizes $10 million annually for fiscal years 2023 through 2027.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022    Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00061   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                   58

                                                                              Sec. 113. Task force on maternal mental health
                                                                                Section 113 establishes a task force to make recommendations to
                                                                              coordinate and inform a national strategy to improve federal and
                                                                              state responses to maternal mental health conditions and requires
                                                                              a report to Congress and to governors and state leaders two years
                                                                              after the first meeting of the task force.
                                                                                   SUBTITLE C—REACHING IMPROVED MENTAL HEALTH OUTCOMES FOR
                                                                                                           PATIENTS

                                                                              Sec. 121. Innovation for mental health
                                                                                 Section 121 replaces the unfunded Community Crisis Response
                                                                              Systems Grants authorization with an authorization of $10 million
                                                                              annually for fiscal years 2023 through 2027 for the establishment
                                                                              of a Mental Health Crisis Response Partnership Pilot Program.
                                                                              Sec. 122. Crisis care coordination
                                                                                Section 122 reauthorizes five additional SAMHSA programs to
                                                                              address mental health needs, provide crisis response care, and pre-
                                                                              vent suicide among adults for fiscal years 2023 through 2027, in-
                                                                              cluding: National Mental Health and Substance Abuse Policy Lab-
                                                                              oratory, authorized at $10 million for each fiscal year; Interdepart-
                                                                              mental Serious Mental Illness Coordinating Committee; Mental
                                                                              Health Needs Priority Regions of National Significance (PRNS), au-
                                                                              thorized at $599.036 million for each fiscal year; Mental Health
                                                                              Awareness Training (MHAT) Grants, authorized at $24.963 million
                                                                              for each fiscal year; and Adult Suicide Prevention, authorized at
                                                                              $30 million for each fiscal year.
                                                                              Sec. 123. Treatment of serious mental illness
                                                                                Section 123 reauthorizes two programs for the treatment of seri-
                                                                              ous mental illness, the Assertive Community Treatment Grants,
                                                                              authorized at $9 million for each fiscal year for fiscal years 2023
                                                                              through 2027 and the Assisted Outpatient Treatment Grant Pro-
                                                                              gram for Individuals with Serious Mental Illness, authorized at $22
                                                                              million for each fiscal year for the same period.
                                                                                                        SUBTITLE D—ANNA WESTIN LEGACY

                                                                              Sec. 131. Maintaining education and training on eating disorders
                                                                                 Section 131 establishes an authorization for the SAMHSA Na-
                                                                              tional Center of Excellence for Eating Disorders at $1 million annu-
                                                                              ally for fiscal years 2023 through 2027 to award competitive sub-
                                                                              grants or subcontracts for the development and provision of train-
                                                                              ing and technical assistance to primary and behavioral health pro-
                                                                              viders and non-clinical community support workers as well as col-
                                                                              laboration and coordination with SAMHSA, the Centers for Disease
                                                                              Control and Prevention, and the Health Resources and Services
                                                                              Administration (HRSA) on the identification, effective treatment,
                                                                              and ongoing support of individuals with eating disorders.




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING



                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022    Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00062   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                   59

                                                                                   SUBTITLE E—COMMUNITY MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES BLOCK GRANT
                                                                                                      REAUTHORIZATION

                                                                              Sec. 141. Reauthorization of block grants for community mental
                                                                                   health services
                                                                                 Section 141 reauthorizes the Community Mental Health Services
                                                                              Block Grants for states, territories, Tribes, and Tribal organiza-
                                                                              tions to support community mental health services for adults with
                                                                              serious mental illness and children with serious emotional disturb-
                                                                              ance and to support the collection of performance and outcome
                                                                              data. This section also requires that five percent of the funds
                                                                              granted be used for crisis-care services and allows for up to five
                                                                              percent of funds for early intervention activities. This section au-
                                                                              thorizes $857.571 million annually for fiscal years 2023 through
                                                                              2027.
                                                                                        SUBTITLE F—PEER-SUPPORTED MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES

                                                                              Sec. 151. Peer-supported mental health services
                                                                                Section 151 authorizes $13 million annually for fiscal years 2023
                                                                              through 2027 for grants to consumer-led nonprofits, Tribes and
                                                                              Tribal organizations, Urban Indian organizations, or Tribal consor-
                                                                              tium to provide peer-supported mental health services, including
                                                                              virtual peer support.
                                                                                   TITLE II: SUBSTANCE USE DISORDER PREVENTION, TREATMENT, AND
                                                                                                         RECOVERY SERVICES

                                                                                   SUBTITLE A—NATIVE BEHAVIORAL HEALTH ACCESS IMPROVEMENT

                                                                              Sec. 201. Behavioral health and substance use disorder services for
                                                                                   Native Americans
                                                                                Section 201 reauthorizes the Alcohol and Drug Prevention or
                                                                              Treatment Services for Indians and Native Alaskans Grant Pro-
                                                                              gram to provide culturally appropriate mental health and sub-
                                                                              stance use disorder prevention, treatment, and recovery services to
                                                                              American Indians, Alaska Natives, and Native Hawaiians. This
                                                                              section requires the convening of a negotiated rulemaking com-
                                                                              mittee composed of representatives of the federal government, Trib-
                                                                              al Governments, and Urban Indian Organizations to establish a
                                                                              funding formula and program evaluation standards. This section
                                                                              authorizes $40 million annually for fiscal years 2023 through 2027.
                                                                                     SUBTITLE B—SUMMER BARROW PREVENTION, TREATMENT, AND
                                                                                                          RECOVERY

                                                                              Sec. 211. Grants for the benefit of homeless individuals
                                                                                Section 211 reauthorizes formula grants for the benefit of home-
                                                                              less individuals, administered through SAMHSA, authorized at
                                                                              $41.304 million for each fiscal year for fiscal years 2023 through
                                                                              2027.
                                                                              Sec. 212. Priority substance abuse treatment needs of regional and
                                                                                  national significance
                                                                                Section 212 reauthorizes the SAMHSA Substance Use Disorder




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              Treatment Programs of Regional and National Significance




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022    Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00063   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  60

                                                                              (PRNS), authorized at $521.517 million for each fiscal year for fis-
                                                                              cal years 2023 through 2027.
                                                                              Sec. 213. Evidence-based prescription opioid and heroin treatment
                                                                                   and interventions demonstration
                                                                                Section 213 reauthorizes the Prescription Opioid and Heroin
                                                                              Treatment and Interventions Demonstration Grants, administered
                                                                              by SAMHSA, authorized at $25 million for each fiscal year for fis-
                                                                              cal years 2023 through 2027.
                                                                              Sec. 214. Priority substance use disorder prevention needs of re-
                                                                                  gional and national significance
                                                                                Section 214 reauthorizes the SAMHSA Substance Use Disorder
                                                                              Prevention PRNS, authorized at $218.219 million for each fiscal
                                                                              year for fiscal years 2023 through 2027.
                                                                              Sec. 215. Sober Truth on Preventing (STOP) Underage Drinking Re-
                                                                                   authorization
                                                                                 Section 215 reauthorizes programs to reduce underage drinking,
                                                                              including requiring an annual report, a national media campaign,
                                                                              extending Community-based Coalition Enhancement Grants to Pre-
                                                                              vent Underage Drinking, Pediatric Provider Screening and Brief
                                                                              Intervention Grants, and data collection and research, collectively
                                                                              authorized at $23 million for each fiscal year for fiscal years 2023
                                                                              through 2027. This section also requires a National Academy of
                                                                              Sciences review and report to Congress authorized at $500,000 for
                                                                              fiscal year 2023.
                                                                              Sec. 216. Grants for jail diversion programs
                                                                                Section 216 reauthorizes the SAMHSA Jail Diversion Program
                                                                              and Grants, authorized at $14 million each fiscal year for fiscal
                                                                              years 2023 through 2027.
                                                                              Sec. 217. Formula grants to States
                                                                                Section 217 authorizes formula grants to states from fiscal years
                                                                              2023 through 2027.
                                                                              Sec. 218. Projects for Assistance in Transition From Homelessness
                                                                                 Section 218 reauthorizes SAMHSA’s Projects for Assistance in
                                                                              Transition from Homelessness Program, authorized at $64.635 mil-
                                                                              lion each fiscal year for fiscal years 2023 through 2027.
                                                                              Sec. 219. Grants for reducing overdose deaths
                                                                                 Section 219 reauthorizes SAMHSA grants for reducing overdose
                                                                              deaths, including supporting the development of strategic opioid
                                                                              crisis response plans, authorized at $5 million each fiscal year for
                                                                              fiscal years 2023 through 2027.
                                                                              Sec. 220. Opioid overdose reversal medication access and education
                                                                                   grant programs
                                                                                Section 220 reauthorizes Opioid Overdose Reversal Medication
                                                                              Access, Education, and Co-prescribing Grants, requiring health
                                                                              care practitioners to prescribe an opioid reversal drug when pre-
                                                                              scribing an opioid for certain patients, authorized at $5 million




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              each fiscal year for fiscal years 2023 through 2027.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00064   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  61

                                                                              Sec. 221. State demonstration grants for comprehensive opioid
                                                                                  abuse response
                                                                                Section 221 reauthorizes SAMHSA grants for State and Local In-
                                                                              tegrated Comprehensive Opioid Use Disorder Response, authorized
                                                                              at $5 million each fiscal year for fiscal years 2023 through 2027.
                                                                              Sec. 222. Emergency department alternatives to opioids
                                                                                Section 222 reauthorizes Emergency Department Alternatives to
                                                                              Opioids Demonstration Grants, authorized at $10 million each fis-
                                                                              cal year for fiscal years 2023 through 2027.
                                                                                                SUBTITLE C—EXCELLENCE IN RECOVERY HOUSING

                                                                              Sec. 231. Clarifying the role of SAMHSA in promoting the avail-
                                                                                  ability of high-quality recovery housing
                                                                                Section 231 requires the Secretary, acting through the SAMHSA
                                                                              Assistant Secretary, to collaborate with federal agencies and rel-
                                                                              evant stakeholders to promote the availability of high-quality re-
                                                                              covery housing and services for individuals with substance use dis-
                                                                              order.
                                                                              Sec. 232. Developing guidelines for States to promote the avail-
                                                                                  ability of high-quality recovery housing
                                                                                Section 232 requires the Secretary to develop and periodically
                                                                              update consensus based best practices for operating, and promoting
                                                                              the availability of, high-quality recovery housing.
                                                                              Sec. 233. Coordination of Federal activities to promote the avail-
                                                                                   ability of recovery housing
                                                                                 Section 233 requires the Secretary, acting through the SAMHSA
                                                                              Assistant Secretary, and the Secretary of Housing and Urban De-
                                                                              velopment, to convene an interagency working group and report to
                                                                              Congress on its activities to increase federal collaboration and co-
                                                                              ordination, develop a long-term plan to support state, Tribal, and
                                                                              local efforts to operate recovery housing consistent with best prac-
                                                                              tices, and coordinate fair housing practices and data collection on
                                                                              the quality of recovery housing.
                                                                              Sec. 234. NAS study and report
                                                                                Section 234 requires the Secretary, acting through the Assistant
                                                                              Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use, to contract with
                                                                              the National Academy of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine to
                                                                              study the quality and effectiveness of recovery housing in the
                                                                              United States and identify recommendations, and to report to Con-
                                                                              gress the results of the review. This section authorizes $1.5 million
                                                                              for fiscal year 2023.
                                                                              Sec. 235. Grants for States to promote the availability of recovery
                                                                                  housing and services
                                                                                Section 235 permits SAMHSA to provide grants to states, Tribes,
                                                                              and territories for technical assistance to promote and maintain re-
                                                                              covery housing according to best practices and to develop related




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              state promotion plans.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00065   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  62

                                                                              Sec. 236. Funding
                                                                                Section 236 reauthorizes $5 million for the period of fiscal years
                                                                              2023 through 2027 for the activities described in sections 231
                                                                              through 235.
                                                                              Sec. 237. Technical correction
                                                                                Section 237 makes technical conforming corrections to the Public
                                                                              Health Services Act (PHSA).
                                                                                     SUBTITLE D—SUBSTANCE USE PREVENTION, TREATMENT, AND
                                                                                                RECOVERY SERVICES BLOCK GRANT

                                                                              Sec. 241. Eliminating stigmatizing language relating to substance
                                                                                  use
                                                                                Section 241 renames SAMHSA’s Substance Abuse Prevention
                                                                              and Treatment Block Grant as the ‘‘Substance Use Prevention,
                                                                              Treatment, and Recovery Services Block Grant,’’ and replaces ‘‘sub-
                                                                              stance abuse’’ with ‘‘substance use’’ throughout the program.
                                                                              Sec. 242. Authorized activities
                                                                                Section 242 is expanded to specify that providing recovery sup-
                                                                              port services is an authorized activity under the block grant use of
                                                                              funds.
                                                                              Sec. 243. Requirements relating to certain infectious diseases and
                                                                                  human immunodeficiency virus
                                                                                Section 243 updates the basis by which states are designated as
                                                                              required to provide HIV related services based on HIV case rate
                                                                              rather than AIDS case rate effective fiscal year 2025. This section
                                                                              also requires states receiving block grant funds to provide viral
                                                                              hepatitis screening and referrals to providers whose practice in-
                                                                              cludes viral hepatitis vaccination and treatment.
                                                                              Sec. 244. State plan requirements
                                                                                Section 233 requires that states’ plans describe the recovery sup-
                                                                              port service activities supported by block grant funds, including the
                                                                              number of individuals served, target populations, priority needs,
                                                                              and the amount of funds allocated to recovery support service
                                                                              disaggregated by type of activity.
                                                                              Sec. 245. Updating certain language relating to Tribes
                                                                                Section 245 updates statutory language to recognize Tribes and
                                                                              Tribal organizations as proper nouns.
                                                                              Sec. 246. Block grants for substance use prevention, treatment, and
                                                                                   recovery services
                                                                                Section 246 authorizes the Substance Use Prevention, Treat-
                                                                              ment, and Recovery Services Block Grants at $1.908 billion annu-
                                                                              ally for fiscal years 2023 through 2027. The section also makes a
                                                                              technical correction to the PHSA.
                                                                              Sec. 247. Requirement of reports and audits by States
                                                                                Section 247 requires states’ report to include the amount of funds




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              provided to each grant recipient the previous fiscal year.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00066   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  63

                                                                              Sec. 248. Study on assessment for use in distribution of limited
                                                                                  State resources
                                                                                Section 248 requires the Secretary to conduct a study to develop
                                                                              a model needs assessment process for states.
                                                                                      SUBTITLE E—TIMELY TREATMENT FOR OPIOID USE DISORDER

                                                                              Sec. 251. Study on exemptions for treatment of opioid use disorder
                                                                                  through opioid treatment programs during the COVID–19 pub-
                                                                                  lic health emergency
                                                                                Section 251 requires the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health
                                                                              and Substance Use to conduct a study and report within 180 days
                                                                              on the impact of treatment flexibilities allowed during the pan-
                                                                              demic on an OTP’s effectiveness and safety.
                                                                              Sec. 252. Changes to Federal opioid treatment standards
                                                                                Section 252 changes the federal opioid treatment standards to
                                                                              allow an OTP to operate one or more mobile units to dispense
                                                                              medications at locations other than the registrant’s principal place
                                                                              of business or professional practice under the same registration.
                                                                              Previously, each mobile unit had to be separately registered. This
                                                                              section eliminates the requirement that an individual be addicted
                                                                              to opioids for at least one year before being admitted for treatment
                                                                              by an OTP. This section also requires the Secretary to establish cri-
                                                                              teria for OTP to allow certain patients to receive take home medi-
                                                                              cations.
                                                                                    SUBTITLE F—ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO ADDICTION
                                                                                                         TREATMENT

                                                                              Sec. 261. Prohibition
                                                                                Section 261 prohibits funds authorized or amended by this Act
                                                                              from being used to purchase, procure, or distribute pipes or cylin-
                                                                              drical objects intended to be used to smoke or inhale illegal sched-
                                                                              ule substances.
                                                                              Sec. 262. Eliminating additional requirements for dispensing nar-
                                                                                   cotic drugs in schedule III, IV, and V for maintenance or detoxi-
                                                                                   fication treatment
                                                                                Section 262 eliminates the requirement for registered health care
                                                                              practitioners to apply for a separate waiver through the Drug En-
                                                                              forcement Administration to dispense certain narcotic drugs (e.g.,
                                                                              buprenorphine) for maintenance or detoxification treatment.
                                                                              Sec. 263. Requiring prescribers of controlled substances to complete
                                                                                   training
                                                                                Section 263 requires health care providers, as a condition of re-
                                                                              ceiving or renewing a registration to prescribe controlled sub-
                                                                              stances, to meet a one-time eight-hour training requirement on
                                                                              treating patients with substance use disorders.




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING



                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00067   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                   64

                                                                                       TITLE III: ACCESS TO MENTAL HEALTH CARE AND COVERAGE

                                                                                   SUBTITLE A—COLLABORATE IN AN ORDERLY AND COHESIVE MANNER

                                                                              Sec. 301. Increasing uptake of the collaborative care model
                                                                                 Section 301 reauthorizes a program that allows HHS to award
                                                                              grants to states that partner with a community program, a health
                                                                              center, a Federally Qualified Health Center or rural health clinic,
                                                                              or a primary health care physician practice to implement and
                                                                              evaluate specified models of care that integrate behavioral health
                                                                              and primary care services. Recipients who provide care to medically
                                                                              underserved populations and in areas where the prevalence of be-
                                                                              havioral health conditions exceeds the national average are given
                                                                              priority for these grants. This section establishes incentive pay-
                                                                              ments for recipients that use appropriate billing codes and quality
                                                                              measures for behavioral health services as well as grants for na-
                                                                              tional and regional organizations that provide technical assistance
                                                                              to improve integration. This section authorizes $60 million annu-
                                                                              ally for fiscal years 2023 through 2027.
                                                                                    SUBTITLE B—HELPING ENABLE ACCESS TO LIFESAVING SERVICES

                                                                              Sec. 311. Reauthorization and provision of certain programs to
                                                                                   strengthen the health care workforce
                                                                                 Section 311 reauthorizes multiple programs to support and
                                                                              strengthen the health care workforce, including Liability Protec-
                                                                              tions for Health Professional Volunteers, reauthorized through Oc-
                                                                              tober 1, 2027; Mental and Behavioral Health Education and Train-
                                                                              ing Grants including updates to the education reference for occupa-
                                                                              tional therapist, reauthorized at $50 million for fiscal years 2023
                                                                              through 2027; and the Training Demonstration Program, reauthor-
                                                                              ized at $37.1 million annually for fiscal years 2023 through 2027.
                                                                              This section updates the Minority Fellowship Program to include
                                                                              those ‘‘in the fields of crisis care management.’’
                                                                                        SUBTITLE C—ELIMINATING THE OPT-OUT FOR NONFEDERAL
                                                                                                   GOVERNMENTAL HEALTH PLANS

                                                                              Sec. 321. Eliminating the opt-out for nonfederal governmental
                                                                                  health plans
                                                                                Section 321 requires self-funded, non-federal governmental plans
                                                                              to comply with mental health parity requirements starting six
                                                                              months after the date of enactment or longer contingent on the
                                                                              terms of the plan agreement.
                                                                              SUBTITLE D—MENTAL HEALTH AND SUBSTANCE USE DISORDER PARITY
                                                                                                   IMPLEMENTATION

                                                                              Sec. 331. Grants to support mental health and substance use dis-
                                                                                  order parity implementation
                                                                                Section 331 authorizes $10 million annually for fiscal years 2023
                                                                              through 2027 for grants to states to enforce and ensure compliance
                                                                              with mental health parity.




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING



                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022    Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00068   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  65

                                                                                                           TITLE IV: CHILDREN AND YOUTH

                                                                               SUBTITLE A—SUPPORTING CHILDREN’S MENTAL HEALTH CARE ACCESS

                                                                              Sec. 401. Pediatric mental health care access grants
                                                                                Section 401 reauthorizes HRSA’s Pediatric Mental Health Care
                                                                              Access grant program that promotes behavioral health integration
                                                                              into pediatric primary care by supporting pediatric mental health
                                                                              care telehealth access programs in states at $14 million annually
                                                                              for fiscal years 2023 through 2025 and $30 million annually for fis-
                                                                              cal years 2026 through 2027.
                                                                              Sec. 402. Infant and early childhood mental health promotion,
                                                                                  intervention, and treatment
                                                                                Section 402 reauthorizes SAMHSA’s Infant and Early Childhood
                                                                              Mental Health Grant Program, which is intended to improve out-
                                                                              comes for children from birth to age 12 by developing, maintaining,
                                                                              or enhancing mental health promotion, intervention, and treatment
                                                                              services at $50 million for the period of fiscal years 2023 through
                                                                              2027.
                                                                                      SUBTITLE B—CONTINUING SYSTEMS OF CARE FOR CHILDREN

                                                                              Sec. 411. Comprehensive Community Mental Health Services for
                                                                                   Children with Serious Emotional Disturbances
                                                                                 Section 411 reauthorizes the Comprehensive Community Mental
                                                                              Health Services for Children with Serious Emotional Disturbances
                                                                              Grants, maintaining the existing program structure with the excep-
                                                                              tion of redefining ‘‘parents or kinship caregivers,’’ authorized at
                                                                              $125 million annually for fiscal years 2023 through 2027.
                                                                              Sec. 412. Substance Use Disorder Treatment and Early Intervention
                                                                                  Services for Children and Adolescents
                                                                                Section 412 reauthorizes the Enhancement and Expansion of
                                                                              Treatment and Recovery Services for Adolescents, Transitional
                                                                              Aged Youth, and their Families (Youth and Family TREE) Grants
                                                                              at $29.605 million annually for fiscal years 2023 through 2027.
                                                                                   SUBTITLE C—GARRETT LEE SMITH MEMORIAL REAUTHORIZATION

                                                                              Sec. 421. Suicide prevention technical assistance center
                                                                                Section 421 reauthorizes the Suicide Prevention Resource Center
                                                                              at $9 million annually for fiscal years 2023 through 2027.
                                                                              Sec. 422. Youth suicide early intervention and prevention strategies
                                                                                Section 422 reauthorizes the State and Tribal Youth Suicide Pre-
                                                                              vention and Early Intervention Grants Program at $40 million an-
                                                                              nually for fiscal years 2023 through 2027 and provides the allow-
                                                                              able use of funds for supplies to securely store commonly used
                                                                              means of suicide within a household.
                                                                              Sec. 423. Mental health and substance use disorder services for stu-
                                                                                  dents in higher education
                                                                                Section 423 reauthorizes the Mental Health Youth Suicide Pre-
                                                                              vention Campus Grants at $7 million for each fiscal year for fiscal




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              years 2023 through 2027.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00069   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  66

                                                                              Sec. 424. Mental and behavioral health outreach and education at
                                                                                   institutions of higher education
                                                                                Section 424 reauthorizes and renames the Mental and Behav-
                                                                              ioral Health Public Outreach and Education at Institutions of
                                                                              Higher Education program at $1 million for fiscal years 2023
                                                                              through 2027 and specifies that representatives from minority-serv-
                                                                              ing institutions and community colleges be included on the pro-
                                                                              gram’s working group.
                                                                               XVI. CHANGES IN EXISTING LAW MADE BY THE BILL, AS REPORTED
                                                                                In compliance with clause 3(e) of rule XIII of the Rules of the
                                                                              House of Representatives, changes in existing law made by the bill,
                                                                              as reported, are shown as follows (existing law proposed to be omit-
                                                                              ted is enclosed in black brackets, new matter is printed in italics,
                                                                              and existing law in which no change is proposed is shown in
                                                                              roman):

                                                                                                      PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE ACT
                                                                                          *           *            *              *            *          *           *
                                                                                      TITLE II—ADMINISTRATION AND MISCELLANEOUS
                                                                                                      PROVISIONS
                                                                                                              PART A—ADMINISTRATION
                                                                                          *           *            *              *            *          *           *
                                                                                      DEFENSE OF CERTAIN MALPRACTICE AND NEGLIGENCE SUITS

                                                                                 SEC. 224. (a) The remedy against the United States provided by
                                                                              sections 1346(b) and 2672 of title 28, or by alternative benefits pro-
                                                                              vided by the United States where the availability of such benefits
                                                                              precludes a remedy under section 1346(b) of title 28, for damage for
                                                                              personal injury, including death, resulting from the performance of
                                                                              medical, surgical, dental, or related functions, including the con-
                                                                              duct of clinical studies or investigation, by any commissioned offi-
                                                                              cer or employee of the Public Health Service while acting within
                                                                              the scope of his office or employment, shall be exclusive of any
                                                                              other civil action or proceeding by reason of the same subject-mat-
                                                                              ter against the officer or employee (or his estate) whose act or
                                                                              omission gave rise to the claim.
                                                                                 (b) The Attorney General shall defend any civil action or pro-
                                                                              ceeding brought in any court against any person referred to in sub-
                                                                              section (a) of this section (or his estate) for any such damage or in-
                                                                              jury. Any such person against whom such civil action or proceeding
                                                                              is brought shall deliver within such time after date of service or
                                                                              knowledge of service as determined by the Attorney General, all
                                                                              process served upon him or an attested true copy thereof to his im-
                                                                              mediate superior or to whomever was designated by the Secretary
                                                                              to receive such papers and such persons shall promptly furnish
                                                                              copies of the pleading and process therein to the United States at-
                                                                              torney for the district embracing the place wherein the proceeding
                                                                              is brought, to the Attorney General, and to the Secretary.
                                                                                 (c) Upon a certification by the Attorney General that the defend-




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              ant was acting in the scope of his employment at the time of the




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00070   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  67

                                                                              incident out of which the suit arose, any such civil action or pro-
                                                                              ceeding commenced in a State court shall be removed without bond
                                                                              at any time before trial by the Attorney General to the district
                                                                              court of the United States of the district and division embracing
                                                                              the place wherein it is pending and the proceeding deemed a tort
                                                                              action brought against the United States under the provisions of
                                                                              title 28 and all references thereto. Should a United States district
                                                                              court determine on a hearing on a motion to remand held before
                                                                              a trial on the merit that the case so removed is one in which a rem-
                                                                              edy by suit within the meaning of subsection (a) of this section is
                                                                              not available against the United States, the case shall be remanded
                                                                              to the State Court: Provided, That where such a remedy is pre-
                                                                              cluded because of the availability of a remedy through proceedings
                                                                              for compensation or other benefits from the United States as pro-
                                                                              vided by any other law, the case shall be dismissed, but in the
                                                                              event the running of any limitation of time for commencing, or fil-
                                                                              ing an application or claim in, such proceedings for compensation
                                                                              or other benefits shall be deemed to have been suspended during
                                                                              the pendency of the civil action or proceeding under this section.
                                                                                 (d) The Attorney General may compromise or settle any claim as-
                                                                              serted in such civil action or proceeding in the manner provided in
                                                                              section 2677 of title 28 and with the same effect.
                                                                                 (e) For purposes of this section, the provisions of section 2680(h)
                                                                              of title 28 shall not apply to assault or battery arising out of neg-
                                                                              ligence in the performance of medical, surgical, dental, or related
                                                                              functions, including the conduct of clinical studies or investigations.
                                                                                 (f) The Secretary or his designee may, to the extent that he
                                                                              deems appropriate, hold harmless or provide liability insurance for
                                                                              any officer or employee of the Public Health Service for damage for
                                                                              personal injury, including death, negligently caused by such officer
                                                                              or employee while acting within the scope of his office or employ-
                                                                              ment and as a result of the performance of medical, surgical, den-
                                                                              tal, or related functions, including the conduct of clinical studies or
                                                                              investigations, if such employee is assigned to a foreign country or
                                                                              detailed to a State or political subdivision thereof or to a non-profit
                                                                              institution, and if the circumstances are such as are likely to pre-
                                                                              clude the remedies of third persons against the United States de-
                                                                              scribed in section 2679(b) of title 28, for such damage or injury.
                                                                                 (g)(1)(A) For purposes of this section and subject to the approval
                                                                              by the Secretary of an application under subparagraph (D), an enti-
                                                                              ty described in paragraph (4), and any officer, governing board
                                                                              member, or employee of such an entity, and any contractor of such
                                                                              an entity who is a physician or other licensed or certified health
                                                                              care practitioner (subject to paragraph (5)), shall be deemed to be
                                                                              an employee of the Public Health Service for a calendar year that
                                                                              begins during a fiscal year for which a transfer was made under
                                                                              subsection (k)(3) (subject to paragraph (3)). The remedy against the
                                                                              United States for an entity described in paragraph (4) and any offi-
                                                                              cer, governing board member, employee, or contractor (subject to
                                                                              paragraph (5)) of such an entity who is deemed to be an employee
                                                                              of the Public Health Service pursuant to this paragraph shall be
                                                                              exclusive of any other civil action or proceeding to the same extent
                                                                              as the remedy against the United States is exclusive pursuant to




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              subsection (a).




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00071   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  68

                                                                                 (B) The deeming of any entity or officer, governing board mem-
                                                                              ber, employee, or contractor of the entity to be an employee of the
                                                                              Public Health Service for purposes of this section shall apply with
                                                                              respect to services provided—
                                                                                       (i) to all patients of the entity, and
                                                                                       (ii) subject to subparagraph (C), to individuals who are not
                                                                                    patients of the entity.
                                                                                 (C) Subparagraph (B)(ii) applies to services provided to individ-
                                                                              uals who are not patients of an entity if the Secretary determines,
                                                                              after reviewing an application submitted under subparagraph (D),
                                                                              that the provision of the services to such individuals—
                                                                                       (i) benefits patients of the entity and general populations
                                                                                    that could be served by the entity through community-wide
                                                                                    intervention efforts within the communities served by such en-
                                                                                    tity;
                                                                                       (ii) facilitates the provision of services to patients of the enti-
                                                                                    ty; or
                                                                                       (iii) are otherwise required under an employment contract
                                                                                    (or similar arrangement) between the entity and an officer,
                                                                                    governing board member, employee, or contractor of the entity.
                                                                                 (D) The Secretary may not under subparagraph (A) deem an en-
                                                                              tity or an officer, governing board member, employee, or contractor
                                                                              of the entity to be an employee of the Public Health Service for
                                                                              purposes of this section, and may not apply such deeming to serv-
                                                                              ices described in subparagraph (B)(ii), unless the entity has sub-
                                                                              mitted an application for such deeming to the Secretary in such
                                                                              form and such manner as the Secretary shall prescribe. The appli-
                                                                              cation shall contain detailed information, along with supporting
                                                                              documentation, to verify that the entity, and the officer, governing
                                                                              board member, employee, or contractor of the entity, as the case
                                                                              may be, meets the requirements of subparagraphs (B) and (C) of
                                                                              this paragraph and that the entity meets the requirements of para-
                                                                              graphs (1) through (4) of subsection (h).
                                                                                 (E) The Secretary shall make a determination of whether an en-
                                                                              tity or an officer, governing board member, employee, or contractor
                                                                              of the entity is deemed to be an employee of the Public Health
                                                                              Service for purposes of this section within 30 days after the receipt
                                                                              of an application under subparagraph (D). The determination of the
                                                                              Secretary that an entity or an officer, governing board member,
                                                                              employee, or contractor of the entity is deemed to be an employee
                                                                              of the Public Health Service for purposes of this section shall apply
                                                                              for the period specified by the Secretary under subparagraph (A).
                                                                                 (F) Once the Secretary makes a determination that an entity or
                                                                              an officer, governing board member, employee, or contractor of an
                                                                              entity is deemed to be an employee of the Public Health Service for
                                                                              purposes of this section, the determination shall be final and bind-
                                                                              ing upon the Secretary and the Attorney General and other parties
                                                                              to any civil action or proceeding. Except as provided in subsection
                                                                              (i), the Secretary and the Attorney General may not determine that
                                                                              the provision of services which are the subject of such a determina-
                                                                              tion are not covered under this section.
                                                                                 (G) In the case of an entity described in paragraph (4) that has
                                                                              not submitted an application under subparagraph (D):
                                                                                       (i) The Secretary may not consider the entity in making esti-




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                    mates under subsection (k)(1).




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00072   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  69

                                                                                      (ii) This section does not affect any authority of the entity to
                                                                                   purchase medical malpractice liability insurance coverage with
                                                                                   Federal funds provided to the entity under section 329, 330, or
                                                                                   340A.
                                                                                 (H) In the case of an entity described in paragraph (4) for which
                                                                              an application under subparagraph (D) is in effect, the entity may,
                                                                              through notifying the Secretary in writing, elect to terminate the
                                                                              applicability of this subsection to the entity. With respect to such
                                                                              election by the entity:
                                                                                      (i) The election is effective upon the expiration of the 30-day
                                                                                   period beginning on the date on which the entity submits such
                                                                                   notification.
                                                                                      (ii) Upon taking effect, the election terminates the applica-
                                                                                   bility of this subsection to the entity and each officer, gov-
                                                                                   erning board member, employee, and contractor of the entity.
                                                                                      (iii) Upon the effective date for the election, clauses (i) and
                                                                                   (ii) of subparagraph (G) apply to the entity to the same extent
                                                                                   and in the same manner as such clauses apply to an entity
                                                                                   that has not submitted an application under subparagraph (D).
                                                                                      (iv) If after making the election the entity submits an appli-
                                                                                   cation under subparagraph (D), the election does not preclude
                                                                                   the Secretary from approving the application (and thereby re-
                                                                                   storing the applicability of this subsection to the entity and
                                                                                   each officer, governing board member, employee, and con-
                                                                                   tractor of the entity, subject to the provisions of this subsection
                                                                                   and the subsequent provisions of this section.
                                                                                 (2) If, with respect to an entity or person deemed to be an em-
                                                                              ployee for purposes of paragraph (1), a cause of action is instituted
                                                                              against the United States pursuant to this section, any claim of the
                                                                              entity or person for benefits under an insurance policy with respect
                                                                              to medical malpractice relating to such cause of action shall be sub-
                                                                              rogated to the United States.
                                                                                 (3) This subsection shall apply with respect to a cause of action
                                                                              arising from an act or omission which occurs on or after January
                                                                              1, 1993.
                                                                                 (4) An entity described in this paragraph is a public or non-profit
                                                                              private entity receiving Federal funds under section 330.
                                                                                 (5) For purposes of paragraph (1), an individual may be consid-
                                                                              ered a contractor of an entity described in paragraph (4) only if—
                                                                                      (A) the individual normally performs on average at least
                                                                                   321⁄2 hours of service per week for the entity for the period of
                                                                                   the contract; or
                                                                                      (B) in the case of an individual who normally performs an
                                                                                   average of less than 321⁄2 hours of services per week for the en-
                                                                                   tity for the period of the contract, the individual is a licensed
                                                                                   or certified provider of services in the fields of family practice,
                                                                                   general internal medicine, general pediatrics, or obstetrics and
                                                                                   gynecology.
                                                                                 (h) The Secretary may not approve an application under sub-
                                                                              section (g)(1)(D) unless the Secretary determines that the entity—
                                                                                      (1) has implemented appropriate policies and procedures to
                                                                                   reduce the risk of malpractice and the risk of lawsuits arising
                                                                                   out of any health or health-related functions performed by the




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                   entity;




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00073   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  70

                                                                                       (2) has reviewed and verified the professional credentials,
                                                                                    references, claims history, fitness, professional review organi-
                                                                                    zation findings, and license status of its physicians and other
                                                                                    licensed or certified health care practitioners, and, where nec-
                                                                                    essary, has obtained the permission from these individuals to
                                                                                    gain access to this information;
                                                                                       (3) has no history of claims having been filed against the
                                                                                    United States as a result of the application of this section to
                                                                                    the entity or its officers, employees, or contractors as provided
                                                                                    for under this section, or, if such a history exists, has fully co-
                                                                                    operated with the Attorney General in defending against any
                                                                                    such claims and either has taken, or will take, any necessary
                                                                                    corrective steps to assure against such claims in the future;
                                                                                    and
                                                                                       (4) will fully cooperate with the Attorney General in pro-
                                                                                    viding information relating to an estimate described under sub-
                                                                                    section (k).
                                                                                 (i)(1) Notwithstanding subsection (g)(1), the Attorney General, in
                                                                              consultation with the Secretary, may on the record determine, after
                                                                              notice and opportunity for a full and fair hearing, that an indi-
                                                                              vidual physician or other licensed or certified health care practi-
                                                                              tioner who is an officer, employee, or contractor of an entity de-
                                                                              scribed in subsection (g)(4) shall not be deemed to be an employee
                                                                              of the Public Health Service for purposes of this section, if treating
                                                                              such individual as such an employee would expose the Government
                                                                              to an unreasonably high degree of risk of loss because such indi-
                                                                              vidual—
                                                                                       (A) does not comply with the policies and procedures that the
                                                                                    entity has implemented pursuant to subsection (h)(1);
                                                                                       (B) has a history of claims filed against him or her as pro-
                                                                                    vided for under this section that is outside the norm for li-
                                                                                    censed or certified health care practitioners within the same
                                                                                    specialty;
                                                                                       (C) refused to reasonably cooperate with the Attorney Gen-
                                                                                    eral in defending against any such claim;
                                                                                       (D) provided false information relevant to the individual’s
                                                                                    performance of his or her duties to the Secretary, the Attorney
                                                                                    General, or an applicant for or recipient of funds under this
                                                                                    Act; or
                                                                                       (E) was the subject of disciplinary action taken by a State
                                                                                    medical licensing authority or a State or national professional
                                                                                    society.
                                                                                 (2) A final determination by the Attorney General under this
                                                                              subsection that an individual physician or other licensed or cer-
                                                                              tified health care professional shall not be deemed to be an em-
                                                                              ployee of the Public Health Service shall be effective upon receipt
                                                                              by the entity employing such individual of notice of such deter-
                                                                              mination, and shall apply only to acts or omissions occurring after
                                                                              the date such notice is received.
                                                                                 (j) In the case of a health care provider who is an officer, em-
                                                                              ployee, or contractor of an entity described in subsection (g)(4), sec-
                                                                              tion 335(e) shall apply with respect to the provider to the same ex-
                                                                              tent and in the same manner as such section applies to any mem-




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              ber of the National Health Service Corps.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00074   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  71

                                                                                 (k)(1)(A) For each fiscal year, the Attorney General, in consulta-
                                                                              tion with the Secretary, shall estimate by the beginning of the year
                                                                              the amount of all claims which are expected to arise under this sec-
                                                                              tion (together with related fees and expenses of witnesses) for
                                                                              which payment is expected to be made in accordance with section
                                                                              1346 and chapter 171 of title 28, United States Code, from the acts
                                                                              or omissions, during the calendar year that begins during that fis-
                                                                              cal year, of entities described in subsection (g)(4) and of officers,
                                                                              employees, or contractors (subject to subsection (g)(5)) of such enti-
                                                                              ties.
                                                                                 (B) The estimate under subparagraph (A) shall take into ac-
                                                                              count—
                                                                                       (i) the value and frequency of all claims for damage for per-
                                                                                    sonal injury, including death, resulting from the performance
                                                                                    of medical, surgical, dental, or related functions by entities de-
                                                                                    scribed in subsection (g)(4) or by officers, employees, or con-
                                                                                    tractors (subject to subsection (g)(5)) of such entities who are
                                                                                    deemed to be employees of the Public Health Service under
                                                                                    subsection (g)(1) that, during the preceding 5-year period, are
                                                                                    filed under this section or, with respect to years occurring be-
                                                                                    fore this subsection takes effect, are filed against persons other
                                                                                    than the United States,
                                                                                       (ii) the amounts paid during that 5-year period on all claims
                                                                                    described in clause (i), regardless of when such claims were
                                                                                    filed, adjusted to reflect payments which would not be per-
                                                                                    mitted under section 1346 and chapter 171 of title 28, United
                                                                                    States Code, and
                                                                                       (iii) amounts in the fund established under paragraph (2) but
                                                                                    unspent from prior fiscal years.
                                                                                 (2) Subject to appropriations, for each fiscal year, the Secretary
                                                                              shall establish a fund of an amount equal to the amount estimated
                                                                              under paragraph (1) that is attributable to entities receiving funds
                                                                              under each of the grant programs described in paragraph (4) of
                                                                              subsection (g), but not to exceed a total of $10,000,000 for each
                                                                              such fiscal year. Appropriations for purposes of this paragraph
                                                                              shall be made separate from appropriations made for purposes of
                                                                              sections 329, 330 and 340A.
                                                                                 (3) In order for payments to be made for judgments against the
                                                                              United States (together with related fees and expenses of wit-
                                                                              nesses) pursuant to this section arising from the acts or omissions
                                                                              of entities described in subsection (g)(4) and of officers, employees,
                                                                              or contractors (subject to subsection (g)(5)) of such entities, the
                                                                              total amount contained within the fund established by the Sec-
                                                                              retary under paragraph (2) for a fiscal year shall be transferred not
                                                                              later than the December 31 that occurs during the fiscal year to
                                                                              the appropriate accounts in the Treasury.
                                                                                 (l)(1) If a civil action or proceeding is filed in a State court
                                                                              against any entity described in subsection (g)(4) or any officer, gov-
                                                                              erning board member, employee, or any contractor of such an enti-
                                                                              ty for damages described in subsection (a), the Attorney General,
                                                                              within 15 days after being notified of such filing, shall make an ap-
                                                                              pearance in such court and advise such court as to whether the
                                                                              Secretary has determined under subsections (g) and (h), that such
                                                                              entity, officer, governing board member, employee, or contractor of




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              the entity is deemed to be an employee of the Public Health Service




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00075   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  72

                                                                              for purposes of this section with respect to the actions or omissions
                                                                              that are the subject of such civil action or proceeding. Such advice
                                                                              shall be deemed to satisfy the provisions of subsection (c) that the
                                                                              Attorney General certify that an entity, officer, governing board
                                                                              member, employee, or contractor of the entity was acting within
                                                                              the scope of their employment or responsibility.
                                                                                 (2) If the Attorney General fails to appear in State court within
                                                                              the time period prescribed under paragraph (1), upon petition of
                                                                              any entity or officer, governing board member, employee, or con-
                                                                              tractor of the entity named, the civil action or proceeding shall be
                                                                              removed to the appropriate United States district court. The civil
                                                                              action or proceeding shall be stayed in such court until such court
                                                                              conducts a hearing, and makes a determination, as to the appro-
                                                                              priate forum or procedure for the assertion of the claim for dam-
                                                                              ages described in subsection (a) and issues an order consistent with
                                                                              such determination.
                                                                                 (m)(1) An entity or officer, governing board member, employee, or
                                                                              contractor of an entity described in subsection (g)(1) shall, for pur-
                                                                              poses of this section, be deemed to be an employee of the Public
                                                                              Health Service with respect to services provided to individuals who
                                                                              are enrollees of a managed care plan if the entity contracts with
                                                                              such managed care plan for the provision of services.
                                                                                 (2) Each managed care plan which enters into a contract with an
                                                                              entity described in subsection (g)(4) shall deem the entity and any
                                                                              officer, governing board member, employee, or contractor of the en-
                                                                              tity as meeting whatever malpractice coverage requirements such
                                                                              plan may require of contracting providers for a calendar year if
                                                                              such entity or officer, governing board member, employee, or con-
                                                                              tractor of the entity has been deemed to be an employee of the Pub-
                                                                              lic Health Service for purposes of this section for such calendar
                                                                              year. Any plan which is found by the Secretary on the record, after
                                                                              notice and an opportunity for a full and fair hearing, to have vio-
                                                                              lated this subsection shall upon such finding cease, for a period to
                                                                              be determined by the Secretary, to receive and to be eligible to re-
                                                                              ceive any Federal funds under titles XVIII or XIX of the Social Se-
                                                                              curity Act.
                                                                                 (3) For purposes of this subsection, the term ‘‘managed care plan’’
                                                                              shall mean health maintenance organizations and similar entities
                                                                              that contract at-risk with payors for the provision of health services
                                                                              or plan enrollees and which contract with providers (such as enti-
                                                                              ties described in subsection (g)(4)) for the delivery of such services
                                                                              to plan enrollees.
                                                                                 (n)(1) Not later than one year after the date of the enactment of
                                                                              the Federally Supported Health Centers Assistance Act of 1995,
                                                                              the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit to the
                                                                              Congress a report on the following:
                                                                                      (A) The medical malpractice liability claims experience of en-
                                                                                   tities that have been deemed to be employees for purposes of
                                                                                   this section.
                                                                                      (B) The risk exposure of such entities.
                                                                                      (C) The value of private sector risk-management services,
                                                                                   and the value of risk-management services and procedures re-
                                                                                   quired as a condition of receiving a grant under section 329,




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                   330, or 340A.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00076   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  73

                                                                                    (D) A comparison of the costs and the benefits to taxpayers
                                                                                 of maintaining medical malpractice liability coverage for such
                                                                                 entities pursuant to this section, taking into account—
                                                                                         (i) a comparison of the costs of premiums paid by such
                                                                                      entities for private medical malpractice liability insurance
                                                                                      with the cost of coverage pursuant to this section; and
                                                                                         (ii) an analysis of whether the cost of premiums for pri-
                                                                                      vate medical malpractice liability insurance coverage is
                                                                                      consistent with the liability claims experience of such enti-
                                                                                      ties.
                                                                               (2) The report under paragraph (1) shall include the following:
                                                                                    (A) A comparison of—
                                                                                         (i) an estimate of the aggregate amounts that such enti-
                                                                                      ties (together with the officers, governing board members,
                                                                                      employees, and contractors of such entities who have been
                                                                                      deemed to be employees for purposes of this section) would
                                                                                      have directly or indirectly paid in premiums to obtain
                                                                                      medical malpractice liability insurance coverage if this sec-
                                                                                      tion were not in effect; with
                                                                                         (ii) the aggregate amounts by which the grants received
                                                                                      by such entities under this Act were reduced pursuant to
                                                                                      subsection (k)(2).
                                                                                    (B) A comparison of—
                                                                                         (i) an estimate of the amount of privately offered such
                                                                                      insurance that such entities (together with the officers,
                                                                                      governing board members, employees, and contractors of
                                                                                      such entities who have been deemed to be employees for
                                                                                      purposes of this section) purchased during the three-year
                                                                                      period beginning on January 1, 1993; with
                                                                                         (ii) an estimate of the amount of such insurance that
                                                                                      such entities (together with the officers, governing board
                                                                                      members, employees, and contractors of such entities who
                                                                                      have been deemed to be employees for purposes of this sec-
                                                                                      tion) will purchase after the date of the enactment of the
                                                                                      Federally Supported Health Centers Assistance Act of
                                                                                      1995.
                                                                                    (C) An estimate of the medical malpractice liability loss his-
                                                                                 tory of such entities for the 10-year period preceding October
                                                                                 1, 1996, including but not limited to the following:
                                                                                         (i) Claims that have been paid and that are estimated to
                                                                                      be paid, and legal expenses to handle such claims that
                                                                                      have been paid and that are estimated to be paid, by the
                                                                                      Federal Government pursuant to deeming entities as em-
                                                                                      ployees for purposes of this section.
                                                                                         (ii) Claims that have been paid and that are estimated
                                                                                      to be paid, and legal expenses to handle such claims that
                                                                                      have been paid and that are estimated to be paid, by pri-
                                                                                      vate medical malpractice liability insurance.
                                                                                    (D) An analysis of whether the cost of premiums for private
                                                                                 medical malpractice liability insurance coverage is consistent
                                                                                 with the liability claims experience of entities that have been
                                                                                 deemed as employees for purposes of this section.
                                                                               (3) In preparing the report under paragraph (1), the Comptroller




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              General of the United States shall consult with public and private




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00077   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  74

                                                                              entities with expertise on the matters with which the report is con-
                                                                              cerned.
                                                                                (o)(1) For purposes of this section, a free clinic health profes-
                                                                              sional shall in providing a qualifying health service to an indi-
                                                                              vidual, or an officer, governing board member, employee, or con-
                                                                              tractor of a free clinic shall in providing services for the free clinic,
                                                                              be deemed to be an employee of the Public Health Service for a cal-
                                                                              endar year that begins during a fiscal year for which a transfer
                                                                              was made under paragraph (6)(D). The preceding sentence is sub-
                                                                              ject to the provisions of this subsection.
                                                                                (2) In providing a health service to an individual, a health care
                                                                              practitioner shall for purposes of this subsection be considered to
                                                                              be a free clinic health professional if the following conditions are
                                                                              met:
                                                                                      (A) The service is provided to the individual at a free clinic,
                                                                                   or through offsite programs or events carried out by the free
                                                                                   clinic.
                                                                                      (B) The free clinic is sponsoring the health care practitioner
                                                                                   pursuant to paragraph (5)(C).
                                                                                      (C) The service is a qualifying health service (as defined in
                                                                                   paragraph (4)).
                                                                                      (D) Neither the health care practitioner nor the free clinic re-
                                                                                   ceives any compensation for the service from the individual or
                                                                                   from any third-party payor (including reimbursement under
                                                                                   any insurance policy or health plan, or under any Federal or
                                                                                   State health benefits program). With respect to compliance
                                                                                   with such condition:
                                                                                           (i) The health care practitioner may receive repayment
                                                                                         from the free clinic for reasonable expenses incurred by
                                                                                         the health care practitioner in the provision of the service
                                                                                         to the individual.
                                                                                           (ii) The free clinic may accept voluntary donations for
                                                                                         the provision of the service by the health care practitioner
                                                                                         to the individual.
                                                                                      (E) Before the service is provided, the health care practi-
                                                                                   tioner or the free clinic provides written notice to the indi-
                                                                                   vidual of the extent to which the legal liability of the health
                                                                                   care practitioner is limited pursuant to this subsection (or in
                                                                                   the case of an emergency, the written notice is provided to the
                                                                                   individual as soon after the emergency as is practicable). If the
                                                                                   individual is a minor or is otherwise legally incompetent, the
                                                                                   condition under this subparagraph is that the written notice be
                                                                                   provided to a legal guardian or other person with legal respon-
                                                                                   sibility for the care of the individual.
                                                                                      (F) At the time the service is provided, the health care prac-
                                                                                   titioner is licensed or certified in accordance with applicable
                                                                                   law regarding the provision of the service.
                                                                                (3)(A) For purposes of this subsection, the term ‘‘free clinic’’
                                                                              means a health care facility operated by a nonprofit private entity
                                                                              meeting the following requirements:
                                                                                      (i) The entity does not, in providing health services through
                                                                                   the facility, accept reimbursement from any third-party payor
                                                                                   (including reimbursement under any insurance policy or health




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                   plan, or under any Federal or State health benefits program).




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00078   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  75

                                                                                      (ii) The entity, in providing health services through the facil-
                                                                                   ity, either does not impose charges on the individuals to whom
                                                                                   the services are provided, or imposes a charge according to the
                                                                                   ability of the individual involved to pay the charge.
                                                                                      (iii) The entity is licensed or certified in accordance with ap-
                                                                                   plicable law regarding the provision of health services.
                                                                                (B) With respect to compliance with the conditions under sub-
                                                                              paragraph (A), the entity involved may accept voluntary donations
                                                                              for the provision of services.
                                                                                (4) For purposes of this subsection, the term ‘‘qualifying health
                                                                              service’’ means any medical assistance required or authorized to be
                                                                              provided in the program under title XIX of the Social Security Act,
                                                                              without regard to whether the medical assistance is included in the
                                                                              plan submitted under such program by the State in which the
                                                                              health care practitioner involved provides the medical assistance.
                                                                              References in the preceding sentence to such program shall as ap-
                                                                              plicable be considered to be references to any successor to such pro-
                                                                              gram.
                                                                                (5) Subsection (g) (other than paragraphs (3) through (5)) and
                                                                              subsections (h), (i), and (l) apply to a health care practitioner for
                                                                              purposes of this subsection to the same extent and in the same
                                                                              manner as such subsections apply to an officer, governing board
                                                                              member, employee, or contractor of an entity described in sub-
                                                                              section (g)(4), subject to paragraph (6) and subject to the following:
                                                                                      (A) The first sentence of paragraph (1) applies in lieu of the
                                                                                   first sentence of subsection (g)(1)(A).
                                                                                      (B) This subsection may not be construed as deeming any
                                                                                   free clinic to be an employee of the Public Health Service for
                                                                                   purposes of this section.
                                                                                      (C) With respect to a free clinic, a health care practitioner
                                                                                   is not a free clinic health professional unless the free clinic
                                                                                   sponsors the health care practitioner. For purposes of this sub-
                                                                                   section, the free clinic shall be considered to be sponsoring the
                                                                                   health care practitioner if—
                                                                                            (i) with respect to the health care practitioner, the free
                                                                                         clinic submits to the Secretary an application meeting the
                                                                                         requirements of subsection (g)(1)(D); and
                                                                                            (ii) the Secretary, pursuant to subsection (g)(1)(E), deter-
                                                                                         mines that the health care practitioner is deemed to be an
                                                                                         employee of the Public Health Service.
                                                                                      (D) In the case of a health care practitioner who is deter-
                                                                                   mined by the Secretary pursuant to subsection (g)(1)(E) to be
                                                                                   a free clinic health professional, this subsection applies to the
                                                                                   health care practitioner (with respect to the free clinic spon-
                                                                                   soring the health care practitioner pursuant to subparagraph
                                                                                   (C)) for any cause of action arising from an act or omission of
                                                                                   the health care practitioner occurring on or after the date on
                                                                                   which the Secretary makes such determination.
                                                                                      (E) Subsection (g)(1)(F) applies to a health care practitioner
                                                                                   for purposes of this subsection only to the extent that, in pro-
                                                                                   viding health services to an individual, each of the conditions
                                                                                   specified in paragraph (2) is met.
                                                                                (6)(A) For purposes of making payments for judgments against
                                                                              the United States (together with related fees and expenses of wit-




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              nesses) pursuant to this section arising from the acts or omissions




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00079   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  76

                                                                              of free clinic health professionals, there is authorized to be appro-
                                                                              priated $10,000,000 for each fiscal year.
                                                                                 (B) The Secretary shall establish a fund for purposes of this sub-
                                                                              section. Each fiscal year amounts appropriated under subpara-
                                                                              graph (A) shall be deposited in such fund.
                                                                                 (C) Not later than May 1 of each fiscal year, the Attorney Gen-
                                                                              eral, in consultation with the Secretary, shall submit to the Con-
                                                                              gress a report providing an estimate of the amount of claims (to-
                                                                              gether with related fees and expenses of witnesses) that, by reason
                                                                              of the acts or omissions of free clinic health professionals, will be
                                                                              paid pursuant to this section during the calendar year that begins
                                                                              in the following fiscal year. Subsection (k)(1)(B) applies to the esti-
                                                                              mate under the preceding sentence regarding free clinic health pro-
                                                                              fessionals to the same extent and in the same manner as such sub-
                                                                              section applies to the estimate under such subsection regarding of-
                                                                              ficers, governing board members, employees, and contractors of en-
                                                                              tities described in subsection (g)(4).
                                                                                 (D) Not later than December 31 of each fiscal year, the Secretary
                                                                              shall transfer from the fund under subparagraph (B) to the appro-
                                                                              priate accounts in the Treasury an amount equal to the estimate
                                                                              made under subparagraph (C) for the calendar year beginning in
                                                                              such fiscal year, subject to the extent of amounts in the fund.
                                                                                 (7)(A) This subsection takes effect on the date of the enactment
                                                                              of the first appropriations Act that makes an appropriation under
                                                                              paragraph (6)(A), except as provided in subparagraph (B)(i).
                                                                                 (B)(i) Effective on the date of the enactment of the Health Insur-
                                                                              ance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996—
                                                                                       (I) the Secretary may issue regulations for carrying out this
                                                                                    subsection, and the Secretary may accept and consider applica-
                                                                                    tions submitted pursuant to paragraph (5)(C); and
                                                                                       (II) reports under paragraph (6)(C) may be submitted to the
                                                                                    Congress.
                                                                                 (ii) For the first fiscal year for which an appropriation is made
                                                                              under subparagraph (A) of paragraph (6), if an estimate under sub-
                                                                              paragraph (C) of such paragraph has not been made for the cal-
                                                                              endar year beginning in such fiscal year, the transfer under sub-
                                                                              paragraph (D) of such paragraph shall be made notwithstanding
                                                                              the lack of the estimate, and the transfer shall be made in an
                                                                              amount equal to the amount of such appropriation.
                                                                                 (p) ADMINISTRATION OF SMALLPOX COUNTERMEASURES BY HEALTH
                                                                              PROFESSIONALS.—
                                                                                       (1) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of this section, and subject to
                                                                                    other provisions of this subsection, a covered person shall be
                                                                                    deemed to be an employee of the Public Health Service with
                                                                                    respect to liability arising out of administration of a covered
                                                                                    countermeasure against smallpox to an individual during the
                                                                                    effective period of a declaration by the Secretary under para-
                                                                                    graph (2)(A).
                                                                                       (2) DECLARATION BY SECRETARY CONCERNING COUNTER-
                                                                                    MEASURE AGAINST SMALLPOX.—
                                                                                            (A) AUTHORITY TO ISSUE DECLARATION.—
                                                                                                 (i) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary may issue a declara-
                                                                                              tion, pursuant to this paragraph, concluding that an
                                                                                              actual or potential bioterrorist incident or other actual




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                              or potential public health emergency makes advisable




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00080   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  77

                                                                                               the administration of a covered countermeasure to a
                                                                                               category or categories of individuals.
                                                                                                  (ii) COVERED COUNTERMEASURE.—The Secretary
                                                                                               shall specify in such declaration the substance or sub-
                                                                                               stances that shall be considered covered counter-
                                                                                               measures (as defined in paragraph (7)(A)) for purposes
                                                                                               of administration to individuals during the effective
                                                                                               period of the declaration.
                                                                                                  (iii) EFFECTIVE PERIOD.—The Secretary shall specify
                                                                                               in such declaration the beginning and ending dates of
                                                                                               the effective period of the declaration, and may subse-
                                                                                               quently amend such declaration to shorten or extend
                                                                                               such effective period, provided that the new closing
                                                                                               date is after the date when the declaration is amend-
                                                                                               ed.
                                                                                                  (iv) PUBLICATION.—The Secretary shall promptly
                                                                                               publish each such declaration and amendment in the
                                                                                               Federal Register.
                                                                                             (B) LIABILITY OF UNITED STATES ONLY FOR ADMINISTRA-
                                                                                           TIONS WITHIN SCOPE OF DECLARATION.—Except as provided
                                                                                           in paragraph (5)(B)(ii), the United States shall be liable
                                                                                           under this subsection with respect to a claim arising out
                                                                                           of the administration of a covered countermeasure to an
                                                                                           individual only if—
                                                                                                  (i) the countermeasure was administered by a quali-
                                                                                               fied person, for a purpose stated in paragraph (7)(A)(i),
                                                                                               and during the effective period of a declaration by the
                                                                                               Secretary under subparagraph (A) with respect to such
                                                                                               countermeasure; and
                                                                                                  (ii)(I) the individual was within a category of indi-
                                                                                               viduals covered by the declaration; or
                                                                                                  (II) the qualified person administering the counter-
                                                                                               measure had reasonable grounds to believe that such
                                                                                               individual was within such category.
                                                                                             (C) PRESUMPTION OF ADMINISTRATION WITHIN SCOPE OF
                                                                                           DECLARATION IN CASE OF ACCIDENTAL VACCINIA INOCULA-
                                                                                           TION.—
                                                                                                  (i) IN GENERAL.—If vaccinia vaccine is a covered
                                                                                               countermeasure specified in a declaration under sub-
                                                                                               paragraph (A), and an individual to whom the vaccinia
                                                                                               vaccine is not administered contracts vaccinia, then,
                                                                                               under the circumstances specified in clause (ii), the in-
                                                                                               dividual—
                                                                                                        (I) shall be rebuttably presumed to have con-
                                                                                                     tracted vaccinia from an individual to whom such
                                                                                                     vaccine was administered as provided by clauses
                                                                                                     (i) and (ii) of subparagraph (B); and
                                                                                                        (II) shall (unless such presumption is rebutted)
                                                                                                     be deemed for purposes of this subsection to be an
                                                                                                     individual to whom a covered countermeasure was
                                                                                                     administered by a qualified person in accordance
                                                                                                     with the terms of such declaration and as de-




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                     scribed by subparagraph (B).




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00081   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  78

                                                                                                    (ii) CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH PRESUMPTION AP-
                                                                                                  PLIES.—The presumption and deeming stated in clause
                                                                                               (i) shall apply if—
                                                                                                        (I) the individual contracts vaccinia during the
                                                                                                     effective period of a declaration under subpara-
                                                                                                     graph (A) or by the date 30 days after the close of
                                                                                                     such period; or
                                                                                                        (II) the individual has resided with, or has had
                                                                                                     contact with, an individual to whom such vaccine
                                                                                                     was administered as provided by clauses (i) and
                                                                                                     (ii) of subparagraph (B) and contracts vaccinia
                                                                                                     after such date.
                                                                                             (D) ACTS AND OMISSIONS DEEMED TO BE WITHIN SCOPE OF
                                                                                          EMPLOYMENT.—
                                                                                                  (i) IN GENERAL.—In the case of a claim arising out
                                                                                               of alleged transmission of vaccinia from an individual
                                                                                               described in clause (ii), acts or omissions by such indi-
                                                                                               vidual shall be deemed to have been taken within the
                                                                                               scope of such individual’s office or employment for pur-
                                                                                               poses of—
                                                                                                        (I) subsection (a); and
                                                                                                        (II) section 1346(b) and chapter 171 of title 28,
                                                                                                     United States Code.
                                                                                                  (ii) INDIVIDUALS TO WHOM DEEMING APPLIES.—An in-
                                                                                               dividual is described by this clause if—
                                                                                                        (I) vaccinia vaccine was administered to such in-
                                                                                                     dividual as provided by subparagraph (B); and
                                                                                                        (II) such individual was within a category of in-
                                                                                                     dividuals covered by a declaration under subpara-
                                                                                                     graph (A)(i).
                                                                                        (3) EXHAUSTION; EXCLUSIVITY; OFFSET.—
                                                                                             (A) EXHAUSTION.—
                                                                                                  (i) IN GENERAL.—A person may not bring a claim
                                                                                               under this subsection unless such person has ex-
                                                                                               hausted such remedies as are available under part C
                                                                                               of this title, except that if the Secretary fails to make
                                                                                               a final determination on a request for benefits or com-
                                                                                               pensation filed in accordance with the requirements of
                                                                                               such part within 240 days after such request was filed,
                                                                                               the individual may seek any remedy that may be
                                                                                               available under this section.
                                                                                                  (ii) TOLLING OF STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS.—The time
                                                                                               limit for filing a claim under this subsection, or for fil-
                                                                                               ing an action based on such claim, shall be tolled dur-
                                                                                               ing the pendency of a request for benefits or com-
                                                                                               pensation under part C of this title.
                                                                                                  (iii) CONSTRUCTION.—This subsection shall not be
                                                                                               construed as superseding or otherwise affecting the
                                                                                               application of a requirement, under chapter 171 of
                                                                                               title 28, United States Code, to exhaust administrative
                                                                                               remedies.
                                                                                             (B) EXCLUSIVITY.—The remedy provided by subsection
                                                                                          (a) shall be exclusive of any other civil action or proceeding
                                                                                          for any claim or suit this subsection encompasses, except




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                          for a proceeding under part C of this title.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00082   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  79

                                                                                             (C) OFFSET.—The value of all compensation and benefits
                                                                                          provided under part C of this title for an incident or series
                                                                                          of incidents shall be offset against the amount of an
                                                                                          award, compromise, or settlement of money damages in a
                                                                                          claim or suit under this subsection based on the same inci-
                                                                                          dent or series of incidents.
                                                                                       (4) CERTIFICATION OF ACTION BY ATTORNEY GENERAL.—Sub-
                                                                                     section (c) applies to actions under this subsection, subject to
                                                                                     the following provisions:
                                                                                             (A) NATURE OF CERTIFICATION.—The certification by the
                                                                                          Attorney General that is the basis for deeming an action
                                                                                          or proceeding to be against the United States, and for re-
                                                                                          moving an action or proceeding from a State court, is a
                                                                                          certification that the action or proceeding is against a cov-
                                                                                          ered person and is based upon a claim alleging personal
                                                                                          injury or death arising out of the administration of a cov-
                                                                                          ered countermeasure.
                                                                                             (B) CERTIFICATION OF ATTORNEY GENERAL CONCLUSIVE.—
                                                                                          The certification of the Attorney General of the facts speci-
                                                                                          fied in subparagraph (A) shall conclusively establish such
                                                                                          facts for purposes of jurisdiction pursuant to this sub-
                                                                                          section.
                                                                                       (5) COVERED PERSON TO COOPERATE WITH UNITED STATES.—
                                                                                             (A) IN GENERAL.—A covered person shall cooperate with
                                                                                          the United States in the processing and defense of a claim
                                                                                          or action under this subsection based upon alleged acts or
                                                                                          omissions of such person.
                                                                                             (B) CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO COOPERATE.—Upon
                                                                                          the motion of the United States or any other party and
                                                                                          upon finding that such person has failed to so cooperate—
                                                                                                  (i) the court shall substitute such person as the
                                                                                               party defendant in place of the United States and,
                                                                                               upon motion, shall remand any such suit to the court
                                                                                               in which it was instituted if it appears that the court
                                                                                               lacks subject matter jurisdiction;
                                                                                                  (ii) the United States shall not be liable based on
                                                                                               the acts or omissions of such person; and
                                                                                                  (iii) the Attorney General shall not be obligated to
                                                                                               defend such action.
                                                                                       (6) RECOURSE AGAINST COVERED PERSON IN CASE OF GROSS
                                                                                     MISCONDUCT OR CONTRACT VIOLATION.—
                                                                                             (A) IN GENERAL.—Should payment be made by the
                                                                                          United States to any claimant bringing a claim under this
                                                                                          subsection, either by way of administrative determination,
                                                                                          settlement, or court judgment, the United States shall
                                                                                          have, notwithstanding any provision of State law, the right
                                                                                          to recover for that portion of the damages so awarded or
                                                                                          paid, as well as interest and any costs of litigation, result-
                                                                                          ing from the failure of any covered person to carry out any
                                                                                          obligation or responsibility assumed by such person under
                                                                                          a contract with the United States or from any grossly neg-
                                                                                          ligent, reckless, or illegal conduct or willful misconduct on
                                                                                          the part of such person.
                                                                                             (B) VENUE.—The United States may maintain an action




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                          under this paragraph against such person in the district




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00083   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  80

                                                                                          court of the United States in which such person resides or
                                                                                          has its principal place of business.
                                                                                        (7) DEFINITIONS.—As used in this subsection, terms have the
                                                                                     following meanings:
                                                                                             (A) COVERED COUNTERMEASURE.—The term ‘‘covered
                                                                                          countermeasure’’ or ‘‘covered countermeasure against
                                                                                          smallpox’’, means a substance that is—
                                                                                                 (i)(I) used to prevent or treat smallpox (including
                                                                                               the vaccinia or another vaccine); or
                                                                                                       (II) used to control or treat the adverse effects
                                                                                                    of vaccinia inoculation or of administration of an-
                                                                                                    other covered countermeasure; and
                                                                                                 (ii) specified in a declaration under paragraph (2).
                                                                                             (B) COVERED PERSON.—The term ‘‘covered person’’, when
                                                                                          used with respect to the administration of a covered coun-
                                                                                          termeasure, means a person who is—
                                                                                                 (i) a manufacturer or distributor of such counter-
                                                                                               measure;
                                                                                                 (ii) a health care entity under whose auspices—
                                                                                                       (I) such countermeasure was administered;
                                                                                                       (II) a determination was made as to whether, or
                                                                                                    under what circumstances, an individual should
                                                                                                    receive a covered countermeasure;
                                                                                                       (III) the immediate site of administration on the
                                                                                                    body of a covered countermeasure was monitored,
                                                                                                    managed, or cared for; or
                                                                                                       (IV) an evaluation was made of whether the ad-
                                                                                                    ministration of a countermeasure was effective;
                                                                                                 (iii) a qualified person who administered such coun-
                                                                                               termeasure;
                                                                                                 (iv) a State, a political subdivision of a State, or an
                                                                                               agency or official of a State or of such a political sub-
                                                                                               division, if such State, subdivision, agency, or official
                                                                                               has established requirements, provided policy guid-
                                                                                               ance, supplied technical or scientific advice or assist-
                                                                                               ance, or otherwise supervised or administered a pro-
                                                                                               gram with respect to administration of such counter-
                                                                                               measures;
                                                                                                 (v) in the case of a claim arising out of alleged trans-
                                                                                               mission of vaccinia from an individual—
                                                                                                       (I) the individual who allegedly transmitted the
                                                                                                    vaccinia, if vaccinia vaccine was administered to
                                                                                                    such individual as provided by paragraph (2)(B)
                                                                                                    and such individual was within a category of indi-
                                                                                                    viduals covered by a declaration under paragraph
                                                                                                    (2)(A)(i); or
                                                                                                       (II) an entity that employs an individual de-
                                                                                                    scribed by clause (I) or where such individual has
                                                                                                    privileges or is otherwise authorized to provide
                                                                                                    health care;
                                                                                                 (vi) an official, agent, or employee of a person de-
                                                                                               scribed in clause (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv);
                                                                                                 (vii) a contractor of, or a volunteer working for, a
                                                                                               person described in clause (i), (ii), or (iv), if the con-




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                               tractor or volunteer performs a function for which a




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00084   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  81

                                                                                             person described in clause (i), (ii), or (iv) is a covered
                                                                                             person; or
                                                                                               (viii) an individual who has privileges or is other-
                                                                                             wise authorized to provide health care under the aus-
                                                                                             pices of an entity described in clause (ii) or (v)(II).
                                                                                           (C) QUALIFIED PERSON.—The term ‘‘qualified person’’,
                                                                                        when used with respect to the administration of a covered
                                                                                        countermeasure, means a licensed health professional or
                                                                                        other individual who—
                                                                                               (i) is authorized to administer such countermeasure
                                                                                             under the law of the State in which the counter-
                                                                                             measure was administered; or
                                                                                               (ii) is otherwise authorized by the Secretary to ad-
                                                                                             minister such countermeasure.
                                                                                           (D) ARISING OUT OF ADMINISTRATION OF A COVERED
                                                                                        COUNTERMEASURE.—The term ‘‘arising out of administra-
                                                                                        tion of a covered countermeasure’’, when used with respect
                                                                                        to a claim or liability, includes a claim or liability arising
                                                                                        out of—
                                                                                               (i) determining whether, or under what conditions,
                                                                                             an individual should receive a covered counter-
                                                                                             measure;
                                                                                               (ii) obtaining informed consent of an individual to
                                                                                             the administration of a covered countermeasure;
                                                                                               (iii) monitoring, management, or care of an imme-
                                                                                             diate site of administration on the body of a covered
                                                                                             countermeasure, or evaluation of whether the adminis-
                                                                                             tration of the countermeasure has been effective; or
                                                                                               (iv) transmission of vaccinia virus by an individual
                                                                                             to whom vaccinia vaccine was administered as pro-
                                                                                             vided by paragraph (2)(B).
                                                                                (q)(1) For purposes of this section, a health professional volunteer
                                                                              at a deemed entity described in subsection (g)(4) shall, in providing
                                                                              a health professional service eligible for funding under section 330
                                                                              to an individual, be deemed to be an employee of the Public Health
                                                                              Service for a calendar year that begins during a fiscal year for
                                                                              which a transfer was made under paragraph (4)(C). The preceding
                                                                              sentence is subject to the provisions of this subsection.
                                                                                (2) In providing a health service to an individual, a health care
                                                                              practitioner shall for purposes of this subsection be considered to
                                                                              be a health professional volunteer at an entity described in sub-
                                                                              section (g)(4) if the following conditions are met:
                                                                                     (A) The service is provided to the individual at the facilities
                                                                                   of an entity described in subsection (g)(4), or through offsite
                                                                                   programs or events carried out by the entity.
                                                                                     (B) The entity is sponsoring the health care practitioner pur-
                                                                                   suant to paragraph (3)(B).
                                                                                     (C) The health care practitioner does not receive any com-
                                                                                   pensation for the service from the individual, the entity de-
                                                                                   scribed in subsection (g)(4), or any third-party payer (including
                                                                                   reimbursement under any insurance policy or health plan, or
                                                                                   under any Federal or State health benefits program), except
                                                                                   that the health care practitioner may receive repayment from
                                                                                   the entity described in subsection (g)(4) for reasonable ex-




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                   penses incurred by the health care practitioner in the provision




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00085   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  82

                                                                                   of the service to the individual, which may include travel ex-
                                                                                   penses to or from the site of services.
                                                                                      (D) Before the service is provided, the health care practi-
                                                                                   tioner or the entity described in subsection (g)(4) posts a clear
                                                                                   and conspicuous notice at the site where the service is provided
                                                                                   of the extent to which the legal liability of the health care
                                                                                   practitioner is limited pursuant to this subsection.
                                                                                      (E) At the time the service is provided, the health care prac-
                                                                                   titioner is licensed or certified in accordance with applicable
                                                                                   Federal and State laws regarding the provision of the service.
                                                                                      (F) At the time the service is provided, the entity described
                                                                                   in subsection (g)(4) maintains relevant documentation certi-
                                                                                   fying that the health care practitioner meets the requirements
                                                                                   of this subsection.
                                                                                 (3) Subsection (g) (other than paragraphs (3) and (5)) and sub-
                                                                              sections (h), (i), and (l) apply to a health care practitioner for pur-
                                                                              poses of this subsection to the same extent and in the same man-
                                                                              ner as such subsections apply to an officer, governing board mem-
                                                                              ber, employee, or contractor of an entity described in subsection
                                                                              (g)(4), subject to paragraph (4), and subject to the following:
                                                                                      (A) The first sentence of paragraph (1) applies in lieu of the
                                                                                   first sentence of subsection (g)(1)(A).
                                                                                      (B) With respect to an entity described in subsection (g)(4),
                                                                                   a health care practitioner is not a health professional volunteer
                                                                                   at such entity unless the entity sponsors the health care prac-
                                                                                   titioner. For purposes of this subsection, the entity shall be
                                                                                   considered to be sponsoring the health care practitioner if—
                                                                                           (i) with respect to the health care practitioner, the entity
                                                                                        submits to the Secretary an application meeting the re-
                                                                                        quirements of subsection (g)(1)(D); and
                                                                                           (ii) the Secretary, pursuant to subsection (g)(1)(E), deter-
                                                                                        mines that the health care practitioner is deemed to be an
                                                                                        employee of the Public Health Service.
                                                                                      (C) In the case of a health care practitioner who is deter-
                                                                                   mined by the Secretary pursuant to subsection (g)(1)(E) to be
                                                                                   a health professional volunteer at such entity, this subsection
                                                                                   applies to the health care practitioner (with respect to services
                                                                                   performed on behalf of the entity sponsoring the health care
                                                                                   practitioner pursuant to subparagraph (B)) for any cause of ac-
                                                                                   tion arising from an act or omission of the health care practi-
                                                                                   tioner occurring on or after the date on which the Secretary
                                                                                   makes such determination.
                                                                                      (D) Subsection (g)(1)(F) applies to a health care practitioner
                                                                                   for purposes of this subsection only to the extent that, in pro-
                                                                                   viding health services to an individual, each of the conditions
                                                                                   specified in paragraph (2) is met.
                                                                                 (4)(A) Amounts in the fund established under subsection (k)(2)
                                                                              shall be available for transfer under subparagraph (C) for purposes
                                                                              of carrying out this subsection.
                                                                                 (B)(i) Not later than May 1 of each fiscal year, the Attorney Gen-
                                                                              eral, in consultation with the Secretary, shall submit to the Con-
                                                                              gress a report providing an estimate of the amount of claims (to-
                                                                              gether with related fees and expenses of witnesses) that, by reason




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              of the acts or omissions of health professional volunteers, will be




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00086   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  83

                                                                              paid pursuant to this section during the calendar year that begins
                                                                              in the following fiscal year.
                                                                                (ii) Subsection (k)(1)(B) applies to the estimate under clause (i)
                                                                              regarding health professional volunteers to the same extent and in
                                                                              the same manner as such subsection applies to the estimate under
                                                                              such subsection regarding officers, governing board members, em-
                                                                              ployees, and contractors of entities described in subsection (g)(4).
                                                                                (iii) The report shall include a summary of the data relied upon
                                                                              for the estimate in clause (i), including the number of claims filed
                                                                              and paid from the previous calendar year.
                                                                                (C) Not later than December 31 of each fiscal year, the Secretary
                                                                              shall transfer from the fund under subsection (k)(2) to the appro-
                                                                              priate accounts in the Treasury an amount equal to the estimate
                                                                              made under subparagraph (B) for the calendar year beginning in
                                                                              such fiscal year, subject to the extent of amounts in the fund.
                                                                                (5)(A) This subsection shall take effect on October 1, 2017, except
                                                                              as provided in subparagraph (B) and paragraph (6).
                                                                                (B) Effective on the date of the enactment of this subsection—
                                                                                      (i) the Secretary may issue regulations for carrying out this
                                                                                   subsection, and the Secretary may accept and consider applica-
                                                                                   tions submitted pursuant to paragraph (3)(B); and
                                                                                      (ii) reports under paragraph (4)(B) may be submitted to Con-
                                                                                   gress.
                                                                                (6) Beginning on øOctober 1, 2022¿ October 1, 2027, this sub-
                                                                              section shall cease to have any force or effect.
                                                                                          *           *            *              *            *          *           *
                                                                                    TITLE III—GENERAL POWERS AND DUTIES OF PUBLIC
                                                                                                   HEALTH SERVICE
                                                                                          *           *            *              *            *          *           *
                                                                                                    PART B—FEDERAL-STATE COOPERATION
                                                                                          *           *            *              *            *          *           *
                                                                              SEC. 317L–1. SCREENING AND TREATMENT FOR øMATERNAL DEPRES-
                                                                                          SION¿ MATERNAL MENTAL HEALTH AND SUBSTANCE USE
                                                                                          DISORDERS.
                                                                                (a) GRANTS.—The Secretary shall make grants to States, Indian
                                                                              Tribes and Tribal organizations (as such terms are defined in sec-
                                                                              tion 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance
                                                                              Act), and Urban Indian organizations (as such term is defined
                                                                              under the Federally Recognized Indian Tribe List Act of 1994) to es-
                                                                              tablish, improve, or maintain programs for screening, assessment,
                                                                              and treatment services, including culturally and linguistically ap-
                                                                              propriate services, as appropriate, øfor women who are pregnant,
                                                                              or who have given birth within the preceding 12 months, for mater-
                                                                              nal depression¿ for women who are postpartum, pregnant, or have
                                                                              given birth within the preceding 12 months, for maternal mental
                                                                              health and substance use disorders.
                                                                                 (b) APPLICATION.—To seek a grant under this section, øa State
                                                                              shall submit¿ an entity listed in subsection (a) shall submit an ap-
                                                                              plication to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and con-
                                                                              taining such information as the Secretary may require. At a min-




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              imum, any such application shall include explanations of—




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00087   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  84

                                                                                     (1) how a program, or programs, will increase the percentage
                                                                                   of women screened and treated, as appropriate, for ømaternal
                                                                                   depression¿ maternal mental health and substance use dis-
                                                                                   orders in 1 or more communities; and
                                                                                     (2) how a program, or programs, if expanded, would increase
                                                                                   access to screening and treatment services for ømaternal de-
                                                                                   pression¿ maternal mental health and substance use disorders.
                                                                                (c) PRIORITY.—In awarding grants under this section, the Sec-
                                                                              retary ømay give priority to States proposing to improve or en-
                                                                              hance access to screening¿ shall give priority to entities listed in
                                                                              subsection (a) that—
                                                                                     (1) are proposing to create, improve, or enhance screening,
                                                                                   prevention, and treatment services for ømaternal depression¿
                                                                                   maternal mental health and substance use disorders in primary
                                                                                   care settingsø.¿;
                                                                                     (2) are currently partnered with, or will partner with, a com-
                                                                                   munity-based organization to address maternal mental health
                                                                                   and substance use disorders;
                                                                                     (3) are located in an area with high rates of adverse maternal
                                                                                   health outcomes or significant health, economic, racial, or eth-
                                                                                   nic disparities in maternal health and substance use disorder
                                                                                   outcomes; and
                                                                                     (4) operate in a health professional shortage area designated
                                                                                   under section 332.
                                                                                (d) USE OF FUNDS.—The activities eligible for funding through a
                                                                              grant under subsection (a)—
                                                                                     (1) shall include—
                                                                                          (A) providing appropriate training øto health care pro-
                                                                                       viders; and¿ on maternal mental health and substance use
                                                                                       disorder screening, brief intervention, treatment (as appli-
                                                                                       cable for health care providers), and referrals for treatment
                                                                                       to health care providers in the primary care setting and
                                                                                       nonclinical perinatal support workers;
                                                                                          (B) providing information øto health care providers, in-
                                                                                       cluding information on maternal depression screening,
                                                                                       treatment, and followup support services, and linkages to
                                                                                       community-based resources; and¿ on maternal mental
                                                                                       health and substance use disorder screening, brief interven-
                                                                                       tion, treatment (as applicable for health care providers)
                                                                                       and referrals for treatment, follow-up support services, and
                                                                                       linkages to community-based resources to health care pro-
                                                                                       viders in the primary care setting and clinical perinatal
                                                                                       support workers; and
                                                                                          (C) enabling health care providers (such as obstetrician-
                                                                                       gynecologists, nurse practitioners, nurse midwives, pediatri-
                                                                                       cians, psychiatrists, mental and other behavioral health
                                                                                       care providers, and adult primary care clinicians) to pro-
                                                                                       vide or receive real-time psychiatric consultation (in-person
                                                                                       or remotely), including through the use of technology-en-
                                                                                       abled collaborative learning and capacity building models
                                                                                       (as defined in section 330N), to aid in the treatment of
                                                                                       pregnant and postpartum women; and
                                                                                     (2) may include—
                                                                                          ø(A) enabling health care providers (including obstetri-




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                       cian-gynecologists, pediatricians, psychiatrists, mental




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00088   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  85

                                                                                        health care providers, and adult primary care clinicians) to
                                                                                        provide or receive real-time psychiatric consultation (in-
                                                                                        person or remotely) to aid in the treatment of pregnant
                                                                                        and parenting women;¿
                                                                                           ø(B)¿ (A) establishing linkages with and among commu-
                                                                                        nity-based resources, including mental health resources,
                                                                                        primary care resources, and support groups; øand¿
                                                                                           ø(C)¿ (B) utilizing telehealth services, including for rural
                                                                                        areas and medically underserved areas (as defined in sec-
                                                                                        tion 330I(a))ø.¿;
                                                                                           (C) providing assistance to pregnant and postpartum
                                                                                        women to receive maternal mental health and substance
                                                                                        use disorder treatment, including patient consultation, care
                                                                                        coordination, and navigation for such treatment;
                                                                                           (D) coordinating with maternal and child health pro-
                                                                                        grams of the Federal Government and State, local, and
                                                                                        Tribal governments, including child psychiatric access pro-
                                                                                        grams;
                                                                                           (E) conducting public outreach and awareness regarding
                                                                                        grants under subsection (a);
                                                                                           (F) creating multistate consortia to carry out the activi-
                                                                                        ties required or authorized under this subsection; and
                                                                                           (G) training health care providers in the primary care
                                                                                        setting and nonclinical perinatal support workers on trau-
                                                                                        ma-informed care, culturally and linguistically appropriate
                                                                                        services, and best practices related to training to improve
                                                                                        the provision of maternal mental health and substance use
                                                                                        disorder care for racial and ethnic minority populations,
                                                                                        including with respect to perceptions and biases that may
                                                                                        affect the approach to, and provision of, care.
                                                                                 (e) TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.—The Secretary shall provide tech-
                                                                              nical assistance to grantees and entities listed in subsection (a) for
                                                                              carrying out activities pursuant to this section.
                                                                                 (f) DISSEMINATION OF BEST PRACTICES.—The Secretary, based on
                                                                              evaluation of the activities funded pursuant to this section, shall
                                                                              identify and disseminate evidence-based or evidence-informed best
                                                                              practices for screening, assessment, and treatment services for ma-
                                                                              ternal mental health and substance use disorders, including cul-
                                                                              turally and linguistically appropriate services, for women during
                                                                              pregnancy and 12 months following pregnancy.
                                                                                 (g) MATCHING REQUIREMENT.—The Federal share of the cost of
                                                                              the activities for which a grant is made to an entity under sub-
                                                                              section (a) shall not exceed 90 percent of the total cost of such activi-
                                                                              ties.
                                                                                 ø(e)¿ (h) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—To carry out this
                                                                              section, there are authorized to be appropriated ø$5,000,000¿
                                                                              $24,000,000 for each of fiscal years ø2018 through 2022¿ 2023
                                                                              through 2027.
                                                                              SEC. 317L–2. TASK FORCE ON MATERNAL MENTAL HEALTH.
                                                                                (a) ESTABLISHMENT.—Not later than 180 days after the date of
                                                                              enactment of the Restoring Hope for the Mental Health and Well-
                                                                              Being Act of 2022, the Secretary, for purposes of identifying, evalu-
                                                                              ating, and making recommendations to coordinate and improve




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              Federal responses to maternal mental health conditions, shall—




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00089   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6603   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  86

                                                                                         (1) establish a task force to be known as the Task Force on
                                                                                      Maternal Mental Health (in this section referred to as the ‘‘Task
                                                                                      Force’’); or
                                                                                         (2) incorporate the duties, public meetings, and reports speci-
                                                                                      fied in subsections (c) through (f) into existing Federal policy fo-
                                                                                      rums, including the Maternal Health Interagency Policy Com-
                                                                                      mittee and the Maternal Health Working Group, as appro-
                                                                                      priate.
                                                                                   (b) MEMBERSHIP.—
                                                                                         (1) COMPOSITION.—The Task Force shall be composed of—
                                                                                              (A) the Federal members under paragraph (2); and
                                                                                              (B) the non-Federal members under paragraph (3).
                                                                                         (2) FEDERAL MEMBERS.—The Federal members of the Task
                                                                                      Force shall consist of the following heads of Federal depart-
                                                                                      ments and agencies (or their designees):
                                                                                              (A) The Assistant Secretary for Health of the Department
                                                                                           of Health and Human Services, who shall serve as Chair.
                                                                                              (B) The Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation
                                                                                           of the Department of Health and Human Services.
                                                                                              (C) The Assistant Secretary of the Administration for
                                                                                           Children and Families.
                                                                                              (D) The Director of the Centers for Disease Control and
                                                                                           Prevention.
                                                                                              (E) The Administrator of the Centers for Medicare &
                                                                                           Medicaid Services.
                                                                                              (F) The Administrator of the Health Resources and Serv-
                                                                                           ices Administration.
                                                                                              (G) The Director of the Indian Health Service.
                                                                                              (H) The Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Sub-
                                                                                           stance Use.
                                                                                              (I) Such other Federal departments and agencies as the
                                                                                           Secretary determines appropriate that serve individuals
                                                                                           with maternal mental health conditions.
                                                                                         (3) NON-FEDERAL MEMBERS.—The non-Federal members of
                                                                                      the Task Force shall—
                                                                                              (A) compose not more than one-half, and not less than
                                                                                           one-third, of the total membership of the Task Force;
                                                                                              (B) be appointed by the Secretary; and
                                                                                              (C) include—
                                                                                                   (i) representatives of medical societies with expertise
                                                                                                 in maternal or mental health;
                                                                                                   (ii) representatives of nonprofit organizations with
                                                                                                 expertise in maternal or mental health;
                                                                                                   (iii) relevant industry representatives; and
                                                                                                   (iv) other representatives, as appropriate.
                                                                                         (4) DEADLINE FOR DESIGNATING DESIGNEES.—If the Assistant
                                                                                      Secretary for Health, or the head of a Federal department or
                                                                                      agency serving as a member of the Task Force under paragraph
                                                                                      (2), chooses to be represented on the Task Force by a designee,
                                                                                      the Assistant Secretary or department or agency head shall des-
                                                                                      ignate such designee not later than 90 days after the date of the
                                                                                      enactment of this section.
                                                                                   (c) DUTIES.—The Task Force shall—
                                                                                         (1) prepare and regularly update a report that analyzes and




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                      evaluates the state of national maternal mental health policy




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00090   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6603   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  87

                                                                                     and programs at the Federal, State, and local levels, and iden-
                                                                                     tifies best practices with respect to maternal mental health pol-
                                                                                     icy, including—
                                                                                             (A) a set of evidence-based, evidence-informed, and prom-
                                                                                          ising practices with respect to—
                                                                                                  (i) prevention strategies for individuals at risk of ex-
                                                                                               periencing a maternal mental health condition, includ-
                                                                                               ing strategies and recommendations to address health
                                                                                               inequities;
                                                                                                  (ii) the identification, screening, diagnosis, interven-
                                                                                               tion, and treatment of individuals and families affected
                                                                                               by a maternal mental health condition;
                                                                                                  (iii) the expeditious referral to, and implementation
                                                                                               of, practices and supports that prevent and mitigate
                                                                                               the effects of a maternal mental health condition, in-
                                                                                               cluding strategies and recommendations to eliminate
                                                                                               the racial and ethnic disparities that exist in maternal
                                                                                               mental health; and
                                                                                                  (iv) community-based or multigenerational practices
                                                                                               that support individuals and families affected by a ma-
                                                                                               ternal mental health condition; and
                                                                                             (B) Federal and State programs and activities to prevent,
                                                                                          screen, diagnose, intervene, and treat maternal mental
                                                                                          health conditions;
                                                                                        (2) develop and regularly update a national strategy for ma-
                                                                                     ternal mental health, taking into consideration the findings of
                                                                                     the report under paragraph (1), on how the Task Force and
                                                                                     Federal departments and agencies represented on the Task
                                                                                     Force may prioritize options for, and may implement a coordi-
                                                                                     nated approach to, addressing maternal mental health condi-
                                                                                     tions, including by—
                                                                                             (A) increasing prevention, screening, diagnosis, interven-
                                                                                          tion, treatment, and access to care, including clinical and
                                                                                          nonclinical care such as peer-support and community
                                                                                          health workers, through the public and private sectors;
                                                                                             (B) providing support for pregnant or postpartum indi-
                                                                                          viduals who are at risk for or experiencing a maternal men-
                                                                                          tal health condition, and their families, as appropriate;
                                                                                             (C) reducing racial, ethnic, geographic, and other health
                                                                                          disparities for prevention, diagnosis, intervention, treat-
                                                                                          ment, and access to care;
                                                                                             (D) identifying options for modifying, strengthening, and
                                                                                          coordinating Federal programs and activities, such as the
                                                                                          Medicaid program under title XIX of the Social Security
                                                                                          Act and the State Children’s Health Insurance Program
                                                                                          under title XXI of such Act, including existing infant and
                                                                                          maternity programs, in order to increase research, preven-
                                                                                          tion, identification, intervention, and treatment with re-
                                                                                          spect to maternal mental health; and
                                                                                             (E) planning, data sharing, and communication within
                                                                                          and across Federal departments, agencies, offices, and pro-
                                                                                          grams;
                                                                                        (3) solicit public comments from stakeholders for the report
                                                                                     under paragraph (1) and the national strategy under para-




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                     graph (2), including comments from frontline service providers,




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00091   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6603   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  88

                                                                                    mental health professionals, researchers, experts in maternal
                                                                                    mental health, institutions of higher education, public health
                                                                                    agencies (including maternal and child health programs), and
                                                                                    industry representatives, in order to inform the activities and
                                                                                    reports of the Task Force; and
                                                                                       (4) disaggregate any data collected under this section by race,
                                                                                    ethnicity, geographical location, age, marital status, socio-
                                                                                    economic level, and other factors, as the Secretary determines
                                                                                    appropriate.
                                                                                 (d) MEETINGS.—The Task Force shall—
                                                                                       (1) meet not less than two times each year; and
                                                                                       (2) convene public meetings, as appropriate, to fulfill its du-
                                                                                    ties under this section.
                                                                                 (e) REPORTS TO PUBLIC AND FEDERAL LEADERS.—The Task Force
                                                                              shall make publicly available and submit to the heads of relevant
                                                                              Federal departments and agencies, the Committee on Energy and
                                                                              Commerce of the House of Representatives, the Committee on
                                                                              Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, and other
                                                                              relevant congressional committees, the following:
                                                                                       (1) Not later than 1 year after the first meeting of the Task
                                                                                    Force, an initial report under subsection (c)(1).
                                                                                       (2) Not later than 2 years after the first meeting of the Task
                                                                                    Force, an initial national strategy under subsection (c)(2).
                                                                                       (3) Each year thereafter—
                                                                                            (A) an updated report under subsection (c)(1);
                                                                                            (B) an updated national strategy under subsection (c)(2);
                                                                                         or
                                                                                            (C) if no update is made under subsection (c)(1) or (c)(2),
                                                                                         a report summarizing the activities of the Task Force.
                                                                                 (f) REPORTS TO GOVERNORS.—Upon finalizing the initial national
                                                                              strategy under subsection (c)(2), and upon making relevant updates
                                                                              to such strategy, the Task Force shall submit a report to the Gov-
                                                                              ernors of all States describing opportunities for local- and State-
                                                                              level partnerships identified under subsection (c)(2)(D).
                                                                                 (g) SUNSET.—The Task Force shall terminate on September 30,
                                                                              2027.
                                                                                 (h) NONDUPLICATION OF FEDERAL EFFORTS.—The Secretary may
                                                                              relieve the Task Force, in carrying out subsections (c) through (f),
                                                                              from responsibility for carrying out such activities as may be speci-
                                                                              fied by the Secretary as duplicative with other activities carried out
                                                                              by the Department of Health and Human Services.
                                                                                          *           *            *              *            *          *           *
                                                                                                           PART D—PRIMARY HEALTH CARE
                                                                                                             Subpart I—Health Centers
                                                                                          *           *            *              *            *          *           *
                                                                              SEC. 330M. PEDIATRIC MENTAL HEALTH CARE ACCESS GRANTS.
                                                                                (a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary, acting through the Adminis-
                                                                              trator of the Health Resources and Services Administration and in
                                                                              coordination with other relevant Federal agencies, shall award
                                                                              grants to States, political subdivisions of States, and øIndian tribes
                                                                              and tribal organizations¿ Indian Tribes and Tribal organizations




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              (for purposes of this section, as such terms are defined in section




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00092   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  89

                                                                              4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act
                                                                              (25 U.S.C. 450b)) or, in the case of a State that does not submit an
                                                                              application, a nonprofit entity that has the support of the State to
                                                                              promote behavioral health integration in pediatric primary care
                                                                              by—
                                                                                     (1) supporting the development of statewide or regional pedi-
                                                                                  atric mental health care telehealth access programs; and
                                                                                     (2) supporting the improvement of existing statewide or re-
                                                                                  gional pediatric mental health care telehealth access programs.
                                                                                (b) PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS.—
                                                                                     (1) IN GENERAL.—A pediatric mental health care telehealth
                                                                                  access program referred to in subsection (a), with respect to
                                                                                  which a grant under such subsection may be used, shall—
                                                                                          (A) be a statewide or regional network of pediatric men-
                                                                                       tal health teams that provide support to pediatric primary
                                                                                       care sites as an integrated team;
                                                                                          (B) support and further develop organized State or re-
                                                                                       gional networks of pediatric mental health teams to pro-
                                                                                       vide consultative support to pediatric primary care sites;
                                                                                          (C) conduct an assessment of critical behavioral con-
                                                                                       sultation needs among pediatric providers and such pro-
                                                                                       viders’ preferred mechanisms for receiving consultation,
                                                                                       training, and technical assistance;
                                                                                          (D) develop an online database and communication
                                                                                       mechanisms, including telehealth, to facilitate consultation
                                                                                       support to pediatric practices;
                                                                                          (E) provide rapid statewide or regional clinical telephone
                                                                                       or telehealth consultations when requested between the
                                                                                       pediatric mental health teams and pediatric primary care
                                                                                       providers;
                                                                                          (F) conduct training and provide technical assistance to
                                                                                       pediatric primary care providers to support the early iden-
                                                                                       tification, diagnosis, treatment, and referral of children
                                                                                       with behavioral health conditions;
                                                                                          (G) provide information to pediatric providers about, and
                                                                                       assist pediatric providers in accessing, pediatric mental
                                                                                       health care providers, including child and adolescent psy-
                                                                                       chiatrists, developmental-behavioral pediatricians, and li-
                                                                                       censed mental health professionals, such as psychologists,
                                                                                       social workers, or mental health counselors and in sched-
                                                                                       uling and conducting technical assistance;
                                                                                          (H) assist with referrals to specialty care and community
                                                                                       or behavioral health resourcesø; and¿;
                                                                                          (I) maintain an up-to-date list of community-based sup-
                                                                                       ports for children with mental health problems; and
                                                                                          ø(I)¿ (J) establish mechanisms for measuring and moni-
                                                                                       toring increased access to pediatric mental health care
                                                                                       services by pediatric primary care providers and expanded
                                                                                       capacity of pediatric primary care providers to identify,
                                                                                       treat, and refer children with mental health problems.
                                                                                     (2) SUPPORT TO SCHOOLS AND EMERGENCY DEPARTMENTS.—In
                                                                                  addition to the activities required by paragraph (1), a pediatric
                                                                                  mental health care telehealth access program referred to in sub-




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                  section (a), with respect to which a grant under such subsection




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00093   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6603   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  90

                                                                                    may be used, may provide support to schools and emergency de-
                                                                                    partments.
                                                                                      (3) PRIORITY.—In awarding grants under this section, the
                                                                                    Secretary shall give priority to applicants proposing to—
                                                                                           (A) continue existing programs that meet the require-
                                                                                         ments of paragraph (1);
                                                                                           (B) establish a pediatric mental health care telehealth ac-
                                                                                         cess program in the jurisdiction of a State, Territory, In-
                                                                                         dian Tribe, or Tribal organization that does not yet have
                                                                                         such a program; or
                                                                                           (C) expand a pediatric mental health care telehealth ac-
                                                                                         cess program to include one or more new sites of care, such
                                                                                         as a school or emergency department.
                                                                                      ø(2)¿ (4) PEDIATRIC MENTAL HEALTH TEAMS.—In this sub-
                                                                                    section, the term ‘‘pediatric mental health team’’ means a team
                                                                                    consisting of at least one case coordinator, at least one child
                                                                                    and adolescent psychiatrist, and at least one licensed clinical
                                                                                    mental health professional, such as a psychologist, social work-
                                                                                    er, or mental health counselor. Such a team may include a de-
                                                                                    velopmental-behavioral pediatrician. Such a team may be re-
                                                                                    gionally based.
                                                                                 (c) APPLICATION.—A State, political subdivision of a State, øIn-
                                                                              dian tribe, or tribal organization¿ Indian Tribe, Tribal organiza-
                                                                              tion, or nonprofit entity seeking a grant under this section shall
                                                                              submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such man-
                                                                              ner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require,
                                                                              including a plan for the comprehensive evaluation of activities that
                                                                              are carried out with funds received under such grant.
                                                                                 (d) EVALUATION.—A State, political subdivision of a State, øIn-
                                                                              dian tribe, or tribal organization¿ Indian Tribe, Tribal organiza-
                                                                              tion, or nonprofit entity that receives a grant under this section
                                                                              shall prepare and submit an evaluation of activities that are car-
                                                                              ried out with funds received under such grant to the Secretary at
                                                                              such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the
                                                                              Secretary may reasonably require, including a process and outcome
                                                                              evaluation.
                                                                                 (e) ACCESS TO BROADBAND.—In administering grants under this
                                                                              section, the Secretary may coordinate with other agencies to ensure
                                                                              that funding opportunities are available to support access to reli-
                                                                              able, high-speed Internet for providers.
                                                                                 (f) MATCHING REQUIREMENT.—The Secretary may not award a
                                                                              grant under this section unless the State, political subdivision of a
                                                                              State, øIndian tribe, or tribal organization¿ Indian Tribe, Tribal or-
                                                                              ganization, or nonprofit entity involved agrees, with respect to the
                                                                              costs to be incurred by the State, political subdivision of a State,
                                                                              øIndian tribe, or tribal organization¿ Indian Tribe, Tribal organi-
                                                                              zation, or nonprofit entity in carrying out the purpose described in
                                                                              this section, to make available non-Federal contributions (in cash
                                                                              or in kind) toward such costs in an amount that is not less than
                                                                              20 percent of Federal funds provided in the grant.
                                                                                 ø(g) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—To carry out this sec-
                                                                              tion, there are authorized to be appropriated, $9,000,000 for the pe-
                                                                              riod of fiscal years 2018 through 2022.¿
                                                                                 (g) TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.—The Secretary shall award grants or




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              contracts to one or more eligible entities (as defined by the Sec-




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00094   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6603   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  91

                                                                              retary) for the purposes of providing technical assistance and eval-
                                                                              uation support to grantees under subsection (a).
                                                                                 (h) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—To carry out this sec-
                                                                              tion, there are authorized to be appropriated—
                                                                                     (1) $14,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2023 through 2025;
                                                                                   and
                                                                                     (2) $30,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2026 through 2027.
                                                                                          *           *            *              *            *          *           *
                                                                                                     PART P—ADDITIONAL PROGRAMS
                                                                                          *           *            *              *            *          *           *
                                                                              SEC. 399V–7. MATERNAL MENTAL HEALTH HOTLINE.
                                                                                (a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall maintain,              directly or by
                                                                              grant or contract, a national hotline to provide emotional support,
                                                                              information, brief intervention, and mental health and substance
                                                                              use disorder resources to pregnant and postpartum women at risk
                                                                              of, or affected by, maternal mental health and substance use dis-
                                                                              orders, and to their families or household members.
                                                                                 (b) REQUIREMENTS FOR HOTLINE.—The hotline under subsection
                                                                              (a) shall—
                                                                                       (1) be a 24/7 real-time hotline;
                                                                                       (2) provide voice and text support;
                                                                                       (3) be staffed by certified peer specialists, licensed health care
                                                                                    professionals, or licensed mental health professionals who are
                                                                                    trained on—
                                                                                            (A) maternal mental health and substance use disorder
                                                                                         prevention, identification, and intervention; and
                                                                                            (B) providing culturally and linguistically appropriate
                                                                                         support; and
                                                                                       (4) provide maternal mental health and substance use dis-
                                                                                    order assistance and referral services to meet the needs of un-
                                                                                    derserved populations, individuals with disabilities, and family
                                                                                    and household members of pregnant or postpartum women at
                                                                                    risk of experiencing maternal mental health and substance use
                                                                                    disorders.
                                                                                 (c) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.—In maintaining the hotline
                                                                              under subsection (a), the Secretary shall—
                                                                                       (1) consult with the Domestic Violence Hotline, National Sui-
                                                                                    cide Prevention Lifeline, and Veterans Crisis Line to ensure
                                                                                    that pregnant and postpartum women are connected in real-
                                                                                    time to the appropriate specialized hotline service, when appli-
                                                                                    cable;
                                                                                       (2) conduct a public awareness campaign for the hotline; and
                                                                                       (3) consult with Federal departments and agencies, including
                                                                                    the Centers of Excellence of the Substance Abuse and Mental
                                                                                    Health Services Administration and the Department of Veterans
                                                                                    Affairs, to increase awareness regarding the hotline.
                                                                                 (d) ANNUAL REPORT.—The Secretary shall submit an annual re-
                                                                              port to the Congress on the hotline under subsection (a) and imple-
                                                                              mentation of this section, including—
                                                                                       (1) an evaluation of the effectiveness of activities conducted or




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                    supported under subsection (a);




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00095   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6603   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  92

                                                                                       (2) a directory of entities or organizations to which staff
                                                                                    maintaining the hotline funded under this section may make re-
                                                                                    ferrals; and
                                                                                       (3) such additional information as the Secretary determines
                                                                                    appropriate.
                                                                                 (e) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—To carry out this sec-
                                                                              tion, there are authorized to be appropriated $10,000,000 for each
                                                                              of fiscal years 2023 through 2027.

                                                                                       PART Q—PROGRAMS TO IMPROVE THE
                                                                                             HEALTH OF CHILDREN
                                                                                          *           *            *              *            *          *           *
                                                                              SEC. 399Z–2. INFANT AND EARLY CHILDHOOD MENTAL HEALTH PRO-
                                                                                          MOTION, INTERVENTION, AND TREATMENT.
                                                                                (a) GRANTS.—The Secretary shall—
                                                                                        (1) award grants to eligible entities to develop, maintain, or
                                                                                     enhance infant and early childhood mental health promotion,
                                                                                     intervention, and treatment programs, including—
                                                                                             (A) programs for infants and children at significant risk
                                                                                          of developing, showing early signs of, or having been diag-
                                                                                          nosed with mental illness, including a serious emotional
                                                                                          disturbance; and
                                                                                             (B) multigenerational therapy and other services that
                                                                                          support the caregiving relationship; and
                                                                                        (2) ensure that programs funded through grants under this
                                                                                     section are evidence-informed or evidence-based models, prac-
                                                                                     tices, and methods that are, as appropriate, culturally and lin-
                                                                                     guistically appropriate, and can be replicated in other appro-
                                                                                     priate settings.
                                                                                   (b) ELIGIBLE CHILDREN AND ENTITIES.—In this section:
                                                                                        (1) ELIGIBLE CHILD.—The term ‘‘eligible child’’ means a child
                                                                                     from birth to not more than 12 years of age who—
                                                                                             (A) is at risk for, shows early signs of, or has been diag-
                                                                                          nosed with a mental illness, including a serious emotional
                                                                                          disturbance; and
                                                                                             (B) may benefit from infant and early childhood inter-
                                                                                          vention or treatment programs or specialized preschool or
                                                                                          elementary school programs that are evidence-based or
                                                                                          that have been scientifically demonstrated to show promise
                                                                                          but would benefit from further applied development.
                                                                                        (2) ELIGIBLE ENTITY.—The term ‘‘eligible entity’’ means a
                                                                                     human services agency or nonprofit institution that—
                                                                                             (A) employs licensed mental health professionals who
                                                                                          have specialized training and experience in infant and
                                                                                          early childhood mental health assessment, diagnosis, and
                                                                                          treatment, or is accredited or approved by the appropriate
                                                                                          State agency, as applicable, to provide for children from in-
                                                                                          fancy to 12 years of age mental health promotion, inter-
                                                                                          vention, or treatment services; and
                                                                                             (B) provides services or programs described in subsection
                                                                                          (a) that are evidence-based or that have been scientifically
                                                                                          demonstrated to show promise but would benefit from fur-




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                          ther applied development.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00096   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  93

                                                                                 (c) APPLICATION.—An eligible entity seeking a grant under sub-
                                                                              section (a) shall submit to the Secretary an application at such
                                                                              time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Sec-
                                                                              retary may require.
                                                                                 (d) USE OF FUNDS FOR EARLY INTERVENTION AND TREATMENT
                                                                              PROGRAMS.—An eligible entity may use amounts awarded under a
                                                                              grant under subsection (a)(1) to carry out the following:
                                                                                       (1) Provide age-appropriate mental health promotion and
                                                                                    early intervention services or mental illness treatment serv-
                                                                                    ices, which may include specialized programs, for eligible chil-
                                                                                    dren at significant risk of developing, showing early signs of,
                                                                                    or having been diagnosed with a mental illness, including a se-
                                                                                    rious emotional disturbance. Such services may include social
                                                                                    and behavioral services as well as multigenerational therapy
                                                                                    and other services that support the caregiving relationship.
                                                                                       (2) Provide training for health care professionals with exper-
                                                                                    tise in infant and early childhood mental health care with re-
                                                                                    spect to appropriate and relevant integration with other dis-
                                                                                    ciplines such as primary care clinicians, early intervention spe-
                                                                                    cialists, child welfare staff, home visitors, early care and edu-
                                                                                    cation providers, and others who work with young children and
                                                                                    families.
                                                                                       (3) Provide mental health consultation to personnel of early
                                                                                    care and education programs (including licensed or regulated
                                                                                    center-based and home-based child care, home visiting, pre-
                                                                                    school special education, and early intervention programs) who
                                                                                    work with children and families.
                                                                                       (4) Provide training for mental health clinicians in infant
                                                                                    and early childhood in promising and evidence-based practices
                                                                                    and models for infant and early childhood mental health treat-
                                                                                    ment and early intervention, including with regard to practices
                                                                                    for identifying and treating mental illness and behavioral dis-
                                                                                    orders of infants and children resulting from exposure or re-
                                                                                    peated exposure to adverse childhood experiences or childhood
                                                                                    trauma.
                                                                                       (5) Provide age-appropriate assessment, diagnostic, and
                                                                                    intervention services for eligible children, including early men-
                                                                                    tal health promotion, intervention, and treatment services.
                                                                                 (e) MATCHING FUNDS.—The Secretary may not award a grant
                                                                              under this section to an eligible entity unless the eligible entity
                                                                              agrees, with respect to the costs to be incurred by the eligible enti-
                                                                              ty in carrying out the activities described in subsection (d), to make
                                                                              available non-Federal contributions (in cash or in kind) toward
                                                                              such costs in an amount that is not less than 10 percent of the
                                                                              total amount of Federal funds provided in the grant.
                                                                                 (f) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—To carry out this sec-
                                                                              tion, there are authorized to be appropriated ø$20,000,000 for the
                                                                              period of fiscal years 2018 through 2022¿ $50,000,000 for the pe-
                                                                              riod of fiscal years 2023 through 2027.
                                                                                          *           *            *              *            *          *           *




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING



                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00097   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  94

                                                                                     TITLE V—SUBSTANCE ABUSE AND MENTAL HEALTH
                                                                                               SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
                                                                                           PART A—ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL AUTHORITIES
                                                                              SEC. 501. SUBSTANCE ABUSE AND MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES ADMIN-
                                                                                          ISTRATION.
                                                                                (a) ESTABLISHMENT.—The Substance Abuse and Mental Health
                                                                              Services Administration (hereafter referred to in this title as the
                                                                              ‘‘Administration’’) is an agency of the Service.
                                                                                 (b) CENTERS.—The following Centers are agencies of the Admin-
                                                                              istration:
                                                                                       (1) The Center for Substance Abuse Treatment.
                                                                                       (2) The Center for Substance Abuse Prevention.
                                                                                       (3) The Center for Mental Health Services.
                                                                                 (c) ASSISTANT SECRETARY AND DEPUTY ASSISTANT SECRETARY.—
                                                                                       (1) ASSISTANT SECRETARY.—The Administration shall be
                                                                                    headed by an official to be known as the Assistant Secretary
                                                                                    for Mental Health and Substance Use (hereinafter in this title
                                                                                    referred to as the ‘‘Assistant Secretary’’) who shall be ap-
                                                                                    pointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent
                                                                                    of the Senate.
                                                                                       (2) DEPUTY ASSISTANT SECRETARY.—The Assistant Secretary,
                                                                                    with the approval of the Secretary, may appoint a Deputy As-
                                                                                    sistant Secretary and may employ and prescribe the functions
                                                                                    of such officers and employees, including attorneys, as are nec-
                                                                                    essary to administer the activities to be carried out through
                                                                                    the Administration.
                                                                                 (d) AUTHORITIES.—The Secretary, acting through the Assistant
                                                                              Secretary, shall—
                                                                                       (1) supervise the functions of the Centers of the Administra-
                                                                                    tion in order to assure that the programs carried out through
                                                                                    each such Center receive appropriate and equitable support
                                                                                    and that there is cooperation among the Centers in the imple-
                                                                                    mentation of such programs;
                                                                                       (2) establish and implement, through the respective Centers,
                                                                                    a comprehensive program to improve the provision of treat-
                                                                                    ment and related services to individuals with respect to sub-
                                                                                    stance use disorders and mental illness and to improve preven-
                                                                                    tion services, promote mental health and protect the legal
                                                                                    rights of individuals with mental illnesses and individuals with
                                                                                    substance use disorders;
                                                                                       (3) carry out the administrative and financial management,
                                                                                    policy development and planning, evaluation, knowledge dis-
                                                                                    semination, and public information functions that are required
                                                                                    for the implementation of this title;
                                                                                       (4) assure that the Administration conduct and coordinate
                                                                                    demonstration projects, evaluations, and service system assess-
                                                                                    ments and other activities necessary to improve the avail-
                                                                                    ability and quality of treatment, prevention and related serv-
                                                                                    ices;
                                                                                       (5) support activities that will improve the provision of treat-
                                                                                    ment, prevention and related services, including the develop-
                                                                                    ment of national mental health and substance use disorder




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                    goals and model programs;




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00098   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  95

                                                                                        (6) in cooperation with the National Institutes of Health, the
                                                                                     Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and the Health
                                                                                     Resources and Services Administration, develop educational
                                                                                     materials and intervention strategies to reduce the risks of
                                                                                     HIV, hepatitis, tuberculosis, and other communicable diseases
                                                                                     among individuals with mental or substance use disorders, and
                                                                                     to develop appropriate mental health services for individuals
                                                                                     with such diseases or disorders;
                                                                                        (7) coordinate Federal policy with respect to the provision of
                                                                                     treatment services for substance use disorders, including serv-
                                                                                     ices that utilize drugs or devices approved or cleared by the
                                                                                     Food and Drug Administration for the treatment of substance
                                                                                     use disorders;
                                                                                        (8) conduct programs, and assure the coordination of such
                                                                                     programs with activities of the National Institutes of Health
                                                                                     and the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, as appro-
                                                                                     priate, to evaluate the process, outcomes and community im-
                                                                                     pact of prevention and treatment services and systems of care
                                                                                     in order to identify the manner in which such services can
                                                                                     most effectively be provided;
                                                                                        (9) collaborate with the Director of the National Institutes of
                                                                                     Health in the development and maintenance of a system by
                                                                                     which the relevant research findings of the National Institute
                                                                                     on Drug Abuse, the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and
                                                                                     Alcoholism, the National Institute of Mental Health, and, as
                                                                                     appropriate, the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality
                                                                                     are disseminated to service providers in a manner designed to
                                                                                     improve the delivery and effectiveness of prevention, treat-
                                                                                     ment, and recovery support services and are appropriately in-
                                                                                     corporated into programs carried out by the Administration;
                                                                                        (10) encourage public and private entities that provide
                                                                                     health insurance to provide benefits for substance use disorder
                                                                                     and mental health services;
                                                                                        (11) work with relevant agencies of the Department of
                                                                                     Health and Human Services on integrating mental health pro-
                                                                                     motion and substance use disorder prevention with general
                                                                                     health promotion and disease prevention and integrating men-
                                                                                     tal and substance use disorders treatment services with phys-
                                                                                     ical health treatment services;
                                                                                        (12) monitor compliance by hospitals and other facilities with
                                                                                     the requirements of sections 542 and 543;
                                                                                        (13) with respect to grant programs authorized under this
                                                                                     title or part B of title XIX, or grant programs otherwise funded
                                                                                     by the Administration—
                                                                                             (A) require that all grants that are awarded for the pro-
                                                                                          vision of services are subject to performance and outcome
                                                                                          evaluations;
                                                                                             (B) ensure that the director of each Center of the Admin-
                                                                                          istration consistently documents the application of criteria
                                                                                          when awarding grants and the ongoing oversight of grant-
                                                                                          ees after such grants are awarded;
                                                                                             (C) require that all grants that are awarded to entities
                                                                                          other than States are awarded only after the State in




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                          which the entity intends to provide services—




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00099   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  96

                                                                                                  (i) is notified of the pendency of the grant applica-
                                                                                               tion; and
                                                                                                  (ii) is afforded an opportunity to comment on the
                                                                                               merits of the application; and
                                                                                             (D) inform a State when any funds are awarded through
                                                                                          such a grant to any entity within such State;
                                                                                        (14) assure that services provided with amounts appro-
                                                                                     priated under this title are provided bilingually, if appropriate;
                                                                                        (15) improve coordination among prevention programs, treat-
                                                                                     ment facilities and nonhealth care systems such as employers,
                                                                                     labor unions, and schools, and encourage the adoption of em-
                                                                                     ployee assistance programs and student assistance programs;
                                                                                        (16) maintain a clearinghouse for substance use disorder in-
                                                                                     formation, including evidence-based and promising best prac-
                                                                                     tices for prevention, treatment, and recovery support services
                                                                                     for individuals with mental and substance use disorders, to as-
                                                                                     sure the widespread dissemination of such information to
                                                                                     States, political subdivisions, educational agencies and institu-
                                                                                     tions, treatment providers, and the general public;
                                                                                        (17) in collaboration with the National Institute on Aging,
                                                                                     and in consultation with the National Institute on Drug Abuse,
                                                                                     the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism and
                                                                                     the National Institute of Mental Health, as appropriate, pro-
                                                                                     mote and evaluate substance use disorder services for older
                                                                                     Americans in need of such services, and mental health services
                                                                                     for older Americans who are seriously mentally ill;
                                                                                        (18) promote the coordination of service programs conducted
                                                                                     by other departments, agencies, organizations and individuals
                                                                                     that are or may be related to the problems of individuals suf-
                                                                                     fering from mental illness or substance abuse, including liai-
                                                                                     sons with the Social Security Administration, Centers for
                                                                                     Medicare & Medicaid Services, and other programs of the De-
                                                                                     partment, as well as liaisons with the Department of Edu-
                                                                                     cation, Department of Justice, and other Federal Departments
                                                                                     and offices, as appropriate;
                                                                                        (19) consult with State, local, and tribal governments, non-
                                                                                     governmental entities, and individuals with mental illness,
                                                                                     particularly adults with a serious mental illness, children with
                                                                                     a serious emotional disturbance, and the family members of
                                                                                     such adults and children, with respect to improving commu-
                                                                                     nity-based and other mental health services;
                                                                                        (20) collaborate with the Secretary of Defense and the Sec-
                                                                                     retary of Veterans Affairs to improve the provision of mental
                                                                                     and substance use disorder services provided by the Depart-
                                                                                     ment of Defense and the Department of Veterans Affairs to
                                                                                     members of the Armed Forces, veterans, and the family mem-
                                                                                     bers of such members and veterans, including through the pro-
                                                                                     vision of services using the telehealth capabilities of the De-
                                                                                     partment of Defense and the Department of Veterans Affairs;
                                                                                        (21) collaborate with the heads of relevant Federal agencies
                                                                                     and departments, States, communities, and nongovernmental
                                                                                     experts to improve mental and substance use disorders services
                                                                                     for chronically homeless individuals, including by designing




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                     strategies to provide such services in supportive housing;




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00100   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  97

                                                                                      (22) work with States and other stakeholders to develop and
                                                                                   support activities to recruit and retain a workforce addressing
                                                                                   mental and substance use disorders;
                                                                                      (23) collaborate with the Attorney General and representa-
                                                                                   tives of the criminal justice system to improve mental and sub-
                                                                                   stance use disorders services for individuals who have been ar-
                                                                                   rested or incarcerated;
                                                                                      (24) after providing an opportunity for public input, set
                                                                                   standards for grant programs under this title for mental and
                                                                                   substance use disorders services and prevention programs,
                                                                                   which standards may address—
                                                                                           (A) the capacity of the grantee to implement the award;
                                                                                           (B) requirements for the description of the program im-
                                                                                        plementation approach;
                                                                                           (C) the extent to which the grant plan submitted by the
                                                                                        grantee as part of its application must explain how the
                                                                                        grantee will reach the population of focus and provide a
                                                                                        statement of need, which may include information on how
                                                                                        the grantee will increase access to services and a descrip-
                                                                                        tion of measurable objectives for improving outcomes;
                                                                                           (D) the extent to which the grantee must collect and re-
                                                                                        port on required performance measures; and
                                                                                           (E) the extent to which the grantee is proposing to use
                                                                                        evidence-based practices; øand¿
                                                                                      (25) advance, through existing programs, the use of perform-
                                                                                   ance metrics, including those based on the recommendations
                                                                                   on performance metrics from the Assistant Secretary for Plan-
                                                                                   ning and Evaluation under section 6021(d) of the Helping Fam-
                                                                                   ilies in Mental Health Crisis Reform Act of 2016ø.¿; and
                                                                                      (26) collaborate with national accrediting entities, reputable
                                                                                   providers, organizations or individuals with established exper-
                                                                                   tise in delivery of recovery housing services, States, Federal
                                                                                   agencies (including the Department of Health and Human Serv-
                                                                                   ices, the Department of Housing and Urban Development, and
                                                                                   the agencies listed in section 550(e)(2)(B)), and other relevant
                                                                                   stakeholders, to promote the availability of high-quality recov-
                                                                                   ery housing and services for individuals with a substance use
                                                                                   disorder.
                                                                                (e) ASSOCIATE ADMINISTRATOR FOR ALCOHOL PREVENTION AND
                                                                              TREATMENT POLICY.—
                                                                                      (1) IN GENERAL.—There may be in the Administration an As-
                                                                                   sociate Administrator for Alcohol Prevention and Treatment
                                                                                   Policy to whom the Assistant Secretary may delegate the func-
                                                                                   tions of promoting, monitoring, and evaluating service pro-
                                                                                   grams for the prevention and treatment of alcoholism and alco-
                                                                                   hol abuse within the Center for Substance Abuse Prevention,
                                                                                   the Center for Substance Abuse Treatment and the Center for
                                                                                   Mental Health Services, and coordinating such programs
                                                                                   among the Centers, and among the Centers and other public
                                                                                   and private entities. The Associate Administrator also may en-
                                                                                   sure that alcohol prevention, education, and policy strategies
                                                                                   are integrated into all programs of the Centers that address
                                                                                   substance abuse prevention, education, and policy, and that
                                                                                   the Center for Substance Abuse Prevention addresses the




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                   Healthy People 2010 goals and the National Dietary Guide-




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00101   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  98

                                                                                      lines of the Department of Health and Human Services and
                                                                                      the Department of Agriculture related to alcohol consumption.
                                                                                         (2) PLAN.—
                                                                                              (A) The Assistant Secretary, acting through the Asso-
                                                                                           ciate Administrator for Alcohol Prevention and Treatment
                                                                                           Policy, shall develop, and periodically review and as appro-
                                                                                           priate revise, a plan for programs and policies to treat and
                                                                                           prevent alcoholism and alcohol abuse. The plan shall be
                                                                                           developed (and reviewed and revised) in collaboration with
                                                                                           the Directors of the Centers of the Administration and in
                                                                                           consultation with members of other Federal agencies and
                                                                                           public and private entities.
                                                                                              (B) Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment
                                                                                           of the ADAMHA Reorganization Act, the Assistant Sec-
                                                                                           retary shall submit to the Congress the first plan devel-
                                                                                           oped under subparagraph (A).
                                                                                         (3) REPORT.—
                                                                                              (A) Not less than once during each 2 years, the Assistant
                                                                                           Secretary, acting through the Associate Administrator for
                                                                                           Alcohol Prevention and Treatment Policy, shall prepare a
                                                                                           report describing the alcoholism and alcohol abuse preven-
                                                                                           tion and treatment programs undertaken by the Adminis-
                                                                                           tration and its agencies, and the report shall include a de-
                                                                                           tailed statement of the expenditures made for the activi-
                                                                                           ties reported on and the personnel used in connection with
                                                                                           such activities.
                                                                                              (B) Each report under subparagraph (A) shall include a
                                                                                           description of any revisions in the plan under paragraph
                                                                                           (2) made during the preceding 2 years.
                                                                                              (C) Each report under subparagraph (A) shall be sub-
                                                                                           mitted to the Assistant Secretary for inclusion in the bien-
                                                                                           nial report under subsection (m).
                                                                                   (f) ASSOCIATE ADMINISTRATOR FOR WOMEN’S SERVICES.—
                                                                                         (1) APPOINTMENT.—The Assistant Secretary, with the ap-
                                                                                      proval of the Secretary, shall appoint an Associate Adminis-
                                                                                      trator for Women’s Services who shall report directly to the As-
                                                                                      sistant Secretary.
                                                                                         (2) DUTIES.—The Associate Administrator appointed under
                                                                                      paragraph (1) shall—
                                                                                              (A) establish a committee to be known as the Coordi-
                                                                                           nating Committee for Women’s Services (hereafter in this
                                                                                           subparagraph referred to as the ‘‘Coordinating Com-
                                                                                           mittee’’), which shall be composed of the Directors of the
                                                                                           agencies of the Administration (or the designees of the Di-
                                                                                           rectors);
                                                                                              (B) acting through the Coordinating Committee, with re-
                                                                                           spect to women’s substance abuse and mental health serv-
                                                                                           ices—
                                                                                                  (i) identify the need for such services, and make an
                                                                                                estimate each fiscal year of the funds needed to ade-
                                                                                                quately support the services;
                                                                                                  (ii) identify needs regarding the coordination of serv-
                                                                                                ices;
                                                                                                  (iii) encourage the agencies of the Administration to




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                support such services; and




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00102   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                                  99

                                                                                                   (iv) assure that the unique needs of minority
                                                                                                women, including Native American, Hispanic, African-
                                                                                                American and Asian women, are recognized and ad-
                                                                                                dressed within the activities of the Administration;
                                                                                                and
                                                                                             (C) establish an advisory committee to be known as the
                                                                                           Advisory Committee for Women’s Services, which shall be
                                                                                           composed of not more than 10 individuals, a majority of
                                                                                           whom shall be women, who are not officers or employees
                                                                                           of the Federal Government, to be appointed by the Assist-
                                                                                           ant Secretary from among physicians, practitioners, treat-
                                                                                           ment providers, and other health professionals, whose clin-
                                                                                           ical practice, specialization, or professional expertise in-
                                                                                           cludes a significant focus on women’s substance abuse and
                                                                                           mental health conditions, that shall—
                                                                                                   (i) advise the Associate Administrator on appro-
                                                                                                priate activities to be undertaken by the agencies of
                                                                                                the Administration with respect to women’s substance
                                                                                                abuse and mental health services, including services
                                                                                                which require a multidisciplinary approach;
                                                                                                   (ii) collect and review data, including information
                                                                                                provided by the Secretary (including the material re-
                                                                                                ferred to in paragraph (3)), and report biannually to
                                                                                                the Assistant Secretary regarding the extent to which
                                                                                                women are represented among senior personnel, and
                                                                                                make recommendations regarding improvement in the
                                                                                                participation of women in the workforce of the Admin-
                                                                                                istration; and
                                                                                                   (iii) prepare, for inclusion in the biennial report re-
                                                                                                quired pursuant to subsection (m), a description of ac-
                                                                                                tivities of the Committee, including findings made by
                                                                                                the Committee regarding—
                                                                                                         (I) the extent of expenditures made for women’s
                                                                                                      substance abuse and mental health services by
                                                                                                      the agencies of the Administration; and
                                                                                                         (II) the estimated level of funding needed for
                                                                                                      substance abuse and mental health services to
                                                                                                      meet the needs of women;
                                                                                             (D) improve the collection of data on women’s health
                                                                                           by—
                                                                                                   (i) reviewing the current data at the Administration
                                                                                                to determine its uniformity and applicability;
                                                                                                   (ii) developing standards for all programs funded by
                                                                                                the Administration so that data are, to the extent
                                                                                                practicable, collected and reported using common re-
                                                                                                porting formats, linkages and definitions; and
                                                                                                   (iii) reporting to the Assistant Secretary a plan for
                                                                                                incorporating the standards developed under clause
                                                                                                (ii) in all Administration programs and a plan to as-
                                                                                                sure that the data so collected are accessible to health
                                                                                                professionals, providers, researchers, and members of
                                                                                                the public; and
                                                                                             (E) shall establish, maintain, and operate a program to
                                                                                           provide information on women’s substance abuse and men-




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                           tal health services.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00103   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                              100

                                                                                        (3) STUDY.—
                                                                                             (A) The Secretary, acting through the Assistant Sec-
                                                                                          retary for Personnel, shall conduct a study to evaluate the
                                                                                          extent to which women are represented among senior per-
                                                                                          sonnel at the Administration.
                                                                                             (B) Not later than 90 days after the date of the enact-
                                                                                          ment of the ADAMHA Reorganization Act, the Assistant
                                                                                          Secretary for Personnel shall provide the Advisory Com-
                                                                                          mittee for Women’s Services with a study plan, including
                                                                                          the methodology of the study and any sampling frames.
                                                                                          Not later than 180 days after such date of enactment, the
                                                                                          Assistant Secretary shall prepare and submit directly to
                                                                                          the Advisory Committee a report concerning the results of
                                                                                          the study conducted under subparagraph (A).
                                                                                             (C) The Secretary shall prepare and provide to the Advi-
                                                                                          sory Committee for Women’s Services any additional data
                                                                                          as requested.
                                                                                        (4) OFFICE.—Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to
                                                                                     preclude the Secretary from establishing within the Substance
                                                                                     Abuse and Mental Health Administration an Office of Women’s
                                                                                     Health.
                                                                                        (5) DEFINITION.—For purposes of this subsection, the term
                                                                                     ‘‘women’s substance abuse and mental health conditions’’, with
                                                                                     respect to women of all age, ethnic, and racial groups, means
                                                                                     all aspects of substance abuse and mental illness—
                                                                                             (A) unique to or more prevalent among women; or
                                                                                             (B) with respect to which there have been insufficient
                                                                                          services involving women or insufficient data.
                                                                                   (g) CHIEF MEDICAL OFFICER.—
                                                                                        (1) IN GENERAL.—The Assistant Secretary, with the approval
                                                                                     of the Secretary, shall appoint a Chief Medical Officer to serve
                                                                                     within the Administration.
                                                                                        (2) ELIGIBLE CANDIDATES.—The Assistant Secretary shall se-
                                                                                     lect the Chief Medical Officer from among individuals who—
                                                                                             (A) have a doctoral degree in medicine or osteopathic
                                                                                          medicine;
                                                                                             (B) have experience in the provision of mental or sub-
                                                                                          stance use disorder services;
                                                                                             (C) have experience working with mental or substance
                                                                                          use disorder programs;
                                                                                             (D) have an understanding of biological, psychosocial,
                                                                                          and pharmaceutical treatments of mental or substance use
                                                                                          disorders; and
                                                                                             (E) are licensed to practice medicine in one or more
                                                                                          States.
                                                                                        (3) DUTIES.—The Chief Medical Officer shall—
                                                                                             (A) serve as a liaison between the Administration and
                                                                                          providers of mental and substance use disorders preven-
                                                                                          tion, treatment, and recovery services;
                                                                                             (B) assist the Assistant Secretary in the evaluation, or-
                                                                                          ganization, integration, and coordination of programs oper-
                                                                                          ated by the Administration;
                                                                                             (C) promote evidence-based and promising best prac-
                                                                                          tices, including culturally and linguistically appropriate




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                          practices, as appropriate, for the prevention and treatment




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00104   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                              101

                                                                                        of, and recovery from, mental and substance use disorders,
                                                                                        including serious mental illness and serious emotional dis-
                                                                                        turbances;
                                                                                           (D) participate in regular strategic planning with the
                                                                                        Administration;
                                                                                           (E) coordinate with the Assistant Secretary for Planning
                                                                                        and Evaluation to assess the use of performance metrics to
                                                                                        evaluate activities within the Administration related to
                                                                                        mental and substance use disorders; and
                                                                                           (F) coordinate with the Assistant Secretary to ensure
                                                                                        mental and substance use disorders grant programs within
                                                                                        the Administration consistently utilize appropriate per-
                                                                                        formance metrics and evaluation designs.
                                                                                (h) SERVICES OF EXPERTS.—
                                                                                      (1) IN GENERAL.—The Assistant Secretary may obtain (in ac-
                                                                                   cordance with section 3109 of title 5, United States Code, but
                                                                                   without regard to the limitation in such section on the number
                                                                                   of days or the period of service) the services of not more than
                                                                                   20 experts or consultants who have professional qualifications.
                                                                                   Such experts and consultants shall be obtained for the Admin-
                                                                                   istration and for each of its agencies.
                                                                                      (2) COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES.—
                                                                                           (A) Experts and consultants whose services are obtained
                                                                                        under paragraph (1) shall be paid or reimbursed for their
                                                                                        expenses associated with traveling to and from their as-
                                                                                        signment location in accordance with sections 5724,
                                                                                        5724a(a), 5724a(c), and 5726(c) of title 5, United States
                                                                                        Code.
                                                                                           (B) Expenses specified in subparagraph (A) may not be
                                                                                        allowed in connection with the assignment of an expert or
                                                                                        consultant whose services are obtained under paragraph
                                                                                        (1), unless and until the expert or consultant agrees in
                                                                                        writing to complete the entire period of assignment or one
                                                                                        year, whichever is shorter, unless separated or reassigned
                                                                                        for reasons beyond the control of the expert or consultant
                                                                                        that are acceptable to the Secretary. If the expert or con-
                                                                                        sultant violates the agreement, the money spent by the
                                                                                        United States for the expenses specified in subparagraph
                                                                                        (A) is recoverable from the expert or consultant as a debt
                                                                                        of the United States. The Secretary may waive in whole or
                                                                                        in part a right of recovery under this subparagraph.
                                                                                (i) PEER REVIEW GROUPS.—The Assistant Secretary shall, with-
                                                                              out regard to the provisions of title 5, United States Code, gov-
                                                                              erning appointments in the competitive service, and without regard
                                                                              to the provisions of chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of
                                                                              such title, relating to classification and General Schedule pay rates,
                                                                              establish such peer review groups and program advisory commit-
                                                                              tees as are needed to carry out the requirements of this title and
                                                                              appoint and pay members of such groups, except that officers and
                                                                              employees of the United States shall not receive additional com-
                                                                              pensation for services as members of such groups. The Federal Ad-
                                                                              visory Committee Act shall not apply to the duration of a peer re-
                                                                              view group appointed under this subsection.
                                                                                (j) VOLUNTARY SERVICES.—The Assistant Secretary may accept




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              voluntary and uncompensated services.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00105   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                              102

                                                                                 (k) ADMINISTRATION.—The Assistant Secretary shall ensure that
                                                                              programs and activities assigned under this title to the Administra-
                                                                              tion are fully administered by the respective Centers to which such
                                                                              programs and activities are assigned.
                                                                                 (l) STRATEGIC PLAN.—
                                                                                       (1) IN GENERAL.—Not later than September 30, 2018, and
                                                                                    every 4 years thereafter, the Assistant Secretary shall develop
                                                                                    and carry out a strategic plan in accordance with this sub-
                                                                                    section for the planning and operation of activities carried out
                                                                                    by the Administration, including evidence-based programs.
                                                                                       (2) COORDINATION.—In developing and carrying out the stra-
                                                                                    tegic plan under this subsection, the Assistant Secretary shall
                                                                                    take into consideration the findings and recommendations of
                                                                                    the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation under sec-
                                                                                    tion 6021(d) of the Helping Families in Mental Health Crisis
                                                                                    Reform Act of 2016 and the report of the Interdepartmental
                                                                                    Serious Mental Illness Coordinating Committee under øsection
                                                                                    6031 of such Act¿ section 501B of this Act.
                                                                                       (3) PUBLICATION OF PLAN.—Not later than September 30,
                                                                                    2018, and every 4 years thereafter, the Assistant Secretary
                                                                                    shall—
                                                                                            (A) submit the strategic plan developed under paragraph
                                                                                         (1) to the Committee on Energy and Commerce and the
                                                                                         Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representa-
                                                                                         tives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and
                                                                                         Pensions and the Committee on Appropriations of the Sen-
                                                                                         ate; and
                                                                                            (B) post such plan on the Internet website of the Admin-
                                                                                         istration.
                                                                                       (4) CONTENTS.—The strategic plan developed under para-
                                                                                    graph (1) shall—
                                                                                            (A) identify strategic priorities, goals, and measurable
                                                                                         objectives for mental and substance use disorders activities
                                                                                         and programs operated and supported by the Administra-
                                                                                         tion, including priorities to prevent or eliminate the bur-
                                                                                         den of mental and substance use disorders;
                                                                                            (B) identify ways to improve the quality of services for
                                                                                         individuals with mental and substance use disorders, and
                                                                                         to reduce homelessness, arrest, incarceration, violence, in-
                                                                                         cluding self-directed violence, and unnecessary hospitaliza-
                                                                                         tion of individuals with a mental or substance use dis-
                                                                                         order, including adults with a serious mental illness or
                                                                                         children with a serious emotional disturbance;
                                                                                            (C) ensure that programs provide, as appropriate, access
                                                                                         to effective and evidence-based prevention, diagnosis,
                                                                                         intervention, treatment, and recovery services, including
                                                                                         culturally and linguistically appropriate services, as appro-
                                                                                         priate, for individuals with a mental or substance use dis-
                                                                                         order;
                                                                                            (D) identify opportunities to collaborate with the Health
                                                                                         Resources and Services Administration to develop or im-
                                                                                         prove—
                                                                                                 (i) initiatives to encourage individuals to pursue ca-
                                                                                              reers (especially in rural and underserved areas and




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                              with rural and underserved populations) as psychia-




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00106   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                              103

                                                                                             trists, including child and adolescent psychiatrists,
                                                                                             psychologists, psychiatric nurse practitioners, physi-
                                                                                             cian assistants, clinical social workers, certified peer
                                                                                             support specialists, licensed professional counselors, or
                                                                                             other licensed or certified mental health or substance
                                                                                             use disorder professionals, including such profes-
                                                                                             sionals specializing in the diagnosis, evaluation, or
                                                                                             treatment of adults with a serious mental illness or
                                                                                             children with a serious emotional disturbance; and
                                                                                                (ii) a strategy to improve the recruitment, training,
                                                                                             and retention of a workforce for the treatment of indi-
                                                                                             viduals with mental or substance use disorders, or co-
                                                                                             occurring disorders;
                                                                                           (E) identify opportunities to improve collaboration with
                                                                                        States, local governments, communities, and Indian tribes
                                                                                        and tribal organizations (as such terms are defined in sec-
                                                                                        tion 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education As-
                                                                                        sistance Act); and
                                                                                           (F) specify a strategy to disseminate evidence-based and
                                                                                        promising best practices related to prevention, diagnosis,
                                                                                        early intervention, treatment, and recovery services re-
                                                                                        lated to mental illness, particularly for adults with a seri-
                                                                                        ous mental illness and children with a serious emotional
                                                                                        disturbance, and for individuals with a substance use dis-
                                                                                        order.
                                                                                 (m) BIENNIAL REPORT CONCERNING ACTIVITIES AND PROGRESS.—
                                                                              Not later than September 30, 2020, and every 2 years thereafter,
                                                                              the Assistant Secretary shall prepare and submit to the Committee
                                                                              on Energy and Commerce and the Committee on Appropriations of
                                                                              the House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Edu-
                                                                              cation, Labor, and Pensions and the Committee on Appropriations
                                                                              of the Senate, and post on the Internet website of the Administra-
                                                                              tion, a report containing at a minimum—
                                                                                      (1) a review of activities conducted or supported by the Ad-
                                                                                   ministration, including progress toward strategic priorities,
                                                                                   goals, and objectives identified in the strategic plan developed
                                                                                   under subsection (l);
                                                                                      (2) an assessment of programs and activities carried out by
                                                                                   the Assistant Secretary, including the extent to which pro-
                                                                                   grams and activities under this title and part B of title XIX
                                                                                   meet identified goals and performance measures developed for
                                                                                   the respective programs and activities;
                                                                                      (3) a description of the progress made in addressing gaps in
                                                                                   mental and substance use disorders prevention, treatment, and
                                                                                   recovery services and improving outcomes by the Administra-
                                                                                   tion, including with respect to serious mental illnesses, serious
                                                                                   emotional disturbances, and co-occurring disorders;
                                                                                      (4) a description of the manner in which the Administration
                                                                                   coordinates and partners with other Federal agencies and de-
                                                                                   partments related to mental and substance use disorders, in-
                                                                                   cluding activities related to—
                                                                                           (A) the implementation and dissemination of research
                                                                                        findings into improved programs, including with respect to




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                        how advances in serious mental illness and serious emo-




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00107   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                              104

                                                                                         tional disturbance research have been incorporated into
                                                                                         programs;
                                                                                            (B) the recruitment, training, and retention of a mental
                                                                                         and substance use disorders workforce;
                                                                                            (C) the integration of mental disorder services, sub-
                                                                                         stance use disorder services, and physical health services;
                                                                                            (D) homelessness; and
                                                                                            (E) veterans;
                                                                                       (5) a description of the manner in which the Administration
                                                                                    promotes coordination by grantees under this title, and part B
                                                                                    of title XIX, with State or local agencies; and
                                                                                       (6) a description of the activities carried out under section
                                                                                    501A(e), with respect to mental and substance use disorders,
                                                                                    including—
                                                                                            (A) the number and a description of grants awarded;
                                                                                            (B) the total amount of funding for grants awarded;
                                                                                            (C) a description of the activities supported through such
                                                                                         grants, including outcomes of programs supported; and
                                                                                            (D) information on how the National Mental Health and
                                                                                         Substance Use Policy Laboratory is consulting with the As-
                                                                                         sistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation and collabo-
                                                                                         rating with the Center for Substance Abuse Treatment,
                                                                                         the Center for Substance Abuse Prevention, the Center for
                                                                                         Behavioral Health Statistics and Quality, and the Center
                                                                                         for Mental Health Services to carry out such activities; and
                                                                                       (7) recommendations made by the Assistant Secretary for
                                                                                    Planning and Evaluation under section 6021 of the Helping
                                                                                    Families in Mental Health Crisis Reform Act of 2016 to im-
                                                                                    prove programs within the Administration, and actions taken
                                                                                    in response to such recommendations to improve programs
                                                                                    within the Administration.
                                                                              The Assistant Secretary may meet reporting requirements estab-
                                                                              lished under this title by providing the contents of such reports as
                                                                              an addendum to the biennial report established under this sub-
                                                                              section, notwithstanding the timeline of other reporting require-
                                                                              ments in this title. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed
                                                                              to alter the content requirements of such reports or authorize the
                                                                              Assistant Secretary to alter the timeline of any such reports to be
                                                                              less frequent than biennially, unless as specified in this title.
                                                                                 (n) APPLICATIONS FOR GRANTS AND CONTRACTS.—With respect to
                                                                              awards of grants, cooperative agreements, and contracts under this
                                                                              title, the Assistant Secretary, or the Director of the Center in-
                                                                              volved, as the case may be, may not make such an award unless—
                                                                                       (1) an application for the award is submitted to the official
                                                                                    involved;
                                                                                       (2) with respect to carrying out the purpose for which the
                                                                                    award is to be provided, the application provides assurances of
                                                                                    compliance satisfactory to such official; and
                                                                                       (3) the application is otherwise in such form, is made in such
                                                                                    manner, and contains such agreements, assurances, and infor-
                                                                                    mation as the official determines to be necessary to carry out
                                                                                    the purpose for which the award is to be provided.
                                                                                 (o) EMERGENCY RESPONSE.—
                                                                                       (1) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding section 504 and except as




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                    provided in paragraph (2), the Secretary may use not to exceed




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00108   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                              105

                                                                                   2.5 percent of all amounts appropriated under this title for a
                                                                                   fiscal year to make noncompetitive grants, contracts or cooper-
                                                                                   ative agreements to public entities to enable such entities to
                                                                                   address emergency substance abuse or mental health needs in
                                                                                   local communities.
                                                                                      (2) EXCEPTIONS.—Amounts appropriated under part C shall
                                                                                   not be subject to paragraph (1).
                                                                                      (3) EMERGENCIES.—The Secretary shall establish criteria for
                                                                                   determining that a substance abuse or mental health emer-
                                                                                   gency exists and publish such criteria in the Federal Register
                                                                                   prior to providing funds under this subsection.
                                                                                      (4) EMERGENCY RESPONSE.—Amounts made available for car-
                                                                                   rying out this subsection shall remain available through the
                                                                                   end of the fiscal year following the fiscal year for which such
                                                                                   amounts are appropriated.
                                                                                 (p) LIMITATION ON THE USE OF CERTAIN INFORMATION.—No infor-
                                                                              mation, if an establishment or person supplying the information or
                                                                              described in it is identifiable, obtained in the course of activities
                                                                              undertaken or supported under section 505 may be used for any
                                                                              purpose other than the purpose for which it was supplied unless
                                                                              such establishment or person has consented (as determined under
                                                                              regulations of the Secretary) to its use for such other purpose. Such
                                                                              information may not be published or released in other form if the
                                                                              person who supplied the information or who is described in it is
                                                                              identifiable unless such person has consented (as determined under
                                                                              regulations of the Secretary) to its publication or release in other
                                                                              form.
                                                                                 (q) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the purpose of pro-
                                                                              viding grants, cooperative agreements, and contracts under this
                                                                              section, there are authorized to be appropriated $25,000,000 for fis-
                                                                              cal year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the
                                                                              fiscal years 2002 and 2003.
                                                                              SEC. 501A. NATIONAL MENTAL HEALTH AND SUBSTANCE USE POLICY
                                                                                          LABORATORY.
                                                                                (a) IN GENERAL.—There shall be established within the Adminis-
                                                                              tration a National Mental Health and Substance Use Policy Lab-
                                                                              oratory (referred to in this section as the ‘‘Laboratory’’).
                                                                                (b) RESPONSIBILITIES.—The Laboratory shall—
                                                                                      (1) continue to carry out the authorities and activities that
                                                                                   were in effect for the Office of Policy, Planning, and Innovation
                                                                                   as such Office existed prior to the date of enactment of the
                                                                                   Helping Families in Mental Health Crisis Reform Act of 2016;
                                                                                      (2) identify, coordinate, and facilitate the implementation of
                                                                                   policy changes likely to have a significant effect on mental
                                                                                   health, mental illness, recovery supports, and the prevention
                                                                                   and treatment of substance use disorder services;
                                                                                      (3) work with the Center for Behavioral Health Statistics
                                                                                   and Quality to collect, as appropriate, information from grant-
                                                                                   ees under programs operated by the Administration in order to
                                                                                   evaluate and disseminate information on evidence-based prac-
                                                                                   tices, including culturally and linguistically appropriate serv-
                                                                                   ices, as appropriate, and service delivery models;
                                                                                      (4) provide leadership in identifying and coordinating policies
                                                                                   and programs, including evidence-based programs, related to




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                   mental and substance use disorders;




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00109   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                              106

                                                                                     (5) periodically review programs and activities operated by
                                                                                   the Administration relating to the diagnosis or prevention of,
                                                                                   treatment for, and recovery from, mental and substance use
                                                                                   disorders to—
                                                                                          (A) identify any such programs or activities that are du-
                                                                                       plicative;
                                                                                          (B) identify any such programs or activities that are not
                                                                                       evidence-based, effective, or efficient; and
                                                                                          (C) formulate recommendations for coordinating, elimi-
                                                                                       nating, or improving programs or activities identified
                                                                                       under subparagraph (A) or (B) and merging such programs
                                                                                       or activities into other successful programs or activities;
                                                                                     (6) issue and periodically update information for entities ap-
                                                                                   plying for grants or cooperative agreements from the Sub-
                                                                                   stance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration in
                                                                                   order to—
                                                                                          (A) encourage the implementation and replication of evi-
                                                                                       dence-based practices; and
                                                                                          (B) provide technical assistance to applicants for fund-
                                                                                       ing, including with respect to justifications for such pro-
                                                                                       grams and activities; and
                                                                                     (7) carry out other activities as deemed necessary to continue
                                                                                   to encourage innovation and disseminate evidence-based pro-
                                                                                   grams and practices.
                                                                                (c) EVIDENCE-BASED PRACTICES AND SERVICE DELIVERY MOD-
                                                                              ELS.—
                                                                                     (1) IN GENERAL.—In carrying out subsection (b)(3), the Lab-
                                                                                   oratory—
                                                                                          (A) may give preference to models that improve—
                                                                                               (i) the coordination between mental health and
                                                                                            physical health providers;
                                                                                               (ii) the coordination among such providers and the
                                                                                            justice and corrections system; and
                                                                                               (iii) the cost effectiveness, quality, effectiveness, and
                                                                                            efficiency of health care services furnished to adults
                                                                                            with a serious mental illness, children with a serious
                                                                                            emotional disturbance, or individuals in a mental
                                                                                            health crisis; and
                                                                                          (B) may include clinical protocols and practices that ad-
                                                                                       dress the needs of individuals with early serious mental
                                                                                       illness.
                                                                                     (2) CONSULTATION.—In carrying out this section, the Labora-
                                                                                   tory shall consult with—
                                                                                          (A) the Chief Medical Officer appointed under section
                                                                                       501(g);
                                                                                          (B) representatives of the National Institute of Mental
                                                                                       Health, the National Institute on Drug Abuse, and the Na-
                                                                                       tional Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, on an
                                                                                       ongoing basis;
                                                                                          (C) other appropriate Federal agencies;
                                                                                          (D) clinical and analytical experts with expertise in psy-
                                                                                       chiatric medical care and clinical psychological care, health
                                                                                       care management, education, corrections health care, and




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                       mental health court systems, as appropriate; and




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00110   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                              107

                                                                                            (E) other individuals and agencies as determined appro-
                                                                                         priate by the Assistant Secretary.
                                                                                 (d) DEADLINE FOR BEGINNING IMPLEMENTATION.—The Laboratory
                                                                              shall begin implementation of this section not later than January
                                                                              1, 2018.
                                                                                 (e) PROMOTING INNOVATION.—
                                                                                       (1) IN GENERAL.—The Assistant Secretary, in coordination
                                                                                    with the Laboratory, may award grants to States, local govern-
                                                                                    ments, øIndian tribes or tribal organizations¿ Indian Tribes or
                                                                                    Tribal organizations (as such terms are defined in section 4 of
                                                                                    the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act),
                                                                                    educational institutions, and nonprofit organizations to develop
                                                                                    evidence-based interventions, including culturally and linguis-
                                                                                    tically appropriate services, as appropriate, for—
                                                                                            (A) evaluating a model that has been scientifically dem-
                                                                                         onstrated to show promise, but would benefit from further
                                                                                         applied development, for—
                                                                                                 (i) enhancing the prevention, diagnosis, intervention,
                                                                                              and treatment of, and recovery from, mental illness,
                                                                                              serious emotional disturbances, substance use dis-
                                                                                              orders, and co-occurring illness or disorders; or
                                                                                                 (ii) integrating or coordinating physical health serv-
                                                                                              ices and mental and substance use disorders services;
                                                                                              and
                                                                                            (B) expanding, replicating, or scaling evidence-based pro-
                                                                                         grams across a wider area to enhance effective screening,
                                                                                         early diagnosis, intervention, and treatment with respect
                                                                                         to mental illness, serious mental illness, serious emotional
                                                                                         disturbances, and substance use disorders, primarily by—
                                                                                                 (i) applying such evidence-based programs to the de-
                                                                                              livery of care, including by training staff in effective
                                                                                              evidence-based treatments; or
                                                                                                 (ii) integrating such evidence-based programs into
                                                                                              models of care across specialties and jurisdictions.
                                                                                       (2) CONSULTATION.—In awarding grants under this sub-
                                                                                    section, the Assistant Secretary shall, as appropriate, consult
                                                                                    with the Chief Medical Officer, appointed under section 501(g),
                                                                                    the advisory councils described in section 502, the National In-
                                                                                    stitute of Mental Health, the National Institute on Drug
                                                                                    Abuse, and the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alco-
                                                                                    holism, as appropriate.
                                                                                       ø(3) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are author-
                                                                                    ized to be appropriated—
                                                                                            ø(A) to carry out paragraph (1)(A), $7,000,000 for the pe-
                                                                                         riod of fiscal years 2018 through 2020; and
                                                                                            ø(B) to carry out paragraph (1)(B), $7,000,000 for the pe-
                                                                                         riod of fiscal years 2018 through 2020.¿
                                                                                 (f) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—To carry out this sec-
                                                                              tion, there is authorized to be appropriated $10,000,000 for each of
                                                                              fiscal years 2023 through 2027.
                                                                              SEC. 501B. INTERDEPARTMENTAL SERIOUS MENTAL ILLNESS COORDI-
                                                                                           NATING COMMITTEE.
                                                                                (a) ESTABLISHMENT.—
                                                                                     (1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary of Health and Human Serv-




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                     ices, or the designee of the Secretary, shall establish a com-




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00111   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6603   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                              108

                                                                                   mittee to be known as the Interdepartmental Serious Mental Ill-
                                                                                   ness Coordinating Committee (in this section referred to as the
                                                                                   ‘‘Committee’’).
                                                                                      (2) FEDERAL ADVISORY COMMITTEE ACT.—Except as provided
                                                                                   in this section, the provisions of the Federal Advisory Com-
                                                                                   mittee Act (5 U.S.C. App.) shall apply to the Committee.
                                                                                (b) MEETINGS.—The Committee shall meet not fewer than 2 times
                                                                              each year.
                                                                                (c) RESPONSIBILITIES.—The Committee shall submit, on a bian-
                                                                              nual basis, to Congress and any other relevant Federal department
                                                                              or agency a report including—
                                                                                      (1) a summary of advances in serious mental illness and seri-
                                                                                   ous emotional disturbance research related to the prevention of,
                                                                                   diagnosis of, intervention in, and treatment and recovery of se-
                                                                                   rious mental illnesses, serious emotional disturbances, and ad-
                                                                                   vances in access to services and support for adults with a seri-
                                                                                   ous mental illness or children with a serious emotional disturb-
                                                                                   ance;
                                                                                      (2) an evaluation of the effect Federal programs related to se-
                                                                                   rious mental illness have on public health, including public
                                                                                   health outcomes such as—
                                                                                           (A) rates of suicide, suicide attempts, incidence and prev-
                                                                                        alence of serious mental illnesses, serious emotional dis-
                                                                                        turbances, and substance use disorders, overdose, overdose
                                                                                        deaths, emergency hospitalizations, emergency room board-
                                                                                        ing, preventable emergency room visits, interaction with the
                                                                                        criminal justice system, homelessness, and unemployment;
                                                                                           (B) increased rates of employment and enrollment in edu-
                                                                                        cational and vocational programs;
                                                                                           (C) quality of mental and substance use disorders treat-
                                                                                        ment services; or
                                                                                           (D) any other criteria as may be determined by the Sec-
                                                                                        retary; and
                                                                                      (3) specific recommendations for actions that agencies can
                                                                                   take to better coordinate the administration of mental health
                                                                                   services for adults with a serious mental illness or children
                                                                                   with a serious emotional disturbance.
                                                                                (d) MEMBERSHIP.—
                                                                                      (1) FEDERAL MEMBERS.—The Committee shall be composed of
                                                                                   the following Federal representatives, or the designees of such
                                                                                   representatives—
                                                                                           (A) the Secretary of Health and Human Services, who
                                                                                        shall serve as the Chair of the Committee;
                                                                                           (B) the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Sub-
                                                                                        stance Use;
                                                                                           (C) the Attorney General;
                                                                                           (D) the Secretary of Veterans Affairs;
                                                                                           (E) the Secretary of Defense;
                                                                                           (F) the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development;
                                                                                           (G) the Secretary of Education;
                                                                                           (H) the Secretary of Labor;
                                                                                           (I) the Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Med-
                                                                                        icaid Services; and




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                           (J) the Commissioner of Social Security.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00112   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6603   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                              109

                                                                                       (2) NON-FEDERAL MEMBERS.—The Committee shall also in-
                                                                                     clude not less than 14 non-Federal public members appointed
                                                                                     by the Secretary of Health and Human Services, of which—
                                                                                             (A) at least 2 members shall be an individual who has
                                                                                          received treatment for a diagnosis of a serious mental ill-
                                                                                          ness;
                                                                                             (B) at least 1 member shall be a parent or legal guardian
                                                                                          of an adult with a history of a serious mental illness or a
                                                                                          child with a history of a serious emotional disturbance;
                                                                                             (C) at least 1 member shall be a representative of a lead-
                                                                                          ing research, advocacy, or service organization for adults
                                                                                          with a serious mental illness;
                                                                                             (D) at least 2 members shall be—
                                                                                                  (i) a licensed psychiatrist with experience in treating
                                                                                                serious mental illnesses;
                                                                                                  (ii) a licensed psychologist with experience in treating
                                                                                                serious mental illnesses or serious emotional disturb-
                                                                                                ances;
                                                                                                  (iii) a licensed clinical social worker with experience
                                                                                                treating serious mental illnesses or serious emotional
                                                                                                disturbances; or
                                                                                                  (iv) a licensed psychiatric nurse, nurse practitioner,
                                                                                                or physician assistant with experience in treating seri-
                                                                                                ous mental illnesses or serious emotional disturbances;
                                                                                             (E) at least 1 member shall be a licensed mental health
                                                                                          professional with a specialty in treating children and ado-
                                                                                          lescents with a serious emotional disturbance;
                                                                                             (F) at least 1 member shall be a mental health profes-
                                                                                          sional who has research or clinical mental health experi-
                                                                                          ence in working with minorities;
                                                                                             (G) at least 1 member shall be a mental health profes-
                                                                                          sional who has research or clinical mental health experi-
                                                                                          ence in working with medically underserved populations;
                                                                                             (H) at least 1 member shall be a State certified mental
                                                                                          health peer support specialist;
                                                                                             (I) at least 1 member shall be a judge with experience in
                                                                                          adjudicating cases related to criminal justice or serious
                                                                                          mental illness;
                                                                                             (J) at least 1 member shall be a law enforcement officer
                                                                                          or corrections officer with extensive experience in inter-
                                                                                          facing with adults with a serious mental illness, children
                                                                                          with a serious emotional disturbance, or individuals in a
                                                                                          mental health crisis; and
                                                                                             (K) at least 1 member shall have experience providing
                                                                                          services for homeless individuals and working with adults
                                                                                          with a serious mental illness, children with a serious emo-
                                                                                          tional disturbance, or individuals in a mental health crisis.
                                                                                       (3) TERMS.—A member of the Committee appointed under
                                                                                     paragraph (2) shall serve for a term of 3 years, and may be re-
                                                                                     appointed for 1 or more additional 3-year terms. Any member
                                                                                     appointed to fill a vacancy for an unexpired term shall be ap-
                                                                                     pointed for the remainder of such term. A member may serve
                                                                                     after the expiration of the member’s term until a successor has




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                     been appointed.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00113   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6603   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                              110

                                                                                (e) WORKING GROUPS.—In carrying out its functions, the Com-
                                                                              mittee may establish working groups. Such working groups shall be
                                                                              composed of Committee members, or their designees, and may hold
                                                                              such meetings as are necessary.
                                                                                (f) SUNSET.—The Committee shall terminate on September 30,
                                                                              2027.
                                                                                          *           *            *              *           *          *           *
                                                                              SEC. 506. GRANTS FOR THE BENEFIT OF HOMELESS INDIVIDUALS.
                                                                                (a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall award grants, contracts
                                                                              and cooperative agreements to community-based public and private
                                                                              nonprofit entities for the purposes of providing mental health and
                                                                              substance use disorder services for homeless individuals. In car-
                                                                              rying out this section, the Secretary shall consult with the Inter-
                                                                              agency Council on the Homeless, established under section 201 of
                                                                              the Stewart B. McKinney Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                              11311).
                                                                                 (b) PREFERENCES.—In awarding grants, contracts, and coopera-
                                                                              tive agreements under subsection (a), the Secretary shall give a
                                                                              preference to—
                                                                                      (1) entities that provide integrated primary health, sub-
                                                                                    stance use disorder, and mental health services to homeless in-
                                                                                    dividuals;
                                                                                      (2) entities that demonstrate effectiveness in serving run-
                                                                                    away, homeless, and street youth;
                                                                                      (3) entities that have experience in providing substance use
                                                                                    disorder and mental health services to homeless individuals;
                                                                                      (4) entities that demonstrate experience in providing housing
                                                                                    for individuals in treatment for or in recovery from mental ill-
                                                                                    ness or a substance use disorder; and
                                                                                      (5) entities that demonstrate effectiveness in serving home-
                                                                                    less veterans.
                                                                                 (c) SERVICES FOR CERTAIN INDIVIDUALS.—In awarding grants,
                                                                              contracts, and cooperative agreements under subsection (a), the
                                                                              Secretary shall not—
                                                                                      (1) prohibit the provision of services under such subsection
                                                                                    to homeless individuals who are suffering from a substance use
                                                                                    disorder and are not suffering from a mental health disorder;
                                                                                    and
                                                                                      (2) make payments under subsection (a) to any entity that
                                                                                    has a policy of—
                                                                                           (A) excluding individuals from mental health services
                                                                                         due to the existence or suspicion of a substance use dis-
                                                                                         order; or
                                                                                           (B) has a policy of excluding individuals from substance
                                                                                         use disorder services due to the existence or suspicion of
                                                                                         mental illness.
                                                                                 (d) TERM OF THE AWARDS.—No entity may receive a grant, con-
                                                                              tract, or cooperative agreement under subsection (a) for more than
                                                                              5 years.
                                                                                 (e) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized to
                                                                              be appropriated to carry out this section$41,304,000 for each of fis-




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                              cal years ø2018 through 2022¿ 2023 through 2027.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00114   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                              111
                                                                              øSEC. 506A. ALCOHOL AND DRUG PREVENTION OR TREATMENT SERV-
                                                                                          ICES FOR INDIANS AND NATIVE ALASKANS.
                                                                                ø(a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall award grants, contracts,
                                                                              or cooperative agreements to public and private nonprofit entities,
                                                                              including Native Alaskan entities and Indian tribes and tribal or-
                                                                              ganizations, for the purpose of providing alcohol and drug preven-
                                                                              tion or treatment services for Indians and Native Alaskans.
                                                                                 ø(b) PRIORITY.—In awarding grants, contracts, or cooperative
                                                                              agreements under subsection (a), the Secretary shall give priority
                                                                              to applicants that—
                                                                                      ø(1) propose to provide alcohol and drug prevention or treat-
                                                                                   ment services on reservations;
                                                                                      ø(2) propose to employ culturally-appropriate approaches, as
                                                                                   determined by the Secretary, in providing such services; and
                                                                                      ø(3) have provided prevention or treatment services to Na-
                                                                                   tive Alaskan entities and Indian tribes and tribal organizations
                                                                                   for at least 1 year prior to applying for a grant under this sec-
                                                                                   tion.
                                                                                 ø(c) DURATION.—The Secretary shall award grants, contracts, or
                                                                              cooperative agreements under subsection (a) for a period not to ex-
                                                                              ceed 5 years.
                                                                                 ø(d) APPLICATION.—An entity desiring a grant, contract, or coop-
                                                                              erative agreement under subsection (a) shall submit an application
                                                                              to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied
                                                                              by such information as the Secretary may reasonably require.
                                                                                 ø(e) EVALUATION.—An entity that receives a grant, contract, or
                                                                              cooperative agreement under subsection (a) shall submit, in the ap-
                                                                              plication for such grant, a plan for the evaluation of any project un-
                                                                              dertaken with funds provided under this section. Such entity shall
                                                                              provide the Secretary with periodic evaluations of the progress of
                                                                              such project and such evaluation at the completion of such project
                                                                              as the Secretary determines to be appropriate. The final evaluation
                                                                              submitted by such entity shall include a recommendation as to
                                                                              whether such project shall continue.
                                                                                 ø(f) REPORT.—Not later than 3 years after the date of the enact-
                                                                              ment of this section and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall
                                                                              prepare and submit, to the Committee on Health, Education,
                                                                              Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, a report describing the services
                                                                              provided pursuant to this section.
                                                                                 ø(g) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are authorized
                                                                              to be appropriated to carry out this section, $15,000,000 for fiscal
                                                                              year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 2002
                                                                              and 2003.¿
                                                                              SEC. 506A. BEHAVIORAL HEALTH AND SUBSTANCE USE DISORDER
                                                                                         SERVICES FOR NATIVE AMERICANS.
                                                                                (a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
                                                                                        (1) The term ‘‘eligible entity’’ means an Indian Tribe, a Tribal
                                                                                     organization, an Urban Indian organization, and a Native Ha-
                                                                                     waiian health organization.
                                                                                        (2) The terms ‘‘Indian Tribe’’, ‘‘Tribal organization’’, and
                                                                                     ‘‘Urban Indian organization’’ have the meanings given to the
                                                                                     terms ‘‘Indian tribe’’, ‘‘tribal organization’’, and ‘‘Urban Indian
                                                                                     organization’’ in section 4 of the Indian Health Care Improve-




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                     ment Act.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00115   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6603   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                              112

                                                                                         (3) The term ‘‘Native Hawaiian health organization’’ means
                                                                                      ‘‘Papa Ola Lokahi’’ as defined in section 12 of the Native Ha-
                                                                                      waiian Health Care Improvement Act.
                                                                                   (b) FORMULA FUNDS.—
                                                                                         (1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary, in consultation with the Di-
                                                                                      rector of the Indian Health Service, as appropriate, shall award
                                                                                      funds to eligible entities, in amounts determined pursuant to
                                                                                      the formula described in paragraph (2), to be used by the eligi-
                                                                                      ble entity to provide culturally appropriate mental health and
                                                                                      substance use disorder prevention, treatment, and recovery serv-
                                                                                      ices to American Indians, Alaska Natives, and Native Hawai-
                                                                                      ians.
                                                                                         (2) FORMULA.—The Secretary, using the process described in
                                                                                      subsection (d), shall develop a formula to determine the amount
                                                                                      of an award under paragraph (1). Such formula shall take into
                                                                                      account the populations of eligible entities whose rates of over-
                                                                                      dose deaths or suicide are substantially higher relative to the
                                                                                      populations of other Indian Tribes, Tribal organizations, Urban
                                                                                      Indian organizations, or Native Hawaiian health organizations,
                                                                                      as applicable.
                                                                                   (c) TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE AND PROGRAM EVALUATION.—
                                                                                         (1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall—
                                                                                              (A) provide technical assistance to applicants and award-
                                                                                           ees under this section; and
                                                                                              (B) collect and evaluate information on the program car-
                                                                                           ried out under this section.
                                                                                         (2) CONSULTATION ON EVALUATION MEASURES, AND DATA SUB-
                                                                                      MISSION AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS.—The Secretary shall,
                                                                                      using the process described in subsection (d), develop evaluation
                                                                                      measures and data submission and reporting requirements for
                                                                                      purposes of the collection and evaluation of information.
                                                                                         (3) DATA SUBMISSION AND REPORTING.—As a condition on re-
                                                                                      ceipt of funds under this section, an applicant shall agree to
                                                                                      submit data and reports in a timely manner consistent with the
                                                                                      evaluation measures and data submission and reporting re-
                                                                                      quirements developed under subsection (d).
                                                                                   (d) REGULATIONS.—
                                                                                         (1) PROMULGATION.—Not later than 180 days after the date
                                                                                      of enactment of the Restoring Hope for Mental Health and Well-
                                                                                      Being Act of 2022, the Secretary shall initiate procedures under
                                                                                      subchapter III of chapter 5 of title 5, United States Code, to ne-
                                                                                      gotiate and promulgate such regulations as are necessary to
                                                                                      carry out this section, including development of the funding for-
                                                                                      mula described in subsection (b) and the program evaluation
                                                                                      and reporting requirements under subsection (c).
                                                                                         (2) PUBLICATION.—Not later than 18 months after the date of
                                                                                      enactment of the Restoring Hope for Mental Health and Well-
                                                                                      Being Act of 2022, the Secretary shall publish in the Federal
                                                                                      Register proposed regulations to implement this section.
                                                                                         (3) COMMITTEE.—A negotiated rulemaking committee estab-
                                                                                      lished pursuant to section 565 of title 5, United States Code, to
                                                                                      carry out this subsection shall have as its members only rep-
                                                                                      resentatives of the Federal Government, Tribal Governments,




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                      and Urban Indian organizations. For purposes of such rule-




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00116   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6603   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                              113

                                                                                   making, the Indian Health Service shall be the lead agency for
                                                                                   the Department.
                                                                                     (4) ADAPTATION OF PROCEDURES.—In carrying out this sub-
                                                                                   section, the Secretary shall adapt any negotiated rulemaking
                                                                                   procedures to the unique context of the government-to-govern-
                                                                                   ment relationship between the United States and Indian Tribes.
                                                                                     (5) EFFECT.—The lack of promulgated regulations under this
                                                                                   subsection shall not limit the effect or implementation of this
                                                                                   section.
                                                                                (e) APPLICATION.—An entity desiring an award under subsection
                                                                              (b) shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in
                                                                              such manner, and accompanied by such information as the Sec-
                                                                              retary may reasonably require.
                                                                                (f) REPORT.—Not later than 3 years after the date of the enact-
                                                                              ment of the Restoring Hope for Mental Health and Well-Being Act
                                                                              of 2022, and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall prepare and
                                                                              submit, to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pen-
                                                                              sions of the Senate, and the Committee on Energy and Commerce
                                                                              of the House of Representatives, a report describing the services pro-
                                                                              vided pursuant to this section.
                                                                                (g) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are authorized to
                                                                              be appropriated to carry out this section, $40,000,000 for each of fis-
                                                                              cal years 2023 through 2027.
                                                                              SEC. 506B. BEHAVIORAL HEALTH CRISIS COORDINATING OFFICE.
                                                                                (a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall establish, within the Sub-
                                                                              stance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, an office
                                                                              to coordinate work relating to behavioral health crisis care across
                                                                              the operating divisions and agencies of the Department of Health
                                                                              and Human Services, including the Substance Abuse and Mental
                                                                              Health Services Administration, the Centers for Medicare & Med-
                                                                              icaid Services, and the Health Resources and Services Administra-
                                                                              tion, and external stakeholders.
                                                                                 (b) DUTY.—The office established under subsection (a) shall—
                                                                                      (1) convene Federal, State, Tribal, local, and private partners;
                                                                                      (2) launch and manage Federal workgroups charged with
                                                                                   making recommendations regarding behavioral health crisis
                                                                                   issues, including with respect to health care best practices,
                                                                                   workforce development, mental health disparities, data collec-
                                                                                   tion, technology, program oversight, public awareness, and en-
                                                                                   gagement; and
                                                                                      (3) support technical assistance, data analysis, and evalua-
                                                                                   tion functions in order to assist States, localities, Territories,
                                                                                   Tribes, and Tribal communities to develop crisis care systems
                                                                                   and establish nationwide best practices with the objective of ex-
                                                                                   panding the capacity of, and access to, local crisis call centers,
                                                                                   mobile crisis care, crisis stabilization, psychiatric emergency
                                                                                   services, and rapid post-crisis follow-up care provided by—
                                                                                           (A) the National Suicide Prevention and Mental Health
                                                                                        Crisis Hotline and Response System;
                                                                                           (B) community mental health centers (as defined in sec-
                                                                                        tion 1861(ff)(3)(B) of the Social Security Act);
                                                                                           (C) certified community behavioral health clinics, as de-
                                                                                        scribed in section 223 of the Protecting Access to Medicare




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                        Act of 2014; and




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00117   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6603   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                              114

                                                                                         (D) other community mental health and substance use
                                                                                       disorder providers.
                                                                                (c) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized to
                                                                              be appropriated to carry out this section $5,000,000 for each of fis-
                                                                              cal years 2023 through 2027.
                                                                                                       PART B—CENTERS AND PROGRAMS
                                                                                           Subpart 1—Center for Substance Abuse Treatment
                                                                                          *           *            *              *           *          *           *
                                                                              SEC. 509. PRIORITY SUBSTANCE øABUSE¿ USE DISORDER TREATMENT
                                                                                          NEEDS OF REGIONAL AND NATIONAL SIGNIFICANCE.
                                                                                (a) PROJECTS.—The Secretary shall address priority substance
                                                                              use disorder treatment needs of regional and national significance
                                                                              (as determined under subsection (b)) through the provision of or
                                                                              through assistance for—
                                                                                      (1) knowledge development and application projects for treat-
                                                                                   ment and rehabilitation and the conduct or support of evalua-
                                                                                   tions of such projects;
                                                                                      (2) training and technical assistance; and
                                                                                      (3) targeted capacity response programs that permit States,
                                                                                   local governments, communities, and Indian øtribes and tribal
                                                                                   organizations (as the terms ‘‘Indian tribes’’ and ‘‘tribal organi-
                                                                                   zations’’ are defined¿ Tribes and Tribal organizations (as such
                                                                                   terms are defined in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination
                                                                                   and Education Assistance Act) to focus on emerging trends øin
                                                                                   substance abuse¿ and co-occurrence of substance use disorders
                                                                                   with mental illness or other conditions.
                                                                              The Secretary may carry out the activities described in this section
                                                                              directly or through grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements
                                                                              with States, political subdivisions of States, Indian tribes or tribal
                                                                              organizations (as such terms are defined in section 4 of the Indian
                                                                              Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act), health facilities,
                                                                              or programs operated by or in accordance with a contract or grant
                                                                              with the Indian Health Service, or other public or nonprofit private
                                                                              entities.
                                                                                (b) PRIORITY SUBSTANCE øABUSE¿ USE DISORDER TREATMENT
                                                                              NEEDS.—
                                                                                      (1) IN GENERAL.—Priority substance use disorder treatment
                                                                                   needs of regional and national significance shall be determined
                                                                                   by the Secretary after consultation with States and other inter-
                                                                                   ested groups. The Secretary shall meet with the States and in-
                                                                                   terested groups on an annual basis to discuss program prior-
                                                                                   ities.
                                                                                      (2) SPECIAL CONSIDERATION.—In developing program prior-
                                                                                   ities under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall give special con-
                                                                                   sideration to promoting the integration of substance use dis-
                                                                                   order treatment services into primary health care systems.
                                                                                (c) REQUIREMENTS.—
                                                                                      (1) IN GENERAL.—Recipients of grants, contracts, or coopera-
                                                                                   tive agreements under this section shall comply with informa-
                                                                                   tion and application requirements determined appropriate by
                                                                                   the Secretary.
                                                                                      (2) DURATION OF AWARD.—With respect to a grant, contract,




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                   or cooperative agreement awarded under this section, the pe-




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00118   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                              115

                                                                                    riod during which payments under such award are made to the
                                                                                    recipient may not exceed 5 years.
                                                                                       (3) MATCHING FUNDS.—The Secretary may, for projects car-
                                                                                    ried out under subsection (a), require that entities that apply
                                                                                    for grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements under that
                                                                                    project provide non-Federal matching funds, as determined ap-
                                                                                    propriate by the Secretary, to ensure the institutional commit-
                                                                                    ment of the entity to the projects funded under the grant, con-
                                                                                    tract, or cooperative agreement. Such non-Federal matching
                                                                                    funds may be provided directly or through donations from pub-
                                                                                    lic or private entities and may be in cash or in kind, fairly
                                                                                    evaluated, including plant, equipment, or services.
                                                                                       (4) MAINTENANCE OF EFFORT.—With respect to activities for
                                                                                    which a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement is awarded
                                                                                    under this section, the Secretary may require that recipients
                                                                                    for specific projects under subsection (a) agree to maintain ex-
                                                                                    penditures of non-Federal amounts for such activities at a level
                                                                                    that is not less than the level of such expenditures maintained
                                                                                    by the entity for the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for
                                                                                    which the entity receives such a grant, contract, or cooperative
                                                                                    agreement.
                                                                                 (d) EVALUATION.—The Secretary shall evaluate each project car-
                                                                              ried out under subsection (a)(1) and shall disseminate the findings
                                                                              with respect to each such evaluation to appropriate public and pri-
                                                                              vate entities.
                                                                                 (e) INFORMATION AND EDUCATION.—The Secretary shall establish
                                                                              comprehensive information and education programs to disseminate
                                                                              and apply the findings of the knowledge development and applica-
                                                                              tion, training and technical assistance programs, and targeted ca-
                                                                              pacity response programs under this section to the general public,
                                                                              to health professionals and other interested groups. The Secretary
                                                                              shall make every effort to provide linkages between the findings of
                                                                              supported projects and State agencies responsible for carrying out
                                                                              substance use disorder prevention and treatment programs.
                                                                                 (f) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATION.—There are authorized to
                                                                              be appropriated to carry out this section, ø$333,806,000 for each of
                                                                              fiscal years 2018 through 2022¿ $521,517,000 for each of fiscal
                                                                              years 2023 through 2027.
                                                                                          *           *            *              *           *          *           *
                                                                              SEC. 514. SUBSTANCE USE DISORDER TREATMENT AND EARLY INTER-
                                                                                          VENTION SERVICES FOR CHILDREN, ADOLESCENTS, AND
                                                                                          YOUNG ADULTS.
                                                                                (a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall award grants, contracts, or
                                                                              cooperative agreements to public and private nonprofit entities, in-
                                                                              cluding øIndian tribes or tribal organizations¿ Indian Tribes or
                                                                              Tribal organizations (as such terms are defined in section 4 of the
                                                                              Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act), or health
                                                                              facilities or programs operated by or in accordance with a contract
                                                                              or grant with the Indian Health Service, for the purpose of—
                                                                                      (1) providing early identification and services to meet the
                                                                                   needs of children, adolescents, and young adults who are at
                                                                                   risk of substance use disorders;
                                                                                      (2) providing substance use disorder treatment services for




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                   children, adolescents, and young adults, includingchildren, ado-




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00119   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                              116

                                                                                    lescents, and young adults with co-occurring mental illness and
                                                                                    substance use disorders; and
                                                                                      (3) providing assistance to pregnant women, and parenting
                                                                                    women, with substance use disorders, in obtaining treatment
                                                                                    services, linking mothers to community resources to support
                                                                                    independent family lives, and staying in recovery so that chil-
                                                                                    dren are in safe, stable home environments and receive appro-
                                                                                    priate health care services.
                                                                                 (b) PRIORITY.—In awarding grants, contracts, or cooperative
                                                                              agreements under subsection (a), the Secretary shall give priority
                                                                              to applicants who propose to—
                                                                                      (1) apply evidence-based and cost-effective methods;
                                                                                      (2) coordinate the provision of services with other social serv-
                                                                                    ice agencies in the community, including educational, juvenile
                                                                                    justice, child welfare, substance abuse, and mental health
                                                                                    agencies;
                                                                                      (3) provide a continuum of integrated treatment services, in-
                                                                                    cluding case management, for children, adolescents, and young
                                                                                    adults with substance use disorders, including children, adoles-
                                                                                    cents, and young adults with co-occurring mental illness and
                                                                                    substance use disorders, and their families;
                                                                                      (4) provide treatment that is gender-specific and culturally
                                                                                    appropriate;
                                                                                      (5) involve and work with families of children, adolescents,
                                                                                    and young adults receiving services; and
                                                                                      (6) provide aftercare services for children, adolescents, and
                                                                                    young adults and their families after completion of treatment.
                                                                                 (c) DURATION OF GRANTS.—The Secretary shall award grants,
                                                                              contracts, or cooperative agreements under subsection (a) for peri-
                                                                              ods not to exceed 5 fiscal years.
                                                                                 (d) APPLICATION.—An entity desiring a grant, contract, or cooper-
                                                                              ative agreement under subsection (a) shall submit an application to
                                                                              the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by
                                                                              such information as the Secretary may reasonably require.
                                                                                 (e) EVALUATION.—An entity that receives a grant, contract, or co-
                                                                              operative agreement under subsection (a) shall submit, in the ap-
                                                                              plication for such grant, contract, or cooperative agreement, a plan
                                                                              for the evaluation of any project undertaken with funds provided
                                                                              under this section. Such entity shall provide the Secretary with
                                                                              periodic evaluations of the progress of such project and such eval-
                                                                              uation at the completion of such project as the Secretary deter-
                                                                              mines to be appropriate.
                                                                                 (f) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are authorized to
                                                                              be appropriated to carry out this section, $29,605,000 for each of
                                                                              fiscal years ø2018 through 2022¿ 2023 through 2027.
                                                                              SEC. 514B. EVIDENCE-BASED PRESCRIPTION OPIOID AND HEROIN
                                                                                          TREATMENT AND INTERVENTIONS DEMONSTRATION.
                                                                                (a) GRANTS TO EXPAND ACCESS.—
                                                                                     (1) AUTHORITY TO AWARD GRANTS.—The Secretary shall
                                                                                     award grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements to State
                                                                                     øsubstance abuse¿ substance use disorder agencies, units of
                                                                                     local government, nonprofit organizations, and Indian øtribes
                                                                                     and tribal organizations¿ Tribes and Tribal organizations (as
                                                                                     defined in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Edu-




dlhill on DSK120RN23PROD with HEARING
                                                                                     cation Assistance Act) that have a high rate, or have had a




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:32 Jun 19, 2022   Jkt 047779   PO 00000   Frm 00120   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR364P1.XXX   HR364P1
                                                                                                                              117

Full text truncated for size; the complete document is in the PDF above.

File and source

File
CRPT_crpt-117hrpt364_crpt-117hrpt364-pt1.pdf
Size
3,434,623 bytes
SHA-256
00ff5ca24f76fb24f066da1adc8bff8b3e80003185971b84dde62a4d7807d425
Our copy
CRPT_crpt-117hrpt364_crpt-117hrpt364-pt1.pdf
Original
www.govinfo.gov
Back to top